Download Now
Home Blog Page 13

Culpable homicide not amounting to murder 

0

Shefali Chitkara wrote this article. It gives a detailed meaning and analysis of the concept of culpable homicide not amounting to murder as mentioned under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (earlier the Indian Penal Code, 1860). The article covers all the important provisions that cover the topic as per both the old and new criminal laws. The readers will be able to clearly distinguish between the two most grave offences against the body after reading this article. 

Table of Contents

Introduction

The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023, also referred to as “BNS”, is the prevailing Act that has replaced the age-old Indian Penal Code, 1860 (hereinafter referred to as “IPC”). It is important to know that the same has been replaced to streamline the criminal justice system and further deal with contemporary issues prevailing in society. This new Act has not only added several other offences like organised crime (Section 111 of the BNS) and terrorist acts (Section 113 of the BNS), but also added another kind of punishment of community service (Section 4(f) of the BNS) for the offenders.

Chapter VI of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023, ranging from Sections 100 to 146, covers all the offences relating to the human body, out of which the two major crimes of highest punishment are ‘murder’ and ‘culpable homicide not amounting to murder’. We had Sections 299 to 304 in Chapter XVI of the Indian Penal Code, 1860, which covered these offences against the human body. The serious punishment given for these offences is significant in indicating the importance of rights enshrined under Article 21 of the Constitution of India to protect the life and personal liberty of persons.

Before proceeding further to discuss this offence, we need to know the basic elements of any crime.

Essential elements of a crime

Generally, to punish any crime that has been committed, two essential elements are required to be fulfilled: mens rea (guilty mind) and actus reus (an act). Specifically talking about murder and culpable homicide, an act has already been done, and the only factor that has to be seen in deciding the punishment is the mens rea with which the crime has been committed by the offender. This is the only factor that makes culpable homicide not amounting to murder different from murder. 

To ponder more, you will be able to get a clear idea through illustrations and case laws that have been discussed below. Before moving forward, we should know the general meaning of culpable homicide not amounting to murder. 

What is culpable homicide not amounting to murder?

The word ‘homicide’ is the illegal killing of a person by another person. Further, ‘culpable’ means the state of being at fault. 

Culpable homicide is a genus and is broad enough to cover certain acts that may not amount to murder and certain other acts that are considered to be murder. We do not have any specific definition of ‘culpable homicide not amounting to murder’ under BNS, but it can be inferred from two of the provisions of the BNS, i.e., Sections 100 and 101 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (Sections 299 and 300 of the old IPC). Section 100 talks about culpable homicide, whereas Section 101 talks about the offence of murder, but a part of Section 101 also covers five exceptions, which are known as culpable homicide not amounting to murder.

Culpable homicide not amounting to murder means an act that is not done with the highest degree of intention and knowledge as required under the essentials for constituting an offence as murder. 

In brief, we can say that culpable homicide not amounting to murder includes two things:

  • Those acts falling under the five exceptions mentioned under Section 101 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023, and
  • Those acts which are not fulfilling the conditions for murder under Section 101 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023, and those which are covered under Section 100 of the Sanhita.

Let us look at the meaning of culpability and homicide separately.

What is culpability

In layman’s language, culpability denotes the mental state of an individual. The ‘culpability’ can be ascertained by knowing the intention, knowledge, negligence, and recklessness behind the act. The word ‘culpable’ has been derived from the Latin word “culpe”, which means punishment. We can say that only such homicide is punishable, which is unlawful or culpable. 

What is homicide

Homicide has been defined as the killing of one person by another and is the highest form of crime inflicted on a human being by another human being. Every homicide is not equally punishable, as the punishment depends on the degree of culpability. Some exceptions are: killing by a person of unsound mind or under private defence, wherein any grave criminal intent is absent and, therefore, the person can be excused under the law. 

It can be said that homicide can be both lawful and unlawful. Lawful is the one that is excusable and justified under the law, as explained above, whereas unlawful is the one wherein an act of killing is accompanied by a criminal intent or mens rea. Unlawful homicide covers culpable homicide not amounting to murder, murder, suicide, and also death by rash and negligent act, which is covered under Section 106 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (Section 304A of the IPC). 

Now, there are degrees of mens rea that we should understand. Intention and knowledge are two main degrees, and their difference must be known to us before actually going to the Section. 

Distinction between intention and knowledge

It is important to understand the difference between the intention and the knowledge before dealing with the essential elements of culpable homicide not amounting to murder. It is because of factors like intention and knowledge that an offence falls under either Section 100 or 101 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita. 

For culpable homicide, the accused may have the intention to cause death or to cause bodily injury which is likely to cause death. Moreover, for knowledge, the accused must only be aware that his actions are likely to cause death. 

To understand the difference between murder and culpable homicide not amounting to murder, we must first know the difference between intention and knowledge. This was laid by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Basdev vs. The State of PEPSU (1956). It was held that an intention is formed through the motive of an individual and is the highest degree of culpability, whereas knowledge is knowing the consequences of one’s actions. 

Essential ingredients of culpable homicide not amounting to murder under Section 100

The Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Richhpal Singh Meena vs. Ghasi @ Ghisa & Ors. (2014) stated that for cases where death is alleged to have been caused by a person, we should make an inquiry consisting of these five steps:

  • Is it a homicide? 
  • If yes, whether the act amount to a culpable homicide or ‘not a culpable homicide’? 
  • If it is a culpable homicide, whether the offence is one of culpable homicide amounting to murder (Section 300 of the Indian Penal Code) or is it a culpable homicide not amounting to murder (Section 304 of the Indian Penal Code)? 
  • If it is ‘not a culpable homicide’, then a case under Section 304-A of the Indian Penal Code is made out. 
  • If it is not possible to identify the person who has committed the homicide, the provisions of Section 72 of the Indian Penal Code (now, Section 10 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita) may be invoked. 

The causation of death is one of the essentials of the offence of culpable homicide not amounting to murder. Besides this, the essential ingredients of culpable homicide not amounting to murder as per Section 100 of the BNS (Section 299 of the IPC) have been discussed below:

Causation of death

The word “death” is defined under Section 2(6) of the BNS (Section 46 of the IPC) as the death of a human being. This word does not include the death of an unborn child (as per Explanation 3 of Section 100 of the BNS). Furthermore, it is immaterial if the person whose death has been caused is not the very person whom the accused intended to kill. 

The offence is complete as soon as any person is killed. Death occurs when the brain dies completely. A person cannot be said to be dead if some brain activity is present. The same was held in the case of Aruna Ramchandra Shanbaug vs. Union of India & Ors. (2011).

One of the most essential ingredients of proving culpable homicide is the death of the victim through any act or omission by the accused. If the result is not death, then no criminal charge of culpable homicide could be made against an accused. However, there may be hurt or grievous hurt in such cases, but not culpable homicide or murder. 

The Supreme Court, in the case of Rama Nand & Ors. vs. State of Himachal Pradesh (1981), has held that one of the essential ingredients of the offence of culpable homicide required to be proved by prosecution is that the accused caused the death of the person alleged to have been killed. It was further stated by the Supreme Court that the same can be proved by circumstantial evidence, and discovery of the dead body of the victim has never been considered as the only mode of proving death. 

This judgment was followed in the case of Rishipal vs. State of Uttarakhand (2013), and the court noted that the failure of the prosecution to assemble evidence of the death of the victim would fail the most essential requirements in cases of culpable homicide and murder.

By doing an act

It is further essential on our part to know that the death must have been caused due to an act or omission. Death may be caused by poisoning, starvation, striking, drowning, and in a hundred different ways. Under Section 32 of the IPC (Section 3(4) of the BNS), words that refer to acts done extend also to include “illegal” omissions. Further, the word illegal means everything which is an offence or which is prohibited by law or which furnishes ground for civil action as per Section 43 of the IPC (Section 2(15) of the BNS). Therefore, death caused by a lawful or illegal omission will amount to culpable homicide.

Only actus reus in itself would not constitute this offence; mens rea is also equally essential to be proved. Let us now have a look at the mental element that is necessary for proving this offence. 

Mental element of the offender

It is to be noted that only actus reus is not sufficient. Along with actus reus, i.e., an act or an omission, a mental element (mens rea) is also an essential condition for constituting a crime. This mental element can be in the form of intention or knowledge of the likelihood of causing death. 

Intention of causing death

The degree of intention under culpable homicide not amounting to murder is comparatively less and not sufficient to cause death, like in murder. The Supreme Court in the case of Satpal vs. State of Haryana (2021) observed that the intention to cause death has to be gathered and inferred from the actions of the accused and the surrounding circumstances. Let us have a look at a few of the factors:

  • The motive of the accused,
  • Utterances made,
  • Nature of the attack,
  • The time and place of attack,
  • The nature and type of weapon used,
  • The nature of the injuries caused.

These and other factors are to be taken into consideration to determine whether the accused had the requisite intention or not. In this case, there was no material or evidence to show that the act of throwing the stone was such that it could be attributed that such an act was likely to cause the death of the victim. Hence, the court did not gather the intention of the accused to place it either for culpable homicide or murder.

Intention of causing bodily injury that is likely to cause death

This ingredient talks about such an intention of causing bodily injury to a person, which is likely to result in the death of that person. For instance, in a fight between Sahil and Nirmal, Sahil gave two blows with a lathi on the head of Nirmal, which is likely to cause his death, and death will not be the result in all probability. Here, bodily injury was the result of his intention only, but death was not the ultimate intention. So, the act of Sahil will amount to the case of culpable homicide not amounting to murder. 

The connection between the act and the death caused thereby must be direct and distinct, though not immediate. It must not be too remote where bodily injury sufficient to cause death is caused, it is immaterial to go into the question of whether the accused had the intention to cause death or knowledge that the act would cause death. 

In finding out whether there was the requisite intention or not, the Court has to go merely by the part of the body where the injury is caused, but also by the circumstances and the background of the offence and the ferocity of the attack.

Knowledge of the likelihood of causing death

The degree of knowledge is less, and it need not be compulsorily present as in the case of murder. In the case of a person giving a chokeslam to another person and having knowledge that it is likely to cause the death of such a person and will not, in all probability, cause the death of that other person. This will be covered under culpable homicide not amounting to murder. Unlike murder, the knowledge is not accompanied by the intention of culpable homicide not amounting to murder. 

In the case of State Tr. P.S. Lodhi Colony, New Delhi vs. Sanjeev Nanda (2012), the Supreme Court accepted the appeal of the State that the accused driver had the requisite knowledge of the consequences of his dangerous driving and was made liable under Part II of Section 304 (now Part II of Section 105). The court inferred such knowledge through the driver’s post-accident conduct and fleeing from the scene without caring for the victim.

Culpable homicide not amounting to murder under exceptions to Section 101 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023

We have understood the meaning of culpable homicide not amounting to murder and its essential elements above. Now is the time to understand the exceptions to murder that will ultimately be punished as culpable homicide not amounting to murder. Any of these exceptions mentioned under Section 101 (Section 300 of the IPC) can be availed as a defence by the accused. These acts mentioned below are not purely intentional acts done by the accused alone and are a result of a reaction to the actions of the deceased or derived through lawful powers. As per Section 101 of the BNS, the exceptions to the offence of murder are given below:

Grave and sudden provocation

Exception 1 of Section 101 covers the exception of grave and sudden provocation. Deprivation of the power of self-control by grave and sudden provocation causes that person’s death who gave the provocation or causes the death of any person by mistake or accident. 

There are three provisos to this exception. 

  • The first proviso mentions that the provocation should not be voluntarily provoked by the offender; 
  • The second proviso states that the same is not to be given by anything done in obedience to the law or by a public servant during his lawful exercise of the powers; and
  • The third proviso states that the provocation should not be made through the lawful exercise of the right of private defence. 

It is further stated that the question of whether it was a grave and sudden provocation so as not to amount to murder is a pure question of fact. Let us understand these with the help of some illustrations. 

  • Illustration 1: Anand abuses and slaps the sister of Mahesh several times in front of him and gives grave and sudden provocation to Mahesh. The same will fall under this exception. 
  • Illustration 2: Preeti killed Nimrit, who was Sushant’s child, due to the grave provocation by Sushant. Here, Preeti is guilty of murder because the provocation was not given by that child but by Sushant. 
  • Illustration 3: When Mohan was arrested by Sohan, who was a bailiff, he was excited by sudden and grave provocation and thereby killed Sohan. Here, since Sohan was lawfully exercising his powers as a public servant, Mohan had committed murder. 
  • Illustration 4: Kabir provoked Aman on 1st July 2023. On 3rd July 2023, Aman stabbed Kabir to death. In such a case, the provocation is not grave and sudden. Therefore, Aman will be held liable for murder under Section 103 of the BNS.
  • Illustration 5: Aditi, who was the sister of Bhushan, was seen marrying Sandeep after running from her home. Bhushan, in grave and sudden provocation, fired a pistol at Sandeep, which killed him. Here, the case will fall under the first exception to murder, and Bhushan will be liable for culpable homicide not amounting to murder under Exception 1 to Section 101 of the BNS and will be punished under Section 105 of the BNS. Provided, all essentials of Exception 1 to Section 101 are made out.

We should also know about the landmark case on the same, which is K.M. Nanavati vs. State of Maharashtra (1961), wherein the accused was not given an advantage under this exception and was convicted of murder. This case is discussed below in detail. For a case analysis of the K.M. Nanavati case, click here. To know more about the exception of grave and sudden provocation, click here.

Private defence

Exception 2 of Section 101 mentions the exception of private defence. It includes exercising the right of private defence of body or property in good faith and exceeding his power given by law. Further, causing the death of the person against whom he is exercising such a right of defence without any premeditation and intention of doing more harm than is necessary for taking such defence. Let us understand this through an illustration.

Illustration: Sahiba was running towards Zeba with a carving knife in her hand, and being scared of her anger and knife, Zeba fired at her, which caused her death. This will fall under the given exception of private defence.

To know more about the exception of private defence, click here.

Exercise of legal powers

Exception 3 of Section 101 covers this exception. If the offender is a public servant or aiding a public servant and exceeds his powers in good faith, believing to be lawful and necessary for the due discharge of his duty, and without ill-will. 

In the case of Dakhi Singh vs. State of Uttar Pradesh (1955), the constable of the Railway Protection Force fired on the thief when he was escaping his arrest to catch him, however, it caused his death. However, the constable was given protection under this exception and was booked for culpable homicide not amounting to murder. 

To understand this more clearly, let us look at this illustration.

Illustration: Adil, a police officer, goes to arrest a person, Bobby, and he is running away. Adil shoots at Bobby. Here, Adil will not be held liable for murder but for culpable homicide not amounting to murder as he exceeded his powers of lawfully arresting Bobby. This case will come under Exception 3 of Section 101 of the BNS, and Adil will be punished under Section 105 of the BNS.

Without premeditation in a sudden fight

Exception 4 of Section 101 covers the exception of sudden fights. It talks about the situation of a sudden fight in the heat of passion upon a sudden quarrel without any premeditation. However, the offender should not have taken undue advantage or acted cruelly or unusually. In the case of Narayan Nair Raghavan Nair vs. State of Travancore-Cochin (1955), the court highlighted that to establish a case under this exception, there must be a fight with the person who has been killed. 

Let us have a look at one more case of Samuthram Alias Samudra Rajan vs. State of Tamil Nadu (1997) wherein a person, in the heat of passion while fighting with another person, picks up a weapon that was handy and causes injuries to that person, which resulted in his death. This case was covered under this exception. 

Consent

This exception has been covered under Exception 5 of Section 101. Under this, the person suffers death or takes the risk of death with his consent and is above the age of eighteen years. The consent in this case has to be free and voluntary. A few illustrations to understand it in a better way are:

  • Illustration 1: Ayush, a 22-year-old boy, asked Binu to feed him a poisonous drink; here, the act of Binu will be covered under this exception. 
  • Illustration 2: Akshit instigated Bhanu, who was a child, to commit suicide. Here, since Bhanu was a child and, therefore, not capable of giving consent for his death, Akshit would be liable for abetment to suicide. 

If any of these acts are done, they will not be considered or punished for murder; however, the same will be punished for a lesser term under culpable homicide not amounting to murder. To know more about the exception of concept, click here.

Explanation clauses under Section 100 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 

The essential ingredients of Section 100 of the BNS (Section 299 of the IPC) have already been highlighted above. Further, the Section also provides three explanations to make the provisions clearer. Let us have a look at these explanations and understand them through illustration and case laws.

Explanation 1 clarifies that if any person accelerates or increases the chance of the death of another person by causing bodily injury to him who is already suffering from any disorder, disease, or bodily infirmity, the person who caused such injury will be deemed to have caused his death. 

Illustration: Anuj was suffering from a disease and had been lying in the hospital for several weeks. Sukhbir was unable to see Anuj in such a situation and, therefore, accelerated his death. He will be liable for culpable homicide not amounting to murder as per Explanation 1 of Section 100 of the BNS.

Further, Explanation 2 states that, even if the death might have been prevented by resorting to proper remedies or skilful treatment, the person who caused bodily injury will be held liable if such bodily injury has caused death. The reason behind this explanation is that it is not always that proper remedies or treatment are within the reach of the wounded person. If death is the result of an injury that is voluntarily caused, the person who caused the injury will be deemed to have also caused the death, although the victim’s life may be saved through proper treatment or remedies. 

In the case of Nga Paw vs. State, AIR 1936 Ran 526, the death of the victim did not result from the injury but from the gangrene due to some dirty substance like a bandage, coming into contact with the injury. Here, though the injuries were not the direct cause of death, the person who caused such injury was held to have caused death.

Furthermore, in Explanation 3, it has been clarified that the death of a child in the mother’s womb is not a culpable homicide. However, this is only till the time any part of that child has not been brought forth, even though that child has not been completely born or may not have breathed. 

Under the first two explanations, the person who caused the death will be held liable for culpable homicide not amounting to murder. Whereas, Explanation 3 mentions a case that does not amount to the offence of culpable homicide. 

Section 102 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023

Section 102 of the BNS (Section 301 of the IPC) mentions the offence of culpable homicide wherein the death of a person is caused, which was not intended, rather than the death of a person whose death was intended. When a death is caused without intending or knowing it to be likely to cause the death of that person, but the intention was meant for some other person, it will be treated as of the same description as if it were caused to a person to whom it was intended. Let us have a look at its illustration. 

Illustration: Anil, believing Carles to be Dev, fired at Carles and thereby caused his death, intending to cause the death of Dev. This case will fall under Section 102 of the BNS and will be treated as murder or culpable homicide only depending on the facts and circumstances without any exception.

We have understood the provisions dealing with the meaning of the offence. Now, let us know about the provisions regarding punishment for this offence.

Punishment for culpable homicide not amounting to murder

Being an offence that is less grave than murder, the punishment for culpable homicide not amounting to murder does not extend to the death penalty but goes up to life imprisonment, depending upon the degree of intention and knowledge as mentioned under Section 105 of the BNS (Section 304 of IPC). The punishment under this Section is divided into two parts. The acts that are covered under Section 100 are made punishable under either of these two parts of Section 105 of the BNS. Let us have a look at both the parts separately. 

Part 1 of Section 105 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023

When an act is done with the intention of causing death or bodily injury that is likely to cause death, then the same is punishable with imprisonment for life, rigorous or simple imprisonment for a period of not less than five years and a maximum period of ten years, and also fine. We should know about a few important case laws wherein the court applied the first part of this Section. 

In the case of Selvam vs. State of Tamil Nadu (2012), the accused used the blunt side of the aruval and a stick on the deceased. The court noted that they did not have any intention to cause the death of the deceased. However, the injuries were caused on the head of the deceased, through which the court concluded that they had the intention of causing bodily injury, which is likely to cause death. Thus, they were made liable under Part 1 of Section 304 (now Section 105 of the BNS). 

Further, in the case of Laxman vs. State of Madhya Pradesh (2006), the accused was shooting arrows and pelting stones without any accuracy, and one of the arrows hit the deceased person and caused his death. The court held him liable under Part 1 of Section 304 (now Section 105 of the BNS).

In the case of Rampal Singh vs. State of Uttar Pradesh (2009), the accused and the deceased had no animosity earlier, and a dispute was started between them at a spot of construction which was being made by the deceased on his land. A heated exchange of words took place between them, which resulted in a physical fight. In the midst of this, the accused brought a rifle from his home and, on the provocation of the deceased, he fired a shot that hit the deceased and caused his death. The accused was a person belonging to the armed forces and was very well aware of his actions. 

The court, in this case, noted that, though the offence was not committed with any premeditation or intention to kill the deceased, it was committed with an intent to cause bodily injury which could result in the death of the deceased. It was a case involving intention and not knowledge as per the facts; thus, the punishment was altered by the Supreme Court from Section 302 (now Section 103 of BNS) to Part 1 of Section 304 (now Section 105 of the BNS). 

Part 2 of Section 105 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023

This paragraph states that if an act is done with the knowledge of the likelihood of causing death but without any intention on the part of the offender to cause death or such bodily injury as is likely to cause death, then it is punishable by rigorous or simple imprisonment for a maximum term of ten years, a fine, or both. Let us have a look at a few case laws wherein punishment was given as per this part. 

In the case of Dharam Pal & Ors. vs. State of Uttar Pradesh (2008), the court held that there was no premeditation by the accused and the fight started in the area where the hand pipe was situated after the exchange of excuses between the deceased and the accused. The court could not gather any intention of the accused to cause the death of the deceased. He was made liable under Part 2 of Section 304 (now Section 105 of the BNS) since the case fell under Exception 4 of Section 300 (now Exception 4 to Section 101 of the BNS).

Further, in the case of Tularam vs. State of Madhya Pradesh (2018), the facts were quite similar. There was a quarrel between two people, which escalated into an altercation and was joined by a few family members with lathis and ballam. During this altercation, the appellants pierced B with a ballpoint on his left chest. 

The Supreme Court held that all the ingredients of Exception 4 of Section 300 (now Section 101 of the BNS) are present, as the fight was sudden and not premeditated. There was no intention on the part of the appellant to cause death or such bodily injury, but they knew that piercing the chest with a ballam would cause bodily injury as is likely to cause death. Thus, the conviction was converted from Section 302 (now Section 103 of the BNS) to Part 2 of Section 304 (now Section 105 of the BNS), and his sentence was altered to a period of incarceration already undergone since he spent 14 years in prison.

Let us understand it more clearly through a few illustrations under this provision:

  • Aarush knows that Sandeep is behind the tree, but Bahadur is not aware of it. Aarush, intending to cause Sandeep’s death or knowing it to be likely to cause Sandeep’s death, induces Bahadur to fire at the tree. Here, Aarush is guilty of the offence of culpable homicide not amounting to murder since no definite knowledge is present and there is also no 100% probability that Sandeep will be killed. Thus, Aarush will be liable under Section 105 of the BNS for the offence of culpable homicide. 
  • Ankita induced Benny to set fire at the house, knowing that Zeba was sitting on the balcony and that the fire was likely to cause his death. Here, only Ankita is liable for the offence of culpable homicide not amounting to murder under Section 105 of the BNS because Ankita knows, but Benny has no such knowledge or intention. So, Ankita will be liable.
  • Adit gives a chokeslam to Bunny, which, to his knowledge, is likely to cause Bunny’s death. Here, Adit is liable for the offence of culpable homicide not amounting to murder because Adit only knows that a certain act is likely to cause Bunny’s death. Thus, falling under Section 105 of the BNS.

With this, we can conclude that intention per se makes the offence more heinous as compared to knowledge of likelihood, which is of a lesser degree than intent and is punishable for a lesser term as well.

Attempt to commit culpable homicide not amounting to murder. 

Section 110 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (Section 308 of the IPC) covers the penalty for attempting to commit culpable homicide, not amounting to murder. Even an attempt to commit an act with such knowledge and intention as if he can cause death by such an act and will be punishable for culpable homicide not amounting to murder is liable to be punished even if the death is not so caused. 

The punishment prescribed under this Section is not severe. The punishment prescribed for the same is rigorous or simple imprisonment for a maximum term of three years, a fine, or both.

Further, if hurt is caused by such an act to any person, then that person will be punished for rigorous or simple imprisonment for a maximum term of seven years or a fine or both. Before holding any person guilty under this Section, it is necessary to arrive at a finding that the ingredients of requisite knowledge or intention exist. It postulates the doing of an act with such an intention or knowledge that, if death is caused by such an act, he would be guilty of culpable homicide not amounting to murder.

For instance, if there is a person, Ankit, who is a public servant, and he, by exceeding his powers without any ill-will towards Manoj, fires a pistol at him under such circumstances as to cause his death, but the pistol could not hit him, then he will be made liable under this section.

One should know the difference between two of the grave offences against the body. Let us understand it in a better way through a tabular presentation. 

Difference between culpable homicide not amounting to murder and murder

Basis of differentiationCulpable Homicide not amounting to murderMurder
MeaningIt is culpable homicide when the death of the victim is caused by an act by the offender with the intention or knowledge that is likely to cause the death. It is murder when the death of the victim is caused by an act that is done with sufficient intention to cause that person’s death.
EssentialsDeath caused by any of the following mental elements on the part of the offender:The intention of causing death; orThe intention of causing such bodily injury as is likely to cause death; or Knowledge of the likelihood of causing death.Death caused by any of the following mental elements on the part of the offender:The intention of causing death; or The intention of causing such bodily injury and knowledge of its likelihood of causing death; or The intention of causing bodily injury which is sufficient to cause death; or The knowledge that it is imminently dangerous to cause death or bodily injury, is likely to cause death in all probability.
Provisions under BNSSection 100 explains the offence of culpable homicide, and the same is punishable under Section 105.Section 101 explains the offence of murder, and the same is punishable under Section 103.
Degree of intentionComparatively lessSufficient to cause death
KnowledgeKnowledge of the likelihood of causing deathCompulsory to be present
Purpose (majorly)Likelihood of causing deathCausing death
PunishmentImprisonment for life or up to ten years of imprisonment and not less than five years and a fine as mentioned in the first part of Section 105 if the death is caused to cause death or such bodily injury as is likely to cause death. Imprisonment for life or up to ten years of imprisonment or fine or both as mentioned in the second part of Section 105 if an act has been done with the knowledge that it is likely to cause death, but the same is done without any intention or cause such bodily injury as is likely to cause death. Death or imprisonment for life and a fineIn case a murder is committed by five or more persons in concert on any of the grounds of race, sex, language, place of birth, caste or community, personal belief or other similar grounds, each member will be punished with death or life imprisonment and also a fine. 

The degree of responsibility is taken into consideration. When the probability of death is high, it is considered murder, and when the probability is low, it is considered to be culpable homicide not amounting to murder. 

An offence is not murder unless it falls within the definition of culpable homicide. However, an offence may amount to culpable homicide without amounting to murder. To make a culpable homicide murder, the case must come within the provisions of Section 101 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita and must not come within any of the exceptions to Section 101. 

The difference between these two offences has been set forth by Justice Melvill in R vs. Govinda (1876) 1 Bom 342 and Justice Sarkaria in the case of State of Andhra Pradesh vs. R. Punnayya AIR 1977 SC 45. Justice Sarkaria laid down that, under the Penal Code, murder is a species of culpable homicide, which is the genus. All murders are culpable homicide, but this is not true vice versa. 

Further, he stated that there are three degrees of culpable homicide. The first one is murder, which is the gravest offence. The second is the culpable homicide not amounting to a murder committed with an intention and punishable under Part 1 of Section 105 of the BNS. The third degree is culpable homicide not amounting to murder committed with the knowledge and punishable under Part 2 of Section 105 of the BNS. 

In the case of Ajit Singh vs. State of Punjab (2011), it was observed by the Supreme Court that for checking whether an offence would fall under Section 302 (Section 103 of the BNS) or Part 1 of Section 304 of the IPC (Section 105 of the BNS), the courts have to be very cautious while examining whether it falls under Section 300 of the IPC or the five exceptions to Section 300 of the IPC.

Now, it is also equally important for us to know the difference between culpable homicide not amounting to murder and voluntarily causing hurt because, in both offences, death is not the result. 

Difference between culpable homicide not amounting to murder and voluntarily causing hurt 

The distinction between “culpable homicide not amounting to murder” and “voluntarily causing hurt” lies primarily in the gravity of the offence, the intention behind the act and the consequence of the act under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita. The key differences are mentioned below:

Basis of differentiationCulpable homicide not amounting to murderVoluntarily causing hurt
MeaningIt refers to the act where a person causes the death of another person with either the intention of causing death or with the knowledge that such an act is likely to cause death. It is a less severe offence and occurs when a person causes bodily pain, disease or infirmity to another person either to cause such harm or with the knowledge that the act is likely to cause harm. 
Provisions involvedSection 299 of the Indian Penal Code and Section 100 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sahita. Section 321 of the Indian Penal Code and Section 115 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita. 
Key elementsThe intention to cause death or such bodily injury that is likely to cause death or, The knowledge that the act is likely to cause death.Intention to cause hurt or harm, or,Knowledge that the act is likely to cause hurt or harm. 
Gravity of the offenceIt deals with the loss of life. Thus, it is a severe offence. It is concerned with causing physical pain or injury without much fatal consequences. 
Intention and knowledgeThere is an intention or knowledge that the act may result in death, even though it does not amount to murder.  There is an intention or knowledge to cause injury or pain but not death. 
PunishmentIf the death is caused to cause death, or such bodily injury as is likely to cause death, the punishment is imprisonment for life or up to ten years of imprisonment and not less than five years and a fine. If an act has been done with the knowledge that it is likely to cause death, but the same is done without any intention or cause such bodily injury as is likely to cause death, then the punishment is imprisonment for life or up to ten years of imprisonment or fine or both.The punishment for voluntarily causing hurt is prescribed as imprisonment for up to one year or a fine or both. 

In the case of Roop Chand @ Lala vs. State (NCT) of Delhi (2010), the Supreme Court explained the difference between an attempt to commit culpable homicide not amounting to murder (Section 110 of the BNS) and voluntarily causing hurt by dangerous weapons as given by Section 324 of the IPC (Section 118 of the BNS). The three-judge bench noted that under the former, injuries must be such as to likely cause death and in the latter, the injuries may or may not endanger life. In this case, an appeal was filed against the conviction of the accused under Section 308 of the IPC, C, and it was to be considered whether the offence fell under Section 308 or 324 of the IPC. 

It was further observed that, for securing conviction under Section 308 of the IPC, it must be proved by the prosecution that the accused had requisite knowledge or intention to cause culpable homicide, which can be ascertained from the actual injury and also from other surrounding circumstances. On the other hand, Section 324 of the IPC requires proof of intention or knowledge of voluntarily causing hurt using an instrument for stabbing or cutting. In the case at hand, it was further observed that the facts fell short of establishing the ingredients of Section 308 of the IPC and will be liable only under Section 324 of the IPC. 

Furthermore, in the case of Bishan Singh & Anr. vs. State (2007), it was observed by the Supreme Court that, to hold the accused guilty under Section 308 of the IPC, it was necessary to satisfy that all the ingredients, i.e., intention or knowledge, existed. There cannot be any doubt that such an intention or knowledge of the accused is required to be proved. 

Now, we are almost at the end of the article. Before concluding, we need to have a look at some of the most important and recent case laws wherein the court has explained the ingredients of the offence more clearly. 

Landmark case laws on culpable homicide not amounting to murder

Reg vs. Govinda (1876)

Facts of the case

In this case, the husband and wife had a fight wherein the accused, who was the husband, knocked down his wife and gave her two to three violent blows on her face that resulted in extraversion of blood in her brain. As a result, the wife died. 

Issue raised

Whether the accused be held liable for murder or culpable homicide not amounting to murder?

Judgement

The court thought that the offence committed could be classified as culpable homicide not amounting to murder because the act was not done to cause death. The court noted that the skull was not fractured, but the blow caused an extravasation of blood on the brain, which resulted in her death. The Bombay High Court also noticed that bodily injury was not sufficient in the ordinary course of action to cause death. Thus, the accused was held liable for culpable homicide not amounting to murder.

Virsa Singh vs. State of Punjab (1958)

Facts of the case

In this case, on 13th July 1955, the accused person, Virsa Singh, killed Khem Singh by thrusting a spear into his abdomen. It was opined by the doctor that the injuries were sufficient to cause death in the ordinary course of nature. Virsa Singh was booked under Section 302 of the IPC (now Section 103 of the BNS) along with five other accused persons for other offences. 

Issue raised

Whether the victim was killed by Virsa Singh to cause bodily injury sufficient to cause death, or the bodily injury was unintentional and accidental?

Judgement

The Trial Court convicted the accused person, Virsa Singh, under Section 302 of the IPC (now Section 103 of the BNS). The High Court of Punjab and Haryana also upheld the conviction of Virsa Singh for murder. When the matter went to the Supreme Court by special leave to appeal, the Supreme Court elaborated on the elements of Section 300 of the IPC (now Section 101 of the BNS). It stated that the case would fall under the third clause of Section 300 of the IPC (now clause (c) of Section 101 of the BNS) since the bodily injury inflicted by the accused was sufficient in the ordinary course of nature to cause death.

K.M. Nanavati vs. State of Maharashtra (1961)

Facts of the case

In this case, the accused was a naval officer who murdered a businessman from Mumbai, Prem Ahuja, for having an illicit relationship with his wife. His wife told him about their relationship, and, after that, the accused went to his ship, took out the revolver and then went to the house of Prem Ahuja. After the heated arguments, he shot him dead. 

Issue raised

Whether the accused caused death by sudden and grave provocation, and whether the act is covered under an exception to murder?

Judgement

The accused was convicted under Section 302 (now Section 103 of the BNS) for murder, and the court gave the reasoning that there was a difference of three hours after he left his house and the murder took place. The accused had sufficient time to regain his self-control. His conduct has led the court to conclude that the murder was very calculated and pre-planned. 

Nathan vs. The State of Madras (1973)

Facts of the case

The landlord was trying to forcefully evict the tenant, who was the accused in this case. While exercising his right to private defence, the accused killed the landlord even when the landlord was not carrying any deadly weapon. 

Issue raised 

Whether the tenant will be liable for murder or culpable homicide by claiming an exception under Section 300 of the IPC (now Section 101 of the BNS)?

Judgement

The accused was held liable for culpable homicide not amounting to murder by the Supreme Court of India because he exceeded his right to private defence by killing the landlord even when there was no fear of death to the accused. The court noted that the accused acted in good faith and without any intention to cause death. However, due to exceeding the power of private defence, his case fell under Exception 2 of Section 300 of the IPC. 

Kusa Majhi vs. The State of Orissa (1985)

Facts of the case

In this case, a deceased mother warned her son not to go fishing with his friends. The son, out of anger, brought an axe and gave her blows, due to which she died. 

Issue raised

Whether the act of the son amounted to murder or culpable homicide not amounting to murder?

Judgement

The case was considered a culpable homicide not amounting to murder by the Orissa High Court as it caused a bodily injury that was likely to cause death. The court also noted that it was out of a sudden moment and not pre-planned by the accused. 

Gurdial Singh & Ors. vs. State of Punjab (2011)

Facts of the case

In this case, three accused persons were involved in constructing a drain. The deceased, when objecting to the construction of a drain, was attacked by the accused who were carrying gandasi and dangs. As a result, he died. 

Issue raised

Whether the accused persons are held liable for murder or culpable homicide not amounting to murder?

Judgement

The accused persons were held liable under Paragraph 1 of Section 304 (now Part 1 of Section 105 of the BNS) for culpable homicide not amounting to murder by the Supreme Court of India because there was no prior intention to kill the deceased, and it happened all of a sudden when the deceased tried to stop them. 

Dattatraya @ Datta Ambo Rokade vs. The State of Maharashtra (2019)

Facts of the case

In this case, the appellant, Dattatraya, poured kerosene oil on his wife while she was in the kitchen because of a fight they had at the moment. It resulted in 98% burn injuries to the wife. The wife also gave a dying declaration accusing her husband of the said act. The appellant was tried under Section 302 of the IPC (now Section 103 of the BNS) and was convicted under the same. The Bombay High Court upheld the conviction of the husband (appellant). Consequently, an appeal was filed before the Supreme Court of India. 

Issue raised

Whether the said act of the appellant fall under the provisions of murder or culpable homicide not amounting to murder?

Judgement

The Supreme Court noted that the act of the appellant was not premeditated but was a result of a sudden fight with his wife. Also, there was no intention on the part of the appellant to kill the deceased. The Supreme Court converted the conviction order under Section 302 of the IPC (now Section 103 of the BNS) to Part 2 of Section 304 of the IPC (now Section 105 of the BNS) and stated that the act fell under Exception 4 to Section 300 (now Section 101 of the BNS). 

Bhagwan Singh vs. State of Uttarakhand (2020)

Facts of the case

In this case, the accused was pointing a gun at the top of the house and, during celebratory gunfire, his bullets hit someone and killed two people. 

Issue raised

Whether the act of the accused amounted to murder or, due to a lack of intention on the part of the accused, he will be liable for culpable homicide not amounting to murder.

Judgement

The Supreme Court held him guilty under Para 2 of Section 304 IPC (now Part 2 of Section 105 of the BNS) because he knew that his bullet could kill someone, but there was no intention on his part to kill someone.

Recent case laws on culpable homicide not amounting to murder.

Boya Badannagari Laxmanna, Siddanagattu (V) Kurnool vs. State (2022)

Facts of the case

In this case, the accused, after marrying the deceased, came to know about her infidelity. He used to beat the deceased and, in 2008, the prosecution alleged that the accused caused the death of the victim using a Jeep mudguard. The case was heard by the High Court in an appeal.

Issue raised

Whether the offence of culpable homicide not amounting to murder was proved beyond a reasonable doubt by the prosecution?

Judgement

The prosecution could not prove the presence of the accused at the time of the death of the deceased, and all the direct witnesses turned hostile during cross-examination. The Andhra Pradesh High Court held that the conviction under Section 304 (now Section 105 of the BNS) could not be sustained, and it was set aside.

Dauvaram Nirmalkar vs. State of Chhattisgarh (2022)

Facts of the case

In this case, the appellant was convicted of murder for killing his brother. He confessed at the police station, but the same was inadmissible. He also stated as to the weapons that were later recovered by the police. The deceased was an alcoholic, and the murder took place out of sudden provocation by the deceased. The case was brought before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

Issue raised

Whether the act of the accused amount to murder or fall under the exceptions to murder?

Judgement

The court noticed that the testimonies of the family members revealed that the deceased was an alcoholic and used to often threaten and abuse the accused. The accused had also tried to commit suicide. At that moment, there was a loss of self-control, and it was due to the acts of provocation of his brother that the accused caused his death. Therefore, the Hon’ble Supreme Court converted the conviction of the accused from Section 302 (now Section 103 of the BNS) to Para 1 of Section 304 IPC (now Part 1 of Section 105 of the BNS). 

Ex. Ct. Mahadev vs. The Director General, Border Security Force & Ors. (2022)

Facts of the case

In this case, the appellant was posted in Tripura, adjoining the Bangladesh border, which was famous for smuggling. The deceased was carrying out smuggling activities, and his name was also mentioned in the list received from BSF. The appellant had fired on the deceased, who later, as a result of the act of the appellant, died, and the same was admitted by the appellant as well before the Trial Court. According to him, several people were carrying weapons and tried to surround him. He apprehended a threat to his life and fired at that circle. As a result, the deceased fell to the ground and died. 

Issue raised

Whether the accused will be held liable for murder or can he be given the benefit of the exception of right to private defence and will be liable for culpable homicide not amounting to murder?

Judgement

The Supreme Court held that the right to private defence will be available to the appellant because the preponderance of probabilities lies in their favour. Since the people surrounding him were armed with weapons and had no other option left, he fired at them. The offence will fall under exception 2 of Section 300 IPC (now Section 101 of the BNS) and will attract punishment under Section 304 IPC (now Section 105 of the BNS). The court further noticed that the appellant had already undergone a sentence of over eleven years; hence, the sentence was considered sufficient and he was set free.

Conclusion 

We are all aware that culpable homicide and murder are considered to be heinous offences since they involve the killing of an individual by another individual and, thus, have serious consequences These are grave offences against mankind as well. There is no doubt that there has been a lot of confusion between the two. 

However, now we are also in a position to conclude that culpable homicide not amounting to murder involves those crimes which are not fulfilling the essentials of murder given under Section 101 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita and which fall under the exceptions to murder, which are covered under Section 100 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita itself.

Sections 100 and 101 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita have to be understood to further understand the difference between murder and culpable homicide not amounting to murder. These sections lay down the intensity of intention and knowledge for determining the seriousness of the offence and appropriate punishments. There have been no changes in the new criminal code regarding these two offences. Only the punishment for murder by five or more people on the grounds of race, sex, language, place of birth, caste or community has been added under Section 103(2) of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita and a minimum punishment of five years has been prescribed for culpable homicide under Part 1 of Section 105 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita.

We are also able to conclude through various illustrations and case laws that crimes punished under culpable homicide not amounting to murder have a lesser degree of intention and may or may not have knowledge, unlike murder and are punished for a comparatively lesser term than murder. Even the attempt to commit the offence has been made punishable to prevent such future crimes. 

The defence lawyers try to take advantage of the exceptions and lack of sufficient meaning of certain terms as provided in the provisions, but it is the beauty of the legislation and judiciary that has helped us keep evolving by the precedents set and amendments made therein. However, by looking at certain terms that might have different meanings for different people, like knowledge, probability, and the major and constant use of these provisions in the Indian legal system, there must be more clarifications and justifications on the same. 

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) 

What are the types of homicide?

There are two types of homicides: lawful and unlawful. Lawful homicide is excusable and justified under the law, whereas unlawful homicide is punishable since it involves guilt or mens rea to kill the other person.

Which section covers culpable homicide not amounting to murder under the BNS?

Section 100 and exceptions under Section 101 of the BNS cover culpable homicide not amounting to murder.

What is the difference between culpable homicide not amounting to murder and murder?

The basic difference is based on the intention and knowledge required to commit an offence. If there is a lesser degree of intention and knowledge might or might not be present, then it can be called culpable homicide not amounting to murder, but if there is a higher degree of intention involved and knowledge is compulsorily present, then it is taken as murder. The same was also noted in the case of Basdev vs. the State of Pepsu (1956). 

Is death an essential ingredient of culpable homicide not amounting to murder?

Yes, death is a prerequisite for holding a person liable for culpable homicide not amounting to murder.

Which section punishes culpable homicide not amounting to murder?

Section 105 of the BNS makes the offence of culpable homicide not amounting to murder punishable and prescribes the punishment by dividing the same into two different parts, one involving intention and the other with knowledge.

What new penalties have been added for the offence of culpable homicide under the BNS?

The penalty prescribed under Section 105 of the BNS for culpable homicide is the same as mentioned under Section 304 of the IPC. However, if the offence is done with an intention, a minimum penalty of five years has been added under the Section.

Is an attempt at culpable homicide not amounting to murder also punishable?

Yes, an attempt to commit culpable homicide not amounting to murder is also punishable under Section 110 of the BNS.

What is the difference between knowledge and intention?

Intention comes from the motive of an individual behind doing or not doing a particular act, whereas knowledge is knowing the consequences of one’s acts.

Is suicide a homicide punishable under the law?

Suicide is an unlawful homicide, but its attempt is not punishable now since Section 309 of the IPC has already been struck down. The abetment of suicide is punishable under Section 108 of the BNS. 

Which new offence has been added under Chapter VI of the BNS?

The offence of mob lynching has been added and made punishable under Section 103(2) of the BNS with death or life imprisonment and a fine. 

What are the essential elements for the offence to be made punishable as ‘mob lynching’?

If a murder is committed on the grounds of race, caste, sex, place of birth, language or any other similar ground by a group of five or more persons who acted in concert, the same is punishable under Section 103(2) of the BNS. 

Can death be awarded for the offence of culpable homicide?

Death as a punishment can only be awarded in the case of murder and not for culpable homicide not amounting to murder. 

References 

https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/epgpdata/uploads/epgp_content/S001608/P001744/M027823/ET/1521103847CulpableHomicideNotAmountingtoMurderFinal.pdf 

http://student.manupatra.com/Academic/Abk/Indian-Penal-Code/chapter8.htm.

https://www.scconline.com/blog/post/tag/culpable-homicide-not-amounting-to-murder/ 

Download Now

Rights and duties of the auditor

0
auditor meaning

This article is written by Mrinal Mukul and further updated by Clara D’Costa. This article explores the rights and duties of an auditor in today’s corporate world. Throughout the article, we can find a comprehensive guide to understand the role of an auditor, the significance, types of auditors, and their distinct roles and responsibilities towards the company and clients. 

It has been published by Anshi Mudgal.

Introduction

You have heard right from your schooling years that the true intention of running any business is to earn profits. But have you ever thought about how a company maintains this graph? Or how do they calculate their expenditures and profits? We all have heard and learnt that the primary objective of any company is to earn profits. Well, it is very important to have an entire team that manages, collects data and further analyses it. However, there’s more to financial responsibility than just analysing data. Various laws are laid down by the Central Government and statutory bodies.  

We have seen a lot of companies that are profitable throughout the whole financial year; however, if the regulatory bodies sense a financial scam, they call for an external check. If proven to be guilty, they will be penalised by the Government and could also lose their license. Hence, it is very crucial that a company carefully recruits and builds a team to oversee the financial operations and, more importantly. appoints auditors that help the company maintain the integrity of regulations.

Auditors play a significant role in maintaining the integrity of the financial reporting for a company. Over the past years, the growth in the financial sector internationally has created a need to strengthen corporate governance on a global scale. Let us understand it like this, one of the most important functions for a company is the financial audit, and the person who is the cornerstone in this entire process is an auditor. Therefore, an auditor is one of the key individuals to make sure that a company complies with all the regulations and thereby maintains its morals in the financial sphere.

You might wonder what impact an audit can have apart from the financial goals. Well, one of the objectives of conducting a financial audit is to keep the stakeholders informed about the internal functioning of the company. These laws are mainly provided by the Companies Act 2013 (hereinafter mentioned as the “Act”). We shall now learn more about the role of an auditor, the duties, and the laws that are laid down by the statutory financial bodies. 

Who is an auditor? 

Now that we have been introduced to the concept of an auditor, let us learn more about the origin and exact functions of an auditor in a company. The word ‘audit’ has been taken from the Latin word “audire”, it means to “hear”. For a better understanding, in simple terms, a person who is appointed to analyse the financial records of a company and check their compliance with the regulations is known as an “auditor”. 

Auditors are appointed by the companies to cross-examine and check the accuracy of the records that are maintained by the company. However, not everyone can be appointed as an auditor, it is a role that comes with huge responsibility and liability.  Hence, only when an individual is registered with the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (hereinafter referred to as the ‘ICAI’) as a practising Chartered Accountant (CA), he/she is appointed by a company as their auditor.

Every year, financial reports are made by the financial committees, they prepare reports that highlight the current financial position of the company and are known as audit reports. This examination that is conducted by the auditors along with the finance department is known as an audit.

The company appoints an auditor to check the accounting records and form a report highlighting the necessary details. It is very important to appoint the right auditor as they make sure that a company is aligned with both the tax laws and accounting standards. Therefore we can safely say that it is the auditor who is responsible for making sure that the company is functioning honestly and there are no financial frauds. 

The financial department of a company relies heavily on the role of an auditor. Investigating and scrutinising the accounting records and transactions, and verifying their compliance with the auditing standards laid down by the ICAI, is the responsibility of an auditor. A company appoints internal auditors who work as employees of the company. They have the responsibility to examine the transactions, maintain the records of these transactions, and make and present reports to the company officials. 

While internal auditors are the ones who maintain the internal compliance of a company, external auditors are appointed to give an unbiased and fair opinion. As there are chances that the reports can be fabricated at the hands of the internal auditors, external auditors are given the responsibility to ensure that there are accurate reports. The Companies Act, 2013, is the rule book for appointing auditors and lists down an entire process for appointing auditors. 

Therefore, we know by now that the role of an auditor is extremely important as it protects the company from any scams, or internal fabrication of records and also ensures that the company follows all the rules and regulations that are provided by the statutory bodies. The company then maintains corporate integrity and gives the investors a clear picture of the financial position of the company.

Duties of an auditor

Now that we have understood “who” is an auditor, it is now time to know about their duties in a company. We all have heard of the popular saying “with every great power comes an even greater responsibility”; the same is true in the case of an auditor. An auditor has a significant role in the company, and as part of their duty, it is their responsibility to maintain the financial records of the company while examining and analysing their books of accounts. We have to understand that the auditor must classify an issue based on priority and then secure information from the financial department.

Let us now move to Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013. Under this section, auditors are provided with various powers and also listed down their duties. Due to the importance of their position and responsibilities, this act has given a set of powers to the auditors to go forth and check the records and financial documents of the company. There shall be a few questions that arise in your mind, what about the documents that are not available at the company office? Or what about the documents that are with any other departments of the company?

The Companies Act, 2013 lists down the answers for all of these questions. In cases when the documents are not available at the registered office, the auditors have the power to ask the finance committee or any other departments to source the information that is required. Matters that are mentioned in the Section 143 subclauses (a) to (f) are also included as necessary in the auditor’s report.

It is the function of an auditor to conduct a thorough investigation concerning the issues mentioned above, along with other matters, and if the auditor is content, it is not mandatory to mention these facts in the audit report. However, if an auditor during the enquiry finds any discrepancies in the financial statements or any other adverse features, they are obligated to report the same. 

Enquiries to be carried out by an auditor as per Section 143(1) of the Companies Act, 2013

Loans and advances issued by the company

An auditor is responsible for seeking information regarding the lendings and borrowings granted or undertaken by the organisation as security. As an auditor, they have various responsibilities such as reviewing, inquiring and certifying that the loans and advances records are fair and correct. For every business organisation, the shareholders and stakeholders are their priority, and thus, making them feel secure about their funds is the responsibility of the auditors or auditing firm. An auditor is responsible for all the loans and advances that the organisation has issued, and they must maintain them.

Transactions recorded in accounting books

An auditor is also responsible for verifying the records of the financial transactions that are made in the accounting records of the company. The auditor’s duty is vast, and therefore they also oversee the accuracy of these records and make sure that they do not go against the values and objectives of the business. The auditors have to ensure that a thorough search is conducted wherein they confirm that these records are true and fair without any fabrications. In simpler terms, this helps maintain the financial standings of a business.

Sale of investments

For a company, investments are of great importance, and hence it becomes the responsibility and role of auditors to do a background check of the valuation of assets.  Auditors also have to confirm the stocks, debentures and any other investments if they were sold for a price lower than at which they were purchased. There is one thing that we need to make a note of, that is, the companies should not be a part of the investment and banking sector.

Apart from these background inquiries and investigations, it is the duty of an auditor to certify the transactions that involve the liquidation of debt securities, stocks and other financial securities for a rate higher than when they were acquired by these transactions of liquidation. 

When an auditor has concluded that all these transactions are in good faith and the selling amount of these securities is within a reasonable limit there is no requirement for any further investigation or reporting. But as every situation is different these transactions are also subjective.

Loans and advances are shown as deposits.

As the auditor is appointed as the main element of the company’s audit, it is their responsibility to check all the loans and advances that are taken by the company have been bifurcated and recorded as deposits in the financial records. An auditor is accountable to do a thorough research about the background, value and origin of these records and verify that they are not put into the deposits class in the records.

Charging of personal expenses to revenue account

A company’s balance sheet or financial records shall only hold the transactions that are made for the company’s purpose. It is the responsibility of the auditor to see that any personal expenses that the directors, officials and company executives make are not added to the company’s accounts. These expenses are personal and hence they need to be separate from the expenses and records of the company.

Allotment of shares for cash

Shares bring money into the company and hence are a very important asset to the organisation. It is the responsibility of auditors to find out about the shares that were allotted for cash. They also have to maintain records about the cash value and further verify the balance sheets. Auditors have to make sure that the amount of cash received is equivalent to the shares that are allotted by the company. 

The company’s auditors are given the total responsibility and authority to conduct any searches to certify these records in the main office as well as in any other subsidiaries of the company. 

Reporting these records and transactions to the shareholders during the Annual General Meeting (hereinafter referred to as the ‘AGM’) as per the standards set by the ICAI is the responsibility of the auditors. As per the rules laid down in the Companies Act, 2013. An auditor must also submit the profits, cash flows, and losses of the company as per the Companies Act, 2013 and certify the accuracy of these statements. The auditors must report this submission to the shareholders in the AGM according to this Act. 

To make an audit report

While we all now know the importance of an audit report, let us now learn how to make the audit report. As per Section 143(3) of the Companies Act, 2013. The auditor must make a review containing the analysis and examination of every transaction of a company. The auditors must oversee the auditing records and ensure that they are as per the auditing standards set by the ICAI, National Financial Reporting Authority (hereinafter referred to as the ‘NFRA’, and regulations of law.

For a company to progress, it is essential to know its financial position and its standings as per the capital generated, loss incurred etc. The Audit Report showcases the result of the evaluation of the financial records of the company. The records maintained in the company’s books of accounts should be aligned with the rules and regulations and therefore be in compliance.

Throughout the article, we have read about the importance of following the rules, procedures and regulations that are laid down by the Act. it is very important that the auditor mentions the correct values of the profits, losses etc of the company.

Let us now have a look at what Clause 3 of Section 143 speaks about:

This Section has listed out the essentials of an audit report, every audit report must contain this information, as it showcases the company’s position and hence is of great importance.

  1. It is important to conduct a proper inquiry about every minute aspect of the company’s financial transactions. This has to be mentioned in the report.
  2. An auditor has to include the records of accounting statements as per the procedure that aligns with the auditing standards. Any information that is required to formulate reports of the offices of the company has to be duly noted. The report should also include the branch report of the offices not investigated by the auditor; the branch officer is responsible for providing the auditor with this report.
  3. Whether the audit report that mentions the profit and loss account corresponds with the one mentioned in the balance sheet of the organisation.
  4. Whether, according to the auditor, the financial statements comply with the auditing regulations.
  5. The auditors must present their opinions on the findings in the statements that may present any potential threat to the organisation. 
  6. Whether any director is disqualified from being appointed as a director according to Section 164(2) of the Act.
  7. Any reservation, adverse remark, or qualification that is related to the maintenance of the company’s accounts and any other matter related therewith.
  8. Whether the company has adequate internal financial controls concerning the financial statements in place and operating effectiveness of such controls; this shall not apply to companies that are:
  • A one-person company or a small company;
  • A company with a revenue of less than Rs. 50 crores according to the current financial statements and a company with overall borrowings of not more than Rs. 25 crores, from banking financial institutions, or any organisation, throughout the previous banking year;
  • Whether the company had delivered necessary disclosures in the statements regarding holdings and dealings in specified bank notes during the period from 8th November, 2016 to 30th December, 2016 and whether these disclosures were consistent with the accounting records maintained by the company.

It is an auditor’s responsibility to specify the reasons wherein any of the matters mentioned above in the audit report do not correspond or have a qualification as per clause 4 of Section 143. Rule 11 states that the report shall contain the observations of an auditor regarding the impact of the ongoing litigation matters upon the financial position of the organisation. Any rule that is formulated by the organisation as per the accounting standards to deal with anticipated financial shortfalls and information about the delay on the amounts that are to be transferred to the company’s Investors Education and Protection Fund.

According to the provisions laid down in Section 227 (4A) (repealed as of now), the Central Government may issue a general or special order directing specific classes of companies to include a statement on those matters and ensure it is incorporated into the auditor’s report. The Central Government shall consult the Institute of Chartered Accountants in India regarding the class of companies to be mentioned in the order if the government thinks it is necessary.

Compliance with the auditing standards

As we saw earlier in the provisions laid down in Section 143(9) and (10), it is the auditor’s responsibility to fulfil the requirements of the auditing standards laid by the Central Government. These standards are formulated by the Central Government after consulting the NFRA and ICAI. The auditors have to mandatorily comply with the regulations prescribed by the ICAI until the Central Government specifies any other standards for the auditing process. One thing we have to understand is that all these duties and powers have to be carried out as per the standards of accounting that are set by the statutory bodies.

These regulations are formulated and laid down by the Central Government along with the National Financial Reporting Authority. The regulations specified by the statutory authorities provide aid to the auditors to conduct their tasks in the prescribed manner. In order to grow the efficiency of their work, an auditor is expected to comply with these standards while conducting an audit or formulating an audit report.

Take action against fraud 

In his course of duty, if an auditor senses any suspicious activity in the accounting records or transactions of the company, the auditor must report such matters to the Central Government as prescribed in Section 143(15) and Rule 13 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014.  

In case of any fraud, an auditor shall make a report and forward it to the Central Government as under:

  1. The auditor shall notify the directors or the audit committee immediately but not later than 2 days of knowing about the fraud and shall seek their response or remark on the fraud within 45 days to the Central Government.
  2. If the board of directors gives their remarks and observations to the auditors, these suggestions and opinions need to be further reported to the Central Government within 15 days from when they have been notified or they have received the acknowledgement of the responses;
  3. If the board of directors or audit committee fail to constitute a reply within a span of 45 days, the auditor shall forward the report according to their observations to the Central Government. It is the duty of the auditor to mention details of the report that was earlier sent to the board of directors and the audit board for which there was no response or remark.

Further, the report must be in Form ADT- 4 and on the letter-head of the auditor, which will be sent to the Secretary, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, in a sealed registered post with the acknowledgement due or by speed post along with an email in confirmation of the same.

If the fraud involves a sum lesser than one crore rupees, it is the duty of the auditor to report it to the board or the audit committee within within two days of his/her awareness. This fraudulent report to the board and the audit committee shall be further mentioned in the board’s report. Both the reports submitted shall contain the:

  1. Type of fraud;
  2. The estimated sum involved in the fraud.
  3. Parties associated; 
  4. Whether remedial action has been taken or not (to be mentioned in the Board report)

The provision of these rules shall also be applicable mutatis mutandis to the Cost Auditor and Secretarial Auditor under Sections 148 and 204 of the Companies Act, 2013, respectively.

Assist with a branch audit

When an auditor is a branch auditor of a company, he/she will assist in fulfilling the branch audit. He/she should prepare a review depending on the branch records analysed by him/her and then send it to the company’s auditor. 

Internal auditors have to include these data in the report prepared by them. The branch auditor may further provide his opinions and results of his analysis and review to the internal auditor of the company auditor to aid in the given audit. 

Duties of the auditor during insolvency

We have seen the duties of an auditor during the working of a company, however, they are not limited to only when a company is operational. When it is the voluntary winding up of an organisation according to Section 305 of the Companies Act, 2013 it is a requisite that the auditor shall add a copy of the financial audits made by him/her.

During the time of winding up, we will see that the responsibility rests on the auditor’s shoulders as they are expected to have the knowledge of all regulations and standards laid down by the statutory organisations thereby safeguarding the board from any misleading trading claims.

Following the rules and regulations of professional conduct

The auditor must comply with professional conduct and ethics as they are placed in a significant position in the organisation. It is his\her duty to keep the information confidential and take due care while dealing with important details of the financial transactions of a company. Auditors have to maintain the standards of integrity and ensure fairness at all times. 

It is very important that an auditor maintains confidentiality throughout the process of formulating an audit report. An auditor cannot leak out information that is of great importance to the company merely to gain any individual gains that can result in the shortfall of the company.

Illustration:  A is an auditor and is one of the fastest-growing companies. If its rival company offers A a great deal to surrender some sensitive data, it is A’s responsibility to reject the deal and maintain confidentiality. It is not just about moral ethics, but it is an important rule in the rules and regulations of professional conduct.

Auditors shall strive to maintain fairness and express a conclusion or their opinion without any bias, undue influence of others, or any conflict of interest against the company. The information that is gained by an auditor during the process of making an audit report shall be kept confidential and make appropriate use of the same.

They should possess a good understanding to interpreting the laws laid down by the ICAI and the NFRA, thereby following all the necessary auditing, accounting, financial, and management standards and practices. 

Additional statutory duties of an auditor

An auditor’s duty is not limited to just the rights and duties; apart from them, an auditor is also responsible for conducting various inquiries and investigations to further correct the financial position of a company. For any business to flourish, it is important that the finances are thoroughly checked and accurate records are maintained. An auditor must ensure that the company functions in compliance with the accounting standards. Let us have a look at the additional statutory duties of an auditor:

  1. Under the provisions of Section 145 of the Companies Act, 2013, auditors shall certify and sign every report that is classified as an audit report. After the financial audit of the company is complete, an exhaustive report is made on the findings and analysis of the audit. The auditor is required to sign and certify the contents of this report. We have to understand that only the auditor who is a partner practising his profession in India can certify this report.
  2. Under Section 26 (b), it is the responsibility of the company to make its shareholders aware of the situation of the company. The prospectus is a significant document that shall contain all the information about the profits, losses, capital, loans, etc, of the company and its other offices. The auditor has to further certify that the information given in the prospectus is verified and is correct. The report shall also contain the dividend rates of the previous five years that the company has given to their shareholders.

Rights of an auditor 

Now that we have understood the duties of an auditor, it is time to learn about the rights of an auditor. An auditor is responsible for maintaining the integrity of the business and presenting correct records about the financial position of the company. 

While we have understood the duties, let us look at the rights that are conferred upon the auditors by The Companies Act, 2013. According to this provision, an auditor has the following rights mentioned below and cannot be deprived of them.

Right to have access to the company’s accounts 

An auditor leads the auditing committee and hence under Section 143 (1) of the Companies Act, 2013 an auditor has the right to check the financial records or any other documents that are required to form an audit report. This is the highest form of power that is given to an auditor as he has access to any financial records.

Under these provisions, auditors have the right and powers to check the records, source information from the auditing committee, and do thorough research and check the information concerning factors that are laid down under this Section sub-clauses (a) to (f). When we speak about books of accounts, we are referring to accounting books, costing books, statistical books, etc. The auditor also has the right to check and verify the data of both the main company as well as their subsidiaries.

The company’s auditor can carry out sudden inspections of the accounting records. This section grants the auditors the authority to inspect all accounts of the holding as well as subsidiary companies to integrate the accounting records of all offices or branches of the organisation and even their subsidiary companies.

Right to make suggestions

During the course of an audit, the auditor has the right to suggest improvements or changes to be made in the financial transactions or the documentation. The auditor has a right to suggest suitable modifications in methods of accounting, and if such suggestions are made, then the director should comply with them. 

In case the auditor, in his review, has come across any inconsistency or faulty entry, they can put forth their suggestions to correct the errors and comply with the auditing regulations set by the NFRA, ICAI, and Central Government. If the auditor assesses the statements and concludes a potential threat to the company in the valuation, depreciation methods, etc., he/she can make recommendations to the management about the same. 

If the audit team does not comply with the suggestions, the auditor has full authority to report the same to the board members. This does not grant the auditors the authority to make any independent changes in the company accounts. If, despite reporting it to the management, no action is undertaken, the auditor can report it to the shareholders of the company, and the final decision then lies with the management.

Right to sign the audit report 

Every document that is of great importance is certified. Similarly, an audit report is one of the most important documents during an audit and thus verifying the contents and further certifying them to be accurate is a big responsibility given by Section 145. This right is conferred upon an auditor to sign these reports and further present them to the shareholders etc. As per Section 142 (2), it is the major responsibility that an auditor to sign the report as it is certified to be accurate.

An auditor is responsible to provide clarity on any transactions or statements that can have a negative effect on how the company functions, these have to be mentioned in the AGM and every member should be provided access to inspect it. As an auditor plays a big role in the AGM, they are also responsible to present their opinions regarding the current financial position of the company before the investors and shareholders.

Only an auditor of the company has the right to sign the auditor’s report. In cases wherein a firm is appointed to conduct the audit, any partner of the firm who is practising in India has the right to authorise the audit report.

Right to conduct branch visits

Under Section 143(8) of the Companies Act, an auditor has full authority to visit the company’s branch offices to inspect the financial statements and accounts related to the company. In cases wherein the company’s auditor questions the accuracy or correctness of the books of accounts, he can visit the branch to investigate and inspect their transactions. 

A branch audit can help find out any potential threats to the finances of the company, unregulated transactions, or any other unethical practices by the management that could not be traced in the overall audit. In the case of branches situated outside the country, the accounts shall be audited by the company’s auditor or any other individual who fulfils the requirements to audit the branch according to the accounting standards of the foreign country.

Right to receive a notice and attend meetings

It is the right of an auditor to obtain the information and notifications regarding the AGM, shareholder meetings, and board of directors meetings during their tenure as given under Section 146 of the Companies Act, 2013. The company has to send notice to the auditor during all meetings wherein the finances of the organisation are reviewed, even when his audited accounts are not discussed in the meeting. 

The whole financial handling of a company is led by the auditor, and hence they have the right to be present in the meetings and not just be a silent participant but present their opinions and further offer a clear picture of the position of the company. 

Right to be indemnified 

Since the auditor has the power to take over the major financial aspects of the company, it also comes with liability. If it is found that fraud has been committed or there is some discrepancy in the accounts, an auditor can be held responsible. The company has the right to take legal action however, the auditor has the right to defend himself/herself during the trial.

During cases wherein the decision is in the interests of the auditor and all the accusations that were made against them are stated to be false, the organisation is responsible for compensating the auditors for the costs they sustained. This ensures that the auditor is under the shield against any unnecessary challenges, individual accountability, and unfair circumstances that can surface during their work tenure.

Right to make representation

When a special notice is issued by the company for the removal or appointment of an auditor, the retiring auditor has a legal right to obtain the transcript of the special notice regarding the removal or appointment of any individual as an auditor. It is the right of the retiring auditor to present a written request to inform the members of the organisation to represent himself.

Therefore, the auditor’s opportunity to represent themselves when the end of their tenure is being discussed and thus justify their designation and further present their considerations regarding their removal.

Right to be remunerated 

According to Section 142 of the Companies Act, 2013 the remuneration of an auditor of a company shall be decided in its AGM or in any other matter as decided therein. The board of directors finalises the salary of the first auditor. 

The salary compensated to the auditor shall be more than the out-of-pocket expenses that are incurred by the auditor in the course of his work with the company. While the auditor is given a salary for the work that is required of him, in case he has to do anything beyond his/her line of work, the company shall duly compensate him/her.

Right to seek legal and technical support

The auditor is given the responsibility to make sure that the company functions as per the accounting standards. If the auditor finds an issue, they have the right to further inspect and gain clarity on it. The auditor has to then put this before the

It is the role of an auditor to guarantee that the company is functioning as per the rules and regulations set forth by the statutory bodies. During their tenure, it is the duty of the auditor to investigate and analyse an accurate report to maintain a state of clarity between the members and the organisation.

An auditor in certain situations, due to the nature of work, can require some assistance or advice on issues that are not in their expertise, and hence companies have in-house counsels, tax specialists and analysts for matters regarding tax laws, compliance laws, etc. These experts are employed by the organisation itself in order to aid the auditing process. However, it is important that independent opinions are presented by the auditors and should not be influenced by these industry experts.

Landmark orders and judgments

Re: London and General Bank (No.2) (1895) Ch. 673

Facts of the case  

This case is ranked as the first case that set down the duties of an auditor regarding the reporting of crucial information to the shareholders. Here, the auditors knew about the ongoing imbalance in the value of assets of the company but did not disclose it to the shareholders and continued showing them as reliable assets. They also maintained that the financial records were accurate, seeing that there was a declaration for dividends by the shareholders. Now that the company had shown such high stakes, they had to pay it out of the capital, and therefore, the liquidator set the auditors for a trial and stated that they were liable to pay the company.

Issues raised

  1. Here, the issue raised was whether it was the responsibility of the auditor to convey such information to the shareholders. 

Judgment

As the company faced a loss by paying the dividend, the court declared that it was indeed the responsibility of the auditors. They showed that the assets were reliable and were generating high value. It is the main responsibility of an auditor to do a thorough check of the information and data before putting it out to the general public and members of the company.

The auditors have to take reasonable care to verify the information and then present it to the shareholders. The reasonability depends upon various circumstances. As the auditor had knowledge of this situation, he should have notified the shareholders and should have presented an honest and correct report. The liability of an auditor for their client’s actions has been extensively discussed in this case. 

Re: Allen Craig and Co. (London) Ltd. (1934) CH 483

Facts of the case

In this case, Allen Craig and Co., a company dealing with the imports of oils and chemicals, was registered with a capital of £10,000 in the year 1921. Right from the establishment of the company till the year 1930, they showed that the business suffered losses amounting to. In this case, both the directors and the auditors were responsible as despite inspecting the documents they certified them to be accurate. 

The liquidator then proceeded to issue charges against them and argued that despite the fact that the auditors knew that the secretary did not present their findings to the members and hence it was the responsibility of the auditors to do so.

Issues raised: 

  1. If it was the auditor’s duty to notify to the shareholders of the directors and call for a meeting?
  2. Whether it was the auditor’s responsibility to inform the members and present a clear picture of the transactions.

Judgement

After going through all the facts, the English High Court ruled that there is no responsibility on the auditors to call or arrange for the members’ meeting or to tell the directors to arrange a meeting. It was also stated by the court that, as per the accounting standards, auditors were required to notify the shareholders about the current financial standings of the organisation. They have to make sure that these documents are certified by them before presenting them to the members. If the auditor has made a report and sent it to the secretary, but the secretary failed to present it at the meeting, then the auditor will not be held liable.

It was held by the court that the managing director of the company was the person responsible for this situation regarding debts and they concluded that the auditors presented their findings before the directors. However, they chose to not pay heed to this and hence no further action was taken and therefore the auditors were free from all charges.

The court further decided to hold the managing director of the organisation responsible for these debts. It was reasoned by the court that the auditors appointed by the company indeed presented and notified the directors with several reports and letters that provided the details of the financial position of the company. Despite this, no further step was taken by the managing director. Thus, the court held that all the charges against the auditors of the company were dismissed.

M/s BSR Associates LLP and Coffee Day Enterprises Ltd. (CDEL) (2024)

Facts of the case

This case unveiled a scam that was worth ₹ 2,549 crores; the National Financing Reporting Authority found that funds were being redirected from the subsidiaries of CDEL. They were concealed under cheques worth ₹ 1,706  issued by the Mysore Amalgamated Coffee Estate Ltd. (which is hereinafter mentioned as “MACEL”). MACEL did not have enough funds in their account, yet these cheques were issued by them. Due to this, the funds in the subsidiaries reached a total of ₹ 842.49 crores. It was found that there was a total diversion of funds amounting to ₹ 3,535 crores. 

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (which is hereinafter mentioned as “SEBI”) did a thorough examination and went through the statements of both CDEL and MACEL and found that MACEL did not have any transactions with the other subsidiaries that were mentioned. They were used to send funds to the accounts of V. G. Siddharta (founder of Cafe Coffee Day), his relatives and all those entities that were in the control of his relatives etc.  

V.G. Siddharta used to ask the assigned employees to approve them and show them as loans or advances, and keep the cheques in his possession. Even the auditors of CDEL, M/s BSR Associates LLP, for the year 2018-2019 withdrew due to low payment. When an extensive investigation was conducted after V.G. Siddharta passed away, these fraudulent activities were unveiled. It was found that Aravind Maiya, who was the engagement partner for the year 2018-2019, and Amit Somani, who was the quality reviewer, were responsible for these transactions.

Issues raised:

  1. Was there professional misconduct by the auditors in the financial year 2018-2019 audit of CDEL?
  2. Was there a violation of the code of conduct by the auditors as they participated in diverting these funds?

Judgement

It was then held by the NFRA that the auditors had indeed acted beyond their duties. M/s BSR LLP was fined for a total of ₹ 10 crores. This was recorded to be the highest-ever penalty charged by the NFRA. NFRA barred Aravind Maiya from practising as an auditor for 10 years and fined him ₹ 50 Lakhs. Amit Somani was further barred from 5 years of practice and charged ₹ 25 Lakhs for violating the code of conduct.

Tri-Sure India Ltd. vs. A.F. Ferguson And Co. And Others (1985)

Facts of the case 

In this case, the company Tri-Sure India Limited issued a prospectus in February 1975 and invited the general public to subscribe to their shares. The prospectus issued included the financial report from auditors A.F. Ferguson & Co., for the year 1973-74, which showcased an exceptional rise in the company’s profits. 

This was because during the public issue, shares were oversubscribed and the company did allot them according to the terms of a public issue. However, it was found that the financial report was manipulated in the year 1973-74. The director and executives of the company had collectively prepared a fraudulent report.

The company then offered to refund the money that was subscribed by the allottees and sued the auditors for damages amounting to ₹ 63.85 lakhs. The company alleged that it was the responsibility of the auditors who failed to properly investigate and examine the reasons for such an abnormal increase in profits as shown in the prospectus.

Issues raised:

  1. Whether the auditors negligent in examining the sharp increase in profits for 1973-74?
  2. Whether it was the duty of the auditors to verify the reasons for the disproportionate ratio of debts to turnover, change in the prices and consumption of raw materials for production, etc.?

Judgement 

It was ruled by the High Court that Tri-Sure India Ltd. could not establish that the auditors had committed negligence. Therefore, the suit against them was dropped. It was stated by the court that the auditor must follow the regulations and maintain compliance with the auditing standards. They further stated that auditors are, however, not obligated to begin an investigation unless the reports lead to any suspicion. They have to do a thorough check of the financial statements, but cannot act like a detective and investigate for any fraud. Therefore, the court stated that if the internal function were satisfactory, there was no reason for suspicion and hence the auditors had taken reasonable care.

Liabilities of auditors

As we discussed earlier, “with great power comes greater responsibilities” In cases of failure, an auditor can be further held liable and penalised for the same. Let us have a look at the penalties and liabilities given under this act:

Civil liability

As per Section 147(2) of the  Companies Act, 2013 if an auditor does not comply with the provisions of Section 139, Section 143, Section 144, or Section 145 of the Act regarding his duties, the auditor is liable to pay a fine of ₹25 thousand rupees that can extend to ₹ 5 lakh rupees the damages and refund any amount that is paid to him by the company or any other individual for the loss arising out of the auditor’s failure to fulfil his duty. 

In case the auditor has contravened the provision despite prior knowledge, or with an intention to commit fraud, he shall be punished for a term that can be extended to 1 year along with a fine of ₹ 1 lakh rupees, which can extend to ₹ 20 lakh rupees.

Criminal liability

As per Section 147(5) of the Companies Act, 2013, in case of an audit of a company being conducted by an auditing firm, if it is proved that the partner or partners of the firm have acted intentionally to commit fraud, there shall be criminal liability along with civil liability. It is to be noted that this act shall be considered the act on behalf of the partner or the partners of the firm jointly and severally.

Disqualification and ban

As per the provisions of Section 140(5) of the Act, the Central Government can direct the tribunal to further direct a company to replace the auditor who has been proven guilty of committing fraud individually or jointly with the executives of the company. If the Central Government has applied for such a change, the Tribunal shall take action within 15 days of the application and replace the auditor.

The auditor who is proven to be guilty should be disqualified and barred from performing an audit for five years and shall further face penalties as per Section 447 of the Act. In cases that involve audit firms, all partners of the firm who have committed fraud are held liable.

Penalties for failure to report a fraud

As per Section 143(12), if an auditor, during his course of employment or while carrying out an audit, comes across a fraud that is being committed by the executives or employees of the company, he must report it to the Central Government in the time and manner as prescribed. According to Section 143 (15) of the Act, if the auditor does not comply with the standards and fails to discharge his responsibility, he will be penalised an amount of ₹ One Lakh, which can, depending upon the situation, extend up to ₹ Twenty-five Lakhs.

Conclusion

Therefore, as we reach the end of our article, it is safe to say that auditors indeed have great significance in the financial department of a Company. It is very important for companies to bring a reliable and qualified auditor to abide by the standards. For a company, an auditor is the individual that keeps the company in check. Their main duties are to collect data and analyse the financial statements and create a report. 

The NFRA, ICAI and Companies Act, 2013 have laid down various rules and regulations, it is the responsibility of the auditor to oversee that the company is abiding by these rules and regulations.

An auditor works extensively with senior management to gather the financial data of the company to conduct a review and examination for the audit. The statutory auditor must maintain a level of independence and therefore avoid being influenced by the employees and officials of the organisation. In essence, a company needs to have an auditor so that the financial records are regulated and comply with the auditing standards to support the company’s growth. 

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) 

What should every auditor know? 

Every auditor must have the knowledge of the company where they are appointed. They should observe the people in the company and the business culture. Auditors should monitor the functioning of the company and therefore prioritise the growth of the company and work towards growing the financial position of the organisation in the market.

Is an auditor and accountant the same?

Auditors are often considered to be accountants. However, accountants are the employees who are responsible for formulating the accounting records consisting of the day-to-day transactions, filing the tax forms for the organisation, etc. The role of an auditor is to investigate and analyse these accounting records, certify the correctness of these transactions, inquire in depth about the transactions, and report to the board in case of any potential fraud or suspicions regarding false financial statements and assess the same.

References

https://oaji.net/articles/2016/1707-1475498693.pdft.

https://blog.ipleaders.in/rights-retiring-auditors-companies-act-2013/ 

Download Now

Trademark Law in India      

1
Trademark Law in India

This article was written by Anushka Ojha and further updated by Soumya Lenka. It deals with trademark law in India and its various facets, starting from its origins to the concrete provisions of the country’s existing trademark legislation, the Trade Marks Act, 1999. The article is exhaustive and touches on every pertinent aspect of the country’s trademark law, making it a must-read.  

Table of Contents

Introduction

The trademark law relates to the protection of the rights of the trademark owners and their customer base in general. The trademark law aims to balance the rights of business entities and customers. It primarily ensures that the consumer market does not fall into a monopoly. It further provides that any business not so entitled to a particular customer base does not deceptively take the benefit of the consumer base based on the trademarks used by the bonafide owner. It ensures dynamism in the market and does not fall into the hands of deceptive businesses. It prevents businesses who want to make their market base stand on the prior base created by other entities by deceptively using their logos and marks in their goods. 

The trademark law in India dates back to the enactment of the Trade Marks Act, 1940, which was replaced by the Trade Marks and Merchandise Marks Act, 1958, giving its way to the present Trade Marks Act, 1999. The trademark law has undergone rapid changes in the last few decades, with subsequent amendments and new rules coming to that effect. This article will cover all essential aspects of the trademark laws in India exhaustively. Now let us delve deeper into the meaning of trademark in more detail.

Meaning of trademarks

A trademark includes a name, word, or sign that differentiates goods from those of other enterprises. Marketing goods or services by procedure becomes much easier with a trademark because recognizing a product with the trademarks is assured and more straightforward. The owner can prevent using his mark or sign by another competitor.

A trademark is a marketing tool that increases the financing of the business. A trademark is not always a brand, but a brand is always a trademark. Sometimes there is confusion between trademarks and brands. A brand name can be a symbol or logo, but a trademark is a distinguishing sign or indicator in a business organisation as it has a broader implication than brands. People are more influenced by the distinctive trademarks that reflect the quality of the product. A trademark can also be a logo, picture mark, or slogan.

A trademark is a property right, and the law protects that right. It is the visual representation associated with goods and products referring to their trade origin. The use of a mark and its subsequent registration gives an owner the title over it. A trademark provides distinctiveness to a product. For example, the company’s use of the word Apple distinguishes its products from those of Samsung, One Plus, Apple, etc. 

To know more about Trademark please visit:

Origin of trademark law in India 

  • India did not have a trademark law until the 1940s. Issues involving trademark infringement or ancillary violations of one’s trade rights were dealt with under the Specific Relief Act, 1963, and the Registration Act, 1908. With the market’s growing complexity and vulnerabilities, legislation specifically addressing trademark law in the country was needed.
  • In 1940, the then British colonial establishment finally came up with the Trade Mark Act, 1940, which was a modified adoption of the Trade Mark Act of 1938, which was then in force in the English State.
  • The Trade Marks Act, 1940, was further replaced with the Trade Mark and Merchandise Act, 1958. This act provides better protection for trademarks and prevents misusing or fraud using marks on merchandise. The Act provides for registering trademarks so that the owner may get a legal right for its exclusive use.
  • The era of globalisation and privatisation began in the late 1980s and early 1990s of the 20th century. 
  • Hence, a complete overhaul of the country’s trademark law was needed, as the 1958 legislation was unable to address the new complexities regarding trademark infringement and the ancillary rights attached thereto that arose due to the change in the market mechanism as an effect of globalisation. 
  • Hence, the Trade Mark and Merchandise Act,1958, was replaced by the Trade Mark Act, 1999, by the Government of India in compliance with the Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) obligation recommended by the World Trade Organization. 
  • The Trade Mark Act of 1999 is the current legislation in force in India. It deals with all the issues and complexities of trademark law in the country. The aim of the said Act is to grant protection to trademark users, direct the conditions on the property, and provide legal remedies for the implementation of trademark rights.
  • The Trade Marks Act, 1999, gives the police the right to arrest in cases of trademark infringement. The Act gives a complete definition of “infringement.” It also provides punishments and penalties for offenders. It also increases the time duration of registration and registration of non-traditional trade marks.

Sources of trademark law in India

Several international conventions and agreements, with TRIPS taking the central stage, are the sources of trademark law in India.

Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) 

Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights is the most critical convention relating to intellectual property rights. It was adopted by the World Trade Organisation in 1995. Articles 15 to 21 of the TRIPS agreement deal with trademark protection. Some of them are as follows:

  • Article 15(1) of TRIPS of the agreement states that any sign or combination of signs capable of adding distinctive character to goods of one undertaking from  the rest constitutes a trademark;
  • Article 16  of TRIPS states the rights of the trademark owner and the registration of the trademarks shall be as per the Paris Convention, 1967;
  • Article 18  of TRIPS deals with the duration of trademark protection. It postulates that the duration should not be less than seven years;
  • Article 21 deals with the licensing and assignment of trademarks.

Other Treaties and Conventions

Readers, it is important that we know about some other important treatises and conventions so that we can get a wholesome idea of how the International regime related to trademark law evolved.

  • The Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property was adopted in 1967. The treaty was initially signed in 1883 in Paris, France. It was the first to envisage an international law protecting Industrial property.
  • Madrid Agreement on the International Registration of Marks: It was adopted in 1891 and revised in 1967. This treaty was initially signed in the year 1891. It envisaged a uniform international law for the registration of marks.
  • The Vienna Agreement, 1973: This agreement was initially signed in 1973. It envisages an international law protecting figurative elements as trademarks.

Trade Marks Act, 1999 

Object of Trade Marks Act, 1999

The Preamble of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, outlines the object of trademark law in India. It states that the legislation intends to consolidate the law relating to the registration and use of trademarks in the market. It further seeks to protect trademark owners and the damages they suffer from fraudulent usage of trademarks. 

In the landmark case of Laxmikant V. Patel vs. Chetanbhat Shah & Anr (2001), the Hon’ble Supreme Court opined that the objective of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, is two-fold.

  • Firstly, it seeks to ensure honest and fair play in the market. 
  • Secondly, it intends to protect the owner of a trademark from any legal and financial injury that may be caused by fraudulent and unauthorised use. 

Salient features of the Trade Marks Act, 1999

Now, let’s deal with the salient features of the Trade Marks Act, 1999:

Service is included in the definition

In its definition, the Trade Marks Act, 1999 provides for goods and services. The businesses can apply not only for registering their trademarks on goods but also on services, thus widening the scope of trademark protection. 

Absolute and relative grounds for refusal of trademark registration

The Trade Marks Act, 1999, divides the grounds for the refusal of registration into two types, namely:

  • Absolute grounds for refusal of registration; and
  • Relative grounds for refusal of registration.
Protection of well-known marks

The Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides for the recognition and better protection of well-known Marks. If a mark is widely used and recognised that if accorded to any entity that deals in any other category of goods, it will cause injury to the owner, then the same is a well-known mark. The concept of well-known marks protects trade marks falling under one category of goods and services and other categories of goods and services.

Registration of collective marks

Section 2 (1) (g) of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides for collective marks. Collective marks are marks associated with associations. The Act provides protection to these kinds of marks, thereby widening its scope.

The registrar is the final authority 

The Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides that the Registrar will be the final authority for the registration and certification of trademarks, diluting the role of State and central governments. This was done to streamline the process of registration and licensing trademarks by giving the task to a special authority.

Penalties for offenders

Sections 101 to 121 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provide for penalties for offenders. The Trade Marks Act punishes trademark infringement, passing off, and falsification with imprisonment, fines, or both.

Types of Trademarks

Trademarks are of two types, namely: 

Conventional marks 

Conventional marks are words, symbols, logos, and names used to identify and differentiate a product or service from others in the market. These are simple in their character and are widely used by market entities. In India, there are three kinds of conventional trademarks are as follows:

Certification trademarks

A certification trademark is a validation of the quality and standard of the product sold in the market on a commercial scale. It is defined under Section 2(1)(e) of the  Trade Mark Act, 1999. It provides that a certification mark means a mark capable of distinguishing the goods or services in connection with which it is used in the course of trade which are certified by the proprietor of the mark in respect of origin, material, mode of manufacture of goods or performance of services, quality, accuracy or other characteristics from goods or services. 

Collective mark

Section 2 (1)(g) provides for collective marks. As the name suggests, a collective mark is a trademark used by organisations for various goods and products and their differentiation from the other market players. A collective mark is generally used by organisations carrying on their business in the same industry and having identical characteristics. A collective trademark or mark helps the customer identify the product or the range of products indicated by the mark from other products. It hence adds distinctiveness to the market value of the organisations operating through the collective mark. A collective mark can be of two types: 

  • Firstly, it can be a mark of recognition or identification of persons from a particular industry. For example, A Company Secretary (CS) is a mark that lets the customer know that the person belongs to the CS industry and is certified by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI); and
  • Secondly, it serves as an indication of the source of origin of the goods or services.

Service mark

Section 2(1)(z) of the Act provides for service marks. A service mark is a symbol, sign, or word used by market entities to differentiate their services. Service marks are used for several purposes, including marks in the entertainment industry, hotel industry, and management institutions. These service marks are seen as the brand marks of the industry players and play a pivotal role in establishing goodwill and brand value among customers.

It provides that services offered by different players in different industries can also be registered as trademarks if they are distinctively associated with the brand or industry. 

Unconventional marks

Unconventional marks are generally complex trademarks that market entities do not use widely. These are of many types, namely: 

Product mark

A product mark is a trademark used only for products and goods, not services. It is generally an identifying mark that makes customers aware that the same belongs to a particular company or organisation. Customers typically tend to buy more of a specific company’s products because of its product mark, and thus, this is directly connected to the company’s market value and reputation. 

Shape mark 

Many companies and corporate entities are trying to encash this visual appeal for their products and establish their dominance in the market. This phenomenon gave rise to a new trademark called “shape marks”. Section 2 (1) (zb) of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides for a shape mark. The mark must have the capacity to have a differentiating effect, i.e., make customers distinguish between products of different businesses.

Pattern mark

A pattern mark is a form of trademark that generally uses specific visual patterns as the distinguishing feature. In pattern marks, customers identify a particular company product by the pattern enshrined in the product. In India, the Trade Marks Act, 1999, has not explicitly mentioned pattern marks as a specific form of trademark in its containment. However, a pattern associated with a particular product may be registered by market entities under Section 2 (1) (zb) of the Trade Marks Act, 1999.

Sound mark 

Sound is another phenomenon that distinguishes products and services from one another. According to reports, sound appeals the most as a medium of advertisement and branding, and the main reason is that it dilutes the visual and linguistic barriers between the company or the brand and the consumer. 

Sound trademarks are not explicitly mentioned in the Trade Marks Act, 1999, and no definition whatsoever has been mentioned in the concerned enactment. The scenario changed after the advent of the Trade Mark Rules, 2017, which laid down the process for registering sound trademarks in the country. The determination of the validity of a sound mark is also governed by Section 2 (1) (zb) of the Act. 

Colour mark

Colours always act as distinguishing features of goods and products and help the customer distinguish goods and brands. Colour trade marks are based on this distinction. Colour trade marks are widely used unconventional trademarks that are mentioned in Section 2 (1) (zb) of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, but are implicitly contained within the provisions of the Act, making them nevertheless registrable under the legislation. Colour trade marks involve using specific colours or colour combinations to identify the source of goods or services. 

Domain name

Every company on the Internet has a domain name with a different address in cyberspace where the website is located. Nowadays, companies have internet pages as the producer and consumer are far away, and every company is going global. The other purpose is that the Internet has become an essential tool in marketing. The rule came to be revealed as IP numbers are hard to remember, so they came up with the domain name system.

Well-known marks 

Section 2(1)(zg) of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, defines a well-known trademark as a mark that has gained enough recognition among a significant portion of the public who utilise such goods or obtain such services that the use of the mark about other goods or services is likely to be interpreted as denoting a connection between those goods or services and the person using the mark in connection with the first mentioned goods or services. The trademarks are generally guaranteed to the customers and the purchasers of a certain standard by the brand. 

A trademark generally establishes or represents the goodwill of a market entity. A well-known trademark generally has a great deal of leverage and a large customer base in the market, and hence, its protection is given higher priority and emphasis in comparison to other trademarks. 

One of the most distinguishing features of well-known marks against other trademarks is that they are infringed even if they are used by market entities in a completely different category of goods and products. 

Thus, the pertinent rule is that when a trade mark is deemed to be well-known, the value of its goodwill is such that even when it is used by a market player or entity in an ultimately market, the mark has the potential to gain a market value and customer base rapidly only based on its goodwill. 

The landmark verdict of Sunder Parmanand Lalwani vs. Caltex (India) Ltd. (1969) serves as a pertinent precedent that sheds light on the scope of well-known trademarks. In the impugned case, the Hon’ble Bombay High Court held that when a mark has established a monopoly and brand value in the market, it is debarred from being used by any other market entity, even if the other player deals with a completely different product segment. 

Grounds for refusal of registration of trademarks

There are two types of grounds for the refusal of registration of trademarks, namely, absolute grounds for refusal and relative grounds for refusal of registration. Let us now discuss them in detail:

Absolute grounds for refusal of registration of trademarks

The trademarks that do not meet the criteria of distinctiveness under Section 9 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, and can cause confusion in the minds of the consumers are not qualified to be registered in India. Apart from this, many other criteria render otherwise registrable trademarks unregistrable. A trademark can be disqualified from being registered despite having the potential and the requirements under the following circumstances:

Devoid of distinctive character

Section 9(1)(a) provides that any mark devoid of distinctive character cannot be granted trademark protection. 

Geographical locations

Section 9(1)(b) provides that geographical locations cannot also be used as trademarks. The rationale behind such a postulation is that the same does not pass the distinctiveness test under Section 9 of the Act. When a geographical location is used as a mark or logo before a product, it signifies that the product or the said goods belong to that location. Still, it adds no specific or distinctive value to the brand. 

Geographical names are generic, and hence, every other market entity is free to use them in their products. If any of these kinds of trademarks are granted, it will be against the freedom of trade granted to the traders under Article 19(1)(g) of the Indian Constitution

Customary words and marks

Section 9(1)(c) provides that words or marks that have become customary in the contemporary market cannot be trademarked. The rationale is that the same dilutes the distinctive character of the mark or logo. 

For example, suppose X company has the word ‘laptop’ in their logo or mark. In that case, they are barred from claiming a trademark right on the same as the word laptop has become generic in the market and is a part of the customary discourse in the contemporary market. If the same is allowed to be trademarked, the other market dealers will face heavy repercussions. Hence will go against their right to trade under Article 19 of the Indian Constitution. 

Concept of acquired distinctiveness

The concept of acquired distinctiveness is a peculiar concept ingrained in Section 9(1)(c) proviso, which allows generic marks and logos to be registered as trademarks on meeting specific criteria. The trademarks obtained via acquired distinctiveness are known as secondary trademarks. The doctrine of acquired distinctiveness is hence known as the doctrine of secondary meaning”. 

This doctrine postulates that even if a mark or logo is generic and at its initial stages, it may not be liable to be registered as a trade mark. However, with the passage of time and extensive use of the mark, the mark may have acquired a certain level of distinctiveness, which may enable it to meet the distinctive criteria stipulated under the trademark law to be recognised as a valid trade mark. These trademarks lack inherent distinctiveness but have attained distinctiveness in the consumer market for the extent of their use and exclusiveness. 

Deceitful

Section 9(2)(a) provides that any deceitful logo or mark cannot be registered as a trademark in India under the existing law. To elucidate, if the use of a mark or logo dilutes or creates confusion in the minds of customers, then it can hamper the market value of the actual trademark owner and is, hence, deceitful. 

For example, if one uses Parle C and tries to register it as a trademark, then the same cannot be granted as it would be deceitful and could create confusion in the minds of customers with the existing biscuit manufacturing giant Parle G. There are many cases in this regard. 

Hurts religious sentiments

Section 9(2)(b) provides that trademarks that hurt the religious sentiments or belief system of any community in India are not registrable as they contravene Article 25 of the Indian Constitution.

Obscenity

Section 9(2)(c) provides that if a trademark so applied for being registered is based on or contains scandalous or obscene material, then the same is not registrable. For example, In cases of obscenity, if a mark used on a product has some brand value, but the same qualifies under the obscenity criteria under Section 294 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023, then the same, despite having a brand value, cannot be granted a trademark. Granting such a trademark would be against public order and constitutional morality.

Symbols and signs prohibited from commercial use.

Section 9 (2) (d) provides that if trade marks so applied for being registered is a symbol that has been prohibited from being used by the Emblems and Names (Prevention of Improper Use Act), 1950, for instance, the Indian National Emblem Lioned Capital, the Indian Flag etc, then the same cannot be registered. The motive behind the clause was to debar commercial and profit-making entities from using marks and symbols of national pride for commercial purposes. Even if they are so used, all other entities are equally entitled to use them; hence, such trademarks have no registrability.

Shape of the goods/products

The shape of the goods and products cannot be registered if the same falls under any of the three categories stated under Section 9(3) of the Trade Marks Act, 1999. Section 9(3) provides that a shape is not registrable as a trademark in the country if the same has:

  • The shape of goods resulting from the nature of the goods themselves for this section, the strict language of the said provision is to be considered. The provision opines that if the shape of a product is inherent to the nature of the good, then the same is not registered as a trademark. To elucidate, can any company not claim or register a cardboard box or A4 size paper as a trademark? 
  • The shape of goods necessary to obtain a technical result To elucidate, the clause pertinently sheds light on the fact that a particular shape is often required to obtain a specific result in a category of goods. Hence, nobody can claim a trademark right on the same. For example, knives are supposed to be sharp; therefore, no one has the right to claim a trademark on the sharpness of the product as it is a necessary characteristic of a knife. 
  • The shape that gives substantial value to the goods in this clause of Section 9(3) of the Act is an amalgamation of the above two clauses or postulations. The clause states that if a shape gives substantial value to the products and is not leveraged and is intrinsic to its usage, then the shape cannot be claimed to have any distinctiveness. Hence, such a shape will not be registered in India. For example, in the case of a knife, the sharpness is intrinsic to the product and gives substantial value to the goods. 

Relevant case laws on absolute grounds for refusal of registration of trademarks

Hindustan Development Corporation Ltd. vs. The Deputy Register of Trademarks (1954)

In this impugned case, the Hon’ble Bench of the Calcutta High Court held that the mark “RASOI” for edible oils cannot be used as a trademark and cannot be registered because the name indicates the nature of the product. It opined that the nature of the product cannot be used as a trademark, and if so permitted, the right accrued so by the registered owner will violate the rights of the other businesses in the category. 

Imperial Tobacco. Of India Ltd. vs. Registrar of Trademarks & Anr (1968)

This is a landmark case in which the Calcutta High Court Bench clarified that a trademark should be distinctive. Using a specific geographical location of the product does not add any distinguishable character; hence, such trademarks cannot be granted.

SBL Ltd vs. Himalayan Drug Company (1997)

In the impugned case, the Delhi High Court division bench held that Liv-T used by the respondent cannot be deceptive or considered violative of the trademark of the owner, Himalayan Drug Company, i.e, Liv-52. It held that Liv is a general acronym or abbreviation in the medicine industry, symbolising that the medicine is used to treat liver ailments. Hence, such a word cannot fall under the category of exclusivity guaranteed by trademarks.

Relative grounds for refusal of registration of trademarks 

Section 11 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides relative grounds for refusal in the case of trademarks. Let us now discuss the grounds in detail:

Registrability of the trademarks is barred by copyright law

Section 11(3)(a) provides that if the registrability of the mark is barred or prohibited by the country’s Copyright law, then it cannot be registered. The provision emphasises the basic principle of nonoverlapping Intellectual Property Rights. For instance, if the Copyright Law protects a particular mark, it cannot simultaneously be claimed to be protected by the trademark law.

Knowledge or recognition of that trademark in the relevant section of the public, including knowledge in India obtained as a result of the promotion of the trademark

The basic principle on which a well-known trademark relies is that it must have a vast customer base. The name suggests that the trademark recognition must be substantial to ascertain it as a famous trademark. Section 11(6)(1) provides that before granting the well-known mark recognition, the registrar must ascertain whether the said mark is well known and recognised among a relevant section of the Indian public.

Duration, extent, and geographical area of any use of those trademarks

Section 11(6)(iii) provides that for a trademark to be registered as a well-known trademark, the duration, extent, and geographical area of such use must be considered. This postulation is based on the rationale that if the trademark is a well-known mark, it has to have a wide popularity spanning a large geographical area, and its use must span a reasonable number of years.

Record of successful enforcement of the rights in that trademark

Section 11(6)(v) provides another essential criterion to be considered by the registrar of trademarks. It postulates that previous enforcement of the rights of the trademarks can serve as potential evidence of its popularity and enforceability to be granted the recognition of a well-known mark under Section 2(1)(zg). 

Number of actual or potential consumers of the goods or services

Section 11(7) acts as an appendage to subsection 6 and further clarifies the position. It holds that a well-known mark must have a potential base of customers, which has to be taken subjectively and depends on different facts and circumstances. The word actual refers to the mark’s existing customers, and the potential refers to the mark’s ability to volumize or increase its base in the future.

Number of persons involved in the channels of distribution of the goods or services

Section 11(7) postulates another condition for registering well-known marks. It postulates that the number of employees and individuals involved in the distribution networks of the so-called product must be considered before trademarks are awarded. Hence, the distribution channel and its extent are significant factors before granting well-known trademarks.

Where a trademark has been determined to be well known in at least one relevant section of the public in India by any court or Registrar, the Registrar shall consider that trademark as a well-known trademark for registration under this Act

Section 11(8) postulates that the same does not need to be recognised in several markets or segments of goods and products for well-known trademarks. It is enough to be recognised by a particular section of customers to be considered well known.

Relevant case laws on the relative grounds for refusal of registration of trademarks

Shaw Wallace Company and Co. Ltd vs. Superior Industries Ltd (2003)

In the impugned case, decided by the Hon’ble Delhi High Court, the Shaw Wallace company successfully defended its trademark as a well-known mark because of its previous enforcement.

Amritdhara Pharmacy vs. Satya Deo Gupta (1962)

In this case, to determine the connection in two words related to an infringement action, the Supreme Court stated that two words must be taken that are deceptively similar and judged by their appearance and sound. There must be considered the goods to which they are to be utilised. The nature and kind of customer likely to buy those goods must be considered. 

It must consider the surrounding circumstances and what is likely to occur if each of those trademarks is used in common ways as a trademark for the goods of the particular owners of the marks.

After considering all those circumstances, they concluded that there would be confusion. This is to say that, not significantly, one man will be injured, and the other will gain the illegal benefit, but there will be a mess in the public’s mind, which will lead to confusion about the goods, and then there may be the refusal of the registration.

Trademark registration

Any person claiming to own trademarks must apply in writing to the appropriate registrar in a prescribed manner, as enshrined under Sections 18 to 26 of the Trade Marks Act,1999. 

Procedure for registration of trademarks in India

The procedure for registration of trademarks in India is governed by the Trade Marks Act, 1999, in consonance with the Trade Mark Rules of 2002 and 2017. Particularly, Chapter III of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, postulates the procedure regarding the registration of all kinds of trademarks in India. Sections 18 to 26 lay down the exact procedures for registration and the ancillary issues. Let us have a quick glimpse of the provisions-

Application for registration

Section 18 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides for the application for registration of trademarks. Section 18(2)  provides that a person claiming to be the proprietor of a trademark must file a single application for registration before the registrar of trademarks. A single application is to be filed for a different class or segment of goods and products, and the fees will be subject to segments in which the applicant claims his trademarks to be registered. 

The application would be filed in the trademark Registry Office (before the Registrar of Trademarks) within whose jurisdiction the application carries on his or her business.

If the business is carried on jointly by more than one member, the principal or the first applicant’s address must be considered when determining the jurisdiction of the registry office under which the application will be filed. 

Further, the Registrar has discretion after due scrutiny and perusal of the application’s claim to direct any amendments or modifications to the claimed trademarks. In some cases, it can refuse the mark to be registered. However, in case of refusal or conditional acceptance, the Registrar is obliged to explain the reasons for the same.  

Categories of trademark application in India

In India, as per the Trademarks Act, 1999, and the accompanying rules, there are five primary types of trademark applications. The same are discussed here as follows-

Single trademark application

This is a simple trademark application that allows an individual or a startup to file a trademark application to register its trademark. As the name suggests, the trademark application is for the registration of a single trademark by either the proprietor or the start-up. Form TM-A is used to file a single trademark application.  

Collective trademark application

As the name suggests, a collective trademark application is not filed by a single entity but rather a collective group. When an association or a trust files a trademark application for the registration of a trademark, it is known as a collective trademark application. Generally, Form TM A is used if the application is for a single trademark, but in cases of certification marks or collective marks, Form TM-M is to be complied with. 

Multiclass trademark application

A multiclass trademark application allows businesses to register a single trademark across multiple classes. Such a trademark will enable entities to register their trademark in various market segments. Form TM-A is to be com; lied with to register a multiclass trademark application.

Series trademark application

A series trademark application allows businesses or entities to register a single trademark for related trademarks. A single application is to be given to the concerned registrar’s office. It has to be satisfied and proved before the office that the set of trademarks has a common distinguishing factor and should be liable to be registered under a single market entity’s name. Form TM-A is used for filing series trademark applications. 

Certification trademark application

Entities file a certificate trademark application to ensure the quality of their goods and services. Unlike traditional trademarks, these are obtained to provide and satisfy the consumer that a basic quality standard has been maintained. Form TM-A is used to file such trademark applications. Popular examples are Agmark, Hallmark, etc. 

Withdrawal of acceptance 

Section 19 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides for the withdrawal of acceptance by the registrar in some instances. It provides that when the registrar has accepted to register a mark but before the registration of the said mark realises that he has made an error in judgment, he can withdraw his acceptance to register the mark under the trademark law.

Further, Section 19 provides that the Registrar has the power to withdraw the acceptance if the applicant calls for it voluntarily condition to the reasons being laid down for the same by the applicant.

Advertisement of application

After the application was accepted by the registrar, it had to be advertised in a local daily or the state’s gazette. Section 20 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, is to give other bonafide market entities a chance to know about such registration before it is made, allowing them to challenge it if it hampers their business.

Opposition to registration

Section 21 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides for opposition to the registration. It provides that any erosion or market entity can, within four months of such advertisement or re-advertisement (in cases of prior conditional acceptance by the Registrar), file a written complaint in the form of a notice to the Registrar. The Registrar shall serve a copy of the complaint to the applicant within two months of its receipt.

If the applicant files a counter-statement, the registrar is obliged to send a copy to the complainant within a reasonable time period from receipt of the counter-statement. The Registar can conduct a hearing in which, after perusing the arguments, contentions, and evidence from the birth parties, the Registar can ascertain whether the objection is valid.

Correction and amendment

Under Section 22 of the Trade Mark Act, 1999, the Registrar has the discretion to permit the applicant to make corrections or amendments to the application claiming trademarks at any time before registering the trademarks but not after that.

Registration

Section 23 of the Trade Mark Act, 1999, provides that a trademark will be registered on an application made under Section 19 if the following circumstances and conditions are satisfied:

  • Any market entity has not opposed the application or that the opposition has been decided in favour of the applicant;
  • The registrar, on the fulfilment of the conditions mentioned above, registers the mark within twelve months from the date of such application; and
  • Following the registration of the mark, the registrar shall issue a certificate of registration to the applicant.

Jointly owned trademarks

Section 24 of the Trade Mark Act, 1999, postulates that the registration of the trademarks so claimed by joint proprietors shall be jointly accorded. The trademarks hence will be awarded to the persons as joint proprietors. Registration of a trade mark used independently by the proprietors cannot be claimed except when such registration is declared by a person who will be charged to use it on behalf of both or all of the proprietors and about an article or service with which both or all of them are connected in the course of trade.

Duration, renewal, removal, and restoration of registration

Section 25 of the Trade Mark Act, 1999, provides that the duration of such registration will be ten years but is subject to be renewed for ten years on an application of renewal from the applicant or the trade mark’s owner.

Effect of removal from register for failure to pay fee for renewal

Section 26  of the Trade Mark Act, 1999 postulates that where a trade mark has been removed from the register in case of failure on the part of the applicant or the trade marks owner to pay the fees on time, the same will be deemed to be a trade mark for one year from such non-payment of fees.

In cases of filing of an application for the registration of similar trademarks, the trademark will not be granted for a period of one year because the values of trademarks still subsist but the same will cease to be considered as a trademark if the Registrar or the High Court opines that:

  • there has been no bona fide trade use of the trademarks which has been removed during the two years immediately preceding its removal from the register of trademarks;
  • The proposed application will not deceive or confuse customers and will not hamper the rights of the trademark owner.

No action for an unregistered trademark

Section 27 of the Trade Mark Act, 1999 defines no infringement with respect to unregistered trademarks. Still, it recognises the common law rights of the trademark owner to take action against any person for passing off goods as the goods of another person or services provided by another person or the remedies thereof.

Rights conferred by registration 

A trademark gives the trademark owner a level of protection or shielding by giving him the exclusive rights to use the mark for a certain period. The owner is also vested with the right to vest such a right of trademark usage by authorising any other person or company to use the trademarks in consideration of some remuneration. 

Section 28 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999 confers the following rights on the owner by registration: 

  • The owner has the exclusive right to use the trademarks concerning the goods and services and also has the power of authorising other persons or entities to use the said mark; and
  • The trademark owner has the right to bring a suit for infringement or passing over and claim an injunction, damages, and accounts for profits.

Infringement of trademarks and action against infringement

Infringement of trademarks

A registered trademark is infringed by a person who is not a registered proprietor or a person using by way of permitted use in the course of trade, a mark which is identical with or deceptively similar to the trademark about goods or services in respect of which the trademark is registered. 

After infringement, the owner of the trademarks can initiate civil legal proceedings against a party who infringes the registered trademarks. Basically, trademark infringement means the unapproved use of a trademark regarding products and benefits in a way that is going to cause confusion or difficulty about the trader or potential benefits.

Infringement of tradmarks on the internet

The expansion of the web is also leading to an expansion of inappropriate trademark infringement allegations. A company will probably assert trademark infringement each time it views one of its trademarks on a third party’s online page. 

For example, an individual who develops an online website that discusses her expertise with Microsoft software could use Microsoft’s trademarks to consult exact merchandise without worrying about infringement. However, she would no longer be competent to use the marks in this kind of means to intent viewers of her internet web page feel that she is affiliated with Microsoft or that Microsoft is sponsoring her net web page. The honour could simplest be analysed upon seeing how the marks are sincerely used on the web page. In this way, there is an infringement of trademarks on the internet.

Infringement means the unauthorised and deceptive use of a trademark, which damages the owner’s rights. It is a statutory remedy available to the owner or the proprietor of the trademarks about the goods and services to bar the unauthorised entity from using the mark to its benefit and any damages incurred by such deceptive use.

According to Section 29 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, when a person who is not a registered owner of the mark or somebody authorised to use that mark for commercial purposes, an identical mark or a deceptively similar mark about the goods and services for which the trademarks subsist, the same is deemed to be an infringement of the said trademarks. 

Section 29(2) of the Act provides that a registered trade mark is considered to be infringed if the said mark is identical or similar to the trademarks and is likely to create confusion in the minds of the consumers and a false impression that the goods and services have some association with the registered trademarks.

Section 29(4) of the Act provides that a registered trademark is considered to be infringed in case the mark used by the proprietor is

  • Identical or similar to the registered trademarks;
  • Used a different segment of goods and services; and
  • Causes harm to the distinctive character of the trademarks.

Passing off

Passing off is a common tort that can be used to enforce unregistered trademark rights. The regulation of passing off prevents one man or woman from misrepresenting other items or services. The inspiration for passing off has changed over time. In the beginning, it was restricted to representing one person’s goods to another. 

Later, it was elevated to business and non-trading activities. Therefore, it used to be additionally accelerated to professions and non-trading movements. Today, it is applied to many types of unfair trading and unfair competitors where one person’s activity causes damage to another person. The fundamental question on this tort turns upon whether the defendant’s conduct is such as deceiving or misleading the general public to the confusion between the industry activities of the two.

Distinction between passing off and infringement

The measures for passing off are different from the measures of infringement. Whereas the former is a legal remedy and varies across jurisdictions, the latter is a common law remedy. Hence, the evidence sought is simple to establish that an infringement has taken place. It requires the claimant to verify that the trademarks are similar or deceptively similar, whereas in the latter case, the burden of proof is high. The claimant has to prove that the trademarks are identical and deceptive and can create confusion in the minds of the consumers.  

In the case of infringement, no damage to the plaintiff’s goodwill may be caused, but in the case of passing off, real damage or injury to the plaintiff’s goodwill is necessary to maintain such a suit. This position was made clear by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Kaviraj Pandit Durga Dutt Sharma vs. Navaratna Pharmaceutical Laboratories (1964). Further, in the case of American Home Products Corp. vs. Lupin Laboratories Ltd(1995), the Court reiterated that in a suit of passing off, the burden of proof is high on the part of the plaintiff. In contrast, in the case of infringement, the burden of proof is low.  

In Satyam Infoway Ltd. vs. Sifynet Solutions Pvt.  Ltd. (2004), it was held by the Hon’ble Supreme Court that to proceed with an action for passing off, three elements are required to be established, which are as follows:

  • In a trial for passing off, as the expression passing off itself suggests, is to restrict the defendant from passing off its goods or services to the public which of the plaintiff’s. It is a claim not only to preserve the plaintiff’s status but also to protect the public. The defendant must have traded its goods or given its services in a manner that was deceived or would be likely to mislead the public into thinking that the defendant’s goods or services are the plaintiff’s;
  • It must be established by the plaintiff that there is a misconception by the defendant to the public and what has to be placed in the possibility of confusion in the public’s minds that the goods or services offered by the defendant are the goods or the services of the plaintiff. In assessing the possibility of such confusion, the court must allow for the ‘imperfect recollection of a person or ordinary memory’; and
  • There is a loss or the possibility of it.

Notwithstanding, trademark registration under the Act only has effect in India. To get trademark rights and protection in other countries, it is required to register the trademarks in those countries. Trademark protection is regional in nature. A single registration must be made in every country where protection is wanted. To get protection outside India, it is required to file applications in the respect of the countries individually. 

In enhancement, there should be registration in a country before you begin using the trademarks in that country. In some countries such as China, Japan, Continental Europe, and Indonesia, the first person who applies for registration will get the rights of a trade mark, rather than the person who first uses the trademarks. Hence, the different party could legitimately take the trademarks by applying for registration even if the first person is using the trademarks.

Case laws on infringement and passing off

Wander Ltd. And Anr. vs. Antox India P. Ltd (1990)

In this case, the Apex Court held that the offence of passing off is constituted when the proprietor uses the trademarks of another registered owner fully knowing that doing so can harm the registered trademark owner’s goodwill.

Hearst Corporation vs. Dalal Street Communications Ltd. (1995)

In the impugned case, the court held that a trademark is infringed when a character in the course of trade uses a mark that is the same as or deceptively similar to the trademark in terms of the goods in which the trademark is registered. The mark’s use by such a man or woman needs to be in a manner that is more likely to be taken as being used as a trademark.

Laxmikant V. Patel vs. Chetanbhat Singh & Anr. (2002)

In the impugned case, the Apex court held that for passing off, three elements have to be fulfilled: damage to the reputation of goods and services, the possibility of deception, and the likelihood of damage to the goodwill of the business.

Renaissance Hotel Holdings Inc. vs. B. Vijaya Sai (2023)

In the impugned case, the Supreme Court held that the use of an identical mark for identical services (in the case of hotel services) constitutes trademark infringement under Section 29 (2) of the Trade Marks Act, 1999.

Himalaya Wellness Company & Ors. vs. Abony Healthcare Limited. (2023)

In the impugned case, the plaintiff was Himalaya, and the defendants were accused of using deceptively similar trademarks. Himalaya’s medicine product LIV 52 bears a trademark, and the defendants were using marks like Liv 55 and Liv 999, which most likely can cause deception in the minds of consumers. The Delhi Court held that the same is a clear case of trademark infringement and granted a permanent injunction against the use of such marks.

International Society for Krishna Consciousness vs. Iskcon Apparel Pvt. Ltd. & Anr. (2023)

In this case, the plaintiff, the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON), claimed a permanent injunction against the use of its name by a clothing company, Iskcon Apparel. Iskcon Apparel, the defendant, was not authorised to use the name in its products but was doing so knowing fully well the brand value of ISKCON and the fact that it is a well-known mark. 

The Bombay High Court, after a strict perusal of the facts and circumstances of the case, held that the same can cause deception in the minds of the consumers and most likely deceive them to perceive that the clothing company ISKCON Apparel is a branch of ISKCON and hence qualifies as a trademark infringement. Hence, the court granted a permanent injunction preventing ISKCON Apparel from using the said name.

Remedies available for infringement of trademarks 

Civil remedies 

Civil remedies for trademark infringement and passing off are generally available in the form of injunctions, permanent injunctions, damages and/or rendition of accounts, Anton Piller orders, Mareva injunctions, John Doe orders, and Norwich Pharmacal orders.

Injunction

An injunction is a common civil remedy that provides for either halt and maintenance of the status quo over any ancillary facet of the dispute or any diffraction which mandates the other party to do something by the court. They are generally of two types: perpetual and temporary injunction. The perpetual injunction is granted depending on the suit concerned and when the same is supposed to be decreed and, therefore, is permanent. In the case of a temporary injunction, an interim order is passed for a specified time frame provided under Order 39 Rules 1 and 2 of the Code of Civil Procedure. 

Damages 

The aggrieved party can claim damages because the exclusive right to use the trademark he owns has been ceased, which subsequently led to him or his enterprise suffering losses. A civil remedy that is often claimed is handling the profit accounts along with a command for delivery or removal of the products that have been infringed.

Anton Piller Order

Section 135 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides for the Anton Piller Order. Under this remedy, the court appoints a local commissioner to seal the goods and services of the defendant in the suit it considers infringing in nature. 

Mareva injunction

Mareva Injunction as a civil remedy provides for the freezing of disputed assets of the defendant to prevent any further infringement of the plaintiff’s trademark. The principle of Mareva injunction is not alien to India’s legal system and is sometimes seen as an attachment before judgment under Order XXXVIII Rule 5 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (“CPC”). The injunction is based on the anticipation that there is a fair chance that the defendant may remove all its assets, which are the subject matter of the dispute, from the court’s jurisdiction and hence will make a successful judgment infructuous. Thus, a Mareva injunction freezes the defendant’s assets and prevents any such mischief on the part of the defendants. 

John Doe Orders

Order 30 Rule 1 of the Code of Civil Procedure provides that if there is a reasonable apprehension that the trademark is likely to be infringed in the future by the registered trademark holder, the owner can approach the courts to pass a John Doe order. A John Doe order is a peculiar concept of civil law in which a court may pass an order against any anonymous party prohibiting the same from using the trademark in the future.

Norwich Pharmacal orders

The Norwich Pharmacal Order is granted against a third party to force them to disclose relevant information and documents if they have been innocently mixed up. By bringing such individuals to notice, the possibility of revealing the records and information required is increased, if not definite. When an applicant initiates legal proceedings against others believed to have been a part of wrongdoing detrimental to the Applicant, these documents help the Court decide its verdict.  

Criminal remedies 

Chapter XII provides offender penalties under Sections 103 to 109 of the Trademarks Act, 1999. One of the most pertinent concepts of the Indian trademark regime to note is that the legislation does not draw a distinction between civil and criminal penalties/remedies; both penalties are parallel.

Penalty for applying false trade marks, trade descriptions, etc

Section 103 states that if any person falsifies any trademark (provided under Section 139 of the Act) and tries to gain undue advantage from such falsification or intended identicality between trademarks shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than six months but which may extend to three years and with fine which shall not be less than fifty thousand rupees but which may extend to two lakh rupees. The proviso to the Section also postulates that if the court is satisfied that the offence is grave, it can impose imprisonment of a term that may extend to less than six months or with a fine of less than fifty thousand rupees.

Penalty for selling goods or providing services to which false trade marks is applied

Section 104 postulates that any person who sells and indulges in commercial profit about goods and services to which the false or identical trademark (u/S 139 of the Act) is applied shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than six months but which may extend to three years and with fine which shall not be less than fifty thousand rupees but which may extend to two lakh rupees. The proviso to the provision provides that the court, for adequate reasons, may impose an imprisonment term of less than six months and a fine of less than fifty thousand rupees.

Enhanced penalty on subsequent conviction

Section 105 of the Act provides that in case an offender who has been convicted u/s 103 and 104 of the Act commits the offences so committed for a second or subsequent time. The court will construe the same as a more grave offence and will impose a punishment of imprisonment for a period which shall be a minimum of one year but may extend up to three years. After providing special reasons in its impugned judgment, the Court may grant imprisonment for less than one year and a fine of less than one lakh rupee.

Penalty for removing piece goods 

Section 106 of the Act postulates that any person who attempts to remove any piece or bundle of goods containing the false trademark will be punished with a fine of up to one thousand rupees. 

Penalty for falsely representing a trademark as registered

Section 107 of the Act provides that any person who tries to represent a trademark to be registered falsely is punished with imprisonment, which may extend to three years with a fine or both. 

Penalty for improperly describing a place of business as connected with the Trade Marks

Section 108 postulates that if any person uses his place of business or commercial office in a way that would in all possible manner lead to a common man believing that the said place is the trademark office, he shall be punished with imprisonment, which may extend to two years, or with fine or with both. 

Penalty for falsification of entries in the register

Section 109 of the Act postulates that if any person makes or causes to be made any false entry in the official register of trademarks, then the offender is to be punished with imprisonment, which may extend to two years or with a fine or with both. 

Limitations on the rights of the trademark owner 

Effect of acquiescence

Section 33 states that if a registered trademark owner has accused or let other entities use the trademarks for about 5 years without any suit or complaint to that effect, the registered trademark owner is barred from exercising the right to ascertain his exclusivity. 

He is also barred from initiating a suit for infringement and damages against unauthorized users. This provision provides for an imitation period and creates prescriptive rights for unauthorised users.

Vested rights

Section 34 postulates that the proprietor of a trademark shall not be barred from registering such trade marks which seem to be identical or similar to a trademark if the same has been in continuous use:

  • For a period more beyond the use of the mentioned trademarks so claimed to be infringed;
  • From a date before the registration of the mentioned trademarks; and
  • The Registrar shall not bar such a proprietor from registering the trademarks if the conditions mentioned earlier are fulfilled.

Use of name, address, and description of goods and services

Section 35 postulates that if a proprietor uses his name, address, or description of goods and services for commercial benefit and such mention and use is bonafide, then the proprietor of the registered trademarks shall not bar such bonafide owner from using the same.

Words used for the name or the description of an article or substance or service

Section 36 provides that no registered trademark owner shall be barred from using any word for the name or description of an article, substance, or service by any other market entity or business. It further provides that the same can be barred only when it is established that the word has become so associated with the articles and services that the same has with the use acquired distinctiveness or is a well-known mark.

Assignment and transmission of a trademark

Sections 37 to 45 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, deal with the assignment and transmission of trademarks. They contain postulations regarding the assignment and transmission of trademark rights in India.

Power of registered proprietor to assign and give receipts

Section 37 states that the proprietor of the trademarks or the owner of trademarks has the right to assign the trademarks to any other person and authorise him or her to use the trademarks.

Assignability and transmissibility of registered trademarks

Section 38 sheds light on what kinds of ‘registered’ trademarks can be assigned and are transmissible. It postulates that any type of registered trademarks can be transferred (with or without the goodwill of the business entity) with the consent of the trademarks owner for all the set of goods and services for which the trademarks persist or for a limited segment of goods and services to the discretion of the trademarks owner.

Assignability and transmissibility of unregistered trademarks

Section 39  postulates that an unregistered trademark can be transmitted or assigned to any other business entity by the trademark owner with or without the business’s goodwill.

Restriction on assignment or transmission where multiple exclusive rights would be created

Section 40 acts as a bar against the transmission of trademarks and their authorisation if such transmission eventually creates multiple exclusive rights in relation to different persons or business entities.

Restriction on assignment or transmission when exclusive rights would be created in different parts of India

Section 41 acts as an appendage to Section 40. It can be well said that this provision is the species, and Section 40 is the genus. The provision bars such transmission, creating exclusive rights for multiple owners in different parts of India. For example, if a business entity X has the right in Karnataka, Y will get the right in Benga, and Z in Kerala. This kind of situation will lead to heavy monopolies in the market and confuse the minds of the consumers. Hence, the same is barred under the said provision.

Conditions for assignment otherwise than in connection with the goodwill of a business

Section 42 provides the conditions for the assignment of a trademark other than the goodwill of the trademark’s owner. It provides that when an assignment of a trademark is made otherwise than in connection with the goodwill of the business in which the mark has been or is used, the assignment  shall not be considered to have taken place: 

  • Unless and until the assignee allies to the registrar within six months from such assignment regarding advertisement of the same in the local daily and the gazettes;
  • Further, the provision states that the said period of six months can be extended for a further period of six months.

Assignability and transmissibility of certification trade marks 

Section 43 provides that certification trade marks make can be assigned only with the following conditions: 

  • Consent of the Registrar;
  • By an application in writing in the prescribed manner.

Assignability and transmissibility of associated trademarks

Section 44 clearly states that associated trademarks can be assigned only as a whole and not in part; thus, the provision acts as an exception to Section 38 of the Act. 

Registration of assignments and transmissions

Section 45 provides that the assignee shall apply to the Registrar to register his title, and the Registrar shall register him as the proprietor of the trademarks subject to the other conditions, including whether the transmission was in all segments of goods and services or in art. The provision provides that the Registrar shall require the applicant to furnish substantial evidence to prove the claim of assignment and transmission. In case of any ongoing dispute between the validity of such transmission and assignment between the parties, the registrar shall refuse to register the same until and unless the dispute subsists.

Different types of forms under trademark law in India

Before the advent of the Trade Marks Rules 2017, there were around 74 forms in the Trade Marks Act, but after the advent of the Trade Marks Rules 2017, a massive overhaul of the entire system took place, streamlining the forms. The eight forms under the trademark law have been discussed herewith:

Form TM-A

Form TM-A form is generally meant for a comprehensive application of the registration process which takes into account individual as well as certification, collective trademarks and serious marks into account. Thus, the form is amicable for goods and products falling within more than one class and is a comprehensive application form. Individual registration of trademarks is provided under Section 18, collective marks under Section 63, certification marks under Section 71, and series marks under Section 15.

Form TM-O

The Form TM-O form is meant to provide notices regarding opposition to registering a trademark under Section 21 and the allied provisions.

Form TM-R

The Form TM-R is meant for trademark renewal by trademark owners. The form applies when the trademark owner allies for renewal of the trademarks under Section 25 and the allied provisions, including surcharge under Section 25 (3) and restoration under Section 25 (4).

Form TM-P

Form TM-P serves the purpose of assigning and transmitting trademarks. If the trademark owner or proprietor seeks to transfer the trademarks of his goods and products on a wider or narrower scale as outlined under Section 45 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, the trademark owner has to file the same under Form TM-P. 

Form TM-U

The Form TM-U form serves the purpose of cancellation of the registration of trademarks under Section 49 and Section 50 as well as in case of intervention in proceedings related to variation or cancellation of entries under Rule 95 (2) of Trade Marks Rules, 2017. 

Form TM-C 

The applicant uses Form TM-C to inquire about issuing a certificate under Rule 22 of the Trademarks Rules, 2017.

Form TM-M

Form TM-M serves three functions:

  • It is used when the applicant is inspecting for documents relating to the registration process;
  • It is used for amendments to the said applicant by the applicant; and
  • The applicant uses it to extend time.

Form TM-G 

Agencies use Form TM-G to register themselves as trademark agencies.

Case laws relating to trademark law in India

Parle Products (P) Ltd. vs. J.P and Co. Mysore (1972)

Facts of the case

In the impugned case, the appellant is the manufacturer of the biscuit company and giant manufacturer Parle. It was selling its products with the registered trademarks on its wrapper “ Parle Glucose Biscuits”. The respondent was also selling its products with a deceptively similar trademark on its biscuits, which gave rise to an infringement suit by the appellant. The respondent used a wrapper for its biscuits with a picture of a girl with certain elements resembling the symbol of Parle products. The issue was taken before the District court, which ruled in favor of the respondent, which was later confirmed by the Madras High Court and thus was challenged in the Supreme Court of India. 

Issues raised

  • Is the wrapper used by the respondent deceptively similar to the Appellant?
  • Is there an infringement of the appellant’s trademarks?

Judgement

The Apex Court held that in case of adjudication on whether there has been infringement based on deceptively similar trademarks,  the court is not required to consider every bit of the trademarks with the registered one to find their similarity. The only test is the overall similarity of the trademarks. If the trademarks create reasonable confusion in the minds of the consumers, then the same constitutes infringement. The court reversed the verdict of the trial and the Madras High Court. It held that there is a reasonable similarity between the appellant’s and respondent’s trademarks and will constitute infringement.

Vishnudas Trading As Vishnudas vs. The Vazir Sultan Tobacco Co. Ltd. (1996)

Facts of the case

This case is also regarded as the Charminar Case. In this case, the respondent was engaged in a cigarette manufacturing business named Charminar. The appellant was involved in the company of Zarda and quiwam with the same name, Charminar, and applied for the mark’s registration before the registrar’s office. The respondent objected to such a registration application because the same is already registered and directly conflicts with his trademarks. The proceedings took place before the Registrar’s office and the Madras High Court, where the respondent’s contention was upheld, and hence, the same was challenged in the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

Issues raised

  • Whether the trademarks in direct conflict with the respondent’s mark?
  • Do the trademarks fall under a different business category and not within the non-registration scope?

Judgement of the case

After a strict perusal of the facts and circumstances of the case, the Apex Court held that it is clear that the respondent has no intention of expanding its business to any sector other than cigarettes. Hence, the Appellant should not be barred from registering its trademarks as he deals in a different class of goods, though falling within the same category. 

Procter & Gamble Company vs. Joy Creators & Others (2011)

Facts of the case

In this case, the global consumer goods company, Procter & Gamble (P&G) owned the registered trademark “OLAY TOTAL EFFECTS”. The plaintiff owned the trademarks and had registered the same since 2007. In 2008, the plaintiff saw an advertisement in the name “JOY ULTRA LOOK TOTAL EFFECTS” concerning cosmetics by the defendants.  The defendants claimed that they had been using the mark since 2001. Aggrieved by the same, the plaintiff initiated an infringement suit against the defendants on the ground that their mark is deceptively similar to that of the plaintiff’s and can create confusion in the minds of the consumers. The Plaintiff demanded the grant of a permanent injunction and damages from the defendant.

Issues raised 

  • Is the mark “JOY ULTRA LOOK TOTAL EFFECTS” deceptively similar to the plaintiff’s “OLAY TOTAL EFFECTS”?
  • Did Joy Creators’ use of the mark confuse consumers and result in trademark infringement?

Judgement 

The Delhi High Court ruled in favour of P&G, holding that ‘total effects’ is indeed an integral part of the plaintiff’s trademarks and can create confusion in the minds of the consumers. The Court held that the use of such a trade mark by the defendant constitutes infringement and thus granted a permanent injunction against the defendant.

Mondelez India Foods Pvt. Ltd. And Anr. vs Neeraj Food Products (2022)

Facts of the case

In the impugned case, Cadbury India Pvt. Ltd filed an infringement suit in the Delhi High Court against a defendant who was selling its products using a deceptively similar trade mark in the form of “James Bond.” The plaintiff claimed this was similar to their recognised trademark “GEMS BOND.”

Issues raised

  • Whether the “James Bond” mark used by the defendant is a deceptively similar trademark?
  • Whether the plaintiff entitled to a permanent and mandatory injunction?

Judgement of the case

The Delhi High Court, relying on the Parle Products case, held that using JAMES BOND as a mark can create confusion in the minds of the consumers and is a deceptively similar trademark. The Hon’ble Delhi High Court granted a permanent and mandatory injunction against the use of such a trademark by the defendant.

Conclusion

Intellectual Property means that its subject is the product of the mind or the intellect. It’s the product of a productive and creative mind. It can be traded, purchased, given, and reserved. In India, the law was introduced in a comprehensive manner for the first time by the Britons in the form of the Trade Marks Act, 1940. After independence, in the wake of new changes in the market, the old Act was replaced with the Trade Marks and Merchandise Act, 1959. 

The Act comprehensively provided for registration and non-registration of marks and was way more comprehensive than its previous legislation. Then came the era of globalisation, and there was a complete overhaul of the market dynamics. There was a dire need for a complete overhaul of the law, and then came the Trade Marks Act, 1999, which is still in force in consonance with the TRIPS Agreement and other international conventions. It provided for a wide variety of marks, introduced the concept of well-known marks, placed service as a trademark mark, and provided a more structured and facilitative framework for the country’s trademark law. 

The Act has undergone several modifications, with the addition of new rules. Indian trademark law seems to be ever-evolving and welcomes changes in market dynamics. In the coming years, India’s law is highly anticipated to welcome a more diverse range of marks to be registered as trademarks and make its law more inclusive. 

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

What is a trade dress?

Trade dress refers to the features of a product or its packaging that market entities use to build their customer base and differentiate their products from other products and companies. Trade dress is based on the packaging of the products and goods. This packaging is what is encashed and helps customers distinguish the products of one company or entity from the other. 

How are trademarks designated?

Trademarks are designated mainly by three symbols, which are as follows:

  • ™ (™ is used for denoting  an unregistered trademark);
  • ℠  (used for denoting an unregistered service mark).;
  • R   (letter R is surrounded by a circle and used for denoting a registered trademark).

Is registration of trademarks compulsory?

Trademark registration is not compulsory, but it has its own benefits and creates material evidence in favour of the proprietor. In the case of registered trademarks, a suit of infringement and passing off can be instituted, whereas in the case of unregistered trademarks, in rare cases, a suit of passing off can only be instituted. 

Which part of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides for the international registration of trademarks?

Sections 36A to 36G of the Act deal with the international registration of trademarks. The trademark law of India is not global in applicability. The law and its postulations apply only within India’s territorial limits. 

The trademarks registered in India have applicability only in India and not abroad and hence cannot be enforceable in any of the courts abroad. The registration of international trademarks can, however, be affected by the postulations of the Madrid Protocol, which will enable such protection in about 110 countries. For example, India’s MICROMAX company and its trademarks are protected by the Madrid Protocol in around 110 countries. There are two methods by which an international trademark application can be filed:

  • Application in every jurisdiction abroad: This is a manual way of filing international applications and availing trademark protection. In this system, one entity has to file trademark applications multiple times depending on the number of jurisdictions and countries it wants its trademarks to be protected. To protect a trademark in any foreign country, an international application must be filed to the trademark office by following the rules and regulations of that country. 
  • Application under the Madrid Protocol: The Madrid Protocol enables and facilitates the easy registration of trademarks internationally. When a trademark office of any nation receives an application under the said protocol, after a preliminary examination and finding it to conform with the Madrid Protocol and the enshrinements thereto, it transfers the same to the WIPO (World Intellectual Property Organization), which further transmits it to the situation overseas. Every software is thus examined, and an international trade mark is henceforth granted if the application passes the distinctiveness in all the jurisdictions. 

Which case discusses the pivotal concept of deceptive similarity in trademarks? 

The case of Starbucks vs. Sardarbuksh (2018) discusses the concept of ‘deceptive similarity in trademarks’ and trademark infringement on such grounds. In the impugned case, the coffee outlet giant Starbucks filed a suit against one Sardar Buksh, who was also a coffee outlet chain, for using a defectively similar trademark under Section 11 of the Act. The Delhi High Court held that the same constitutes a deceptively identical trademark and ordered the defendant to use a different name for its business. 

Which Section of the Trade Marks Act,1999, deals with appeals to High Courts?

Section 91 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999 postulates that if an applicant is aggrieved by the decision of the trademark registrar, he or she has the right to file an appeal before the High Court.   

Which Section provides for the powers of a registrar?

Section 127 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999, provides for the powers of a registrar. It postulates that a registrar will have all the powers of a civil court while adjudicating any dispute brought before the registrar’s office. It further provides that the orders and decrees of a registrar are executable in the same manner as those of the civil courts. The office will also have the power to review its decisions in case any application for review is filed before the office on any valid grounds.

References

Download Now

All about Hindu marriage registration procedure in India

0

This article is authored by Anindita Deb and has been further updated by Nimisha Dublish. The article talks about the procedure of registration of marriage for Hindus. It also covers why it is essential to register marriage and gives an insight into how marriage evolved from a social concept to a legal one.

This article has been published by Anshi Mudgal.

Table of Contents

Introduction

What is the first thing a person desires to have in the later years of his/her life? What is the source and sense of support that morally boosts and helps a person to reach great heights in life? While reading these questions, you might have got the answer in your mind. You need your life partner or family, without whom the world would be challenging to survive.

As humans, we all crave companionship; we all struggle somewhere. We need the ultimate support of someone we know will never leave our side despite the highs and lows of our lives. To maintain this companionship, we all need marriage commitment at some point. Marriage, especially in Indian culture, is considered a sacred ceremony that leads to the meeting of mind, body, and soul. Marriage is that thread that weaves individuals into one spiritual bond. 

In India, marriages are considered a significant milestone. There is nothing like a small wedding in India. Planning for marriage starts as soon as a child is born. Families go to great lengths to ensure every ceremony detail is perfect and memorable. Although marriage began as a pure and religious concept, it has become complicated and, at times, prone to fraud. So, today, it is essential to ensure that marriage is legally registered in our country. This article details the procedure one must follow when registering marriage through various means and under multiple legislations.

What is the registration of marriage?

Marriage registration is getting the marriage recorded in the official government database. It is one of the most critical and responsible steps a couple should take. As we know, marriage is a sacred commitment between two individuals to share the rest of their lives; they must ensure that their rights are protected by law. 

After registering the marriage, the couple is issued a marriage certificate proving their marriage. A marriage certificate is an essential legal document that officially recognises two people’s entry into a union. 

Apart from being a mere proof of marriage, it also helps you avail some perks like couple benefits or discounts while travelling abroad and get out of certain complications like divorce, etc. Even in the cases where things do not go well and the spouses consider opting for a divorce, in such cases, a marriage certificate is required to claim certain rights and benefits. If someone claims for maintenance also, then in that case, a marriage certificate is needed as a substantial piece of evidence to prove that the marriage was legally registered under the law. Moreover, it is essential to process insurance claims if one partner passes away, as it legally verifies the marriage.

In 2006, the Supreme Court of India, in the case of Smt. Seema vs. Ashwani Kumar (2006), made it mandatory to legally register the marriage with the registrar under the applicable law. With the advancement of technology, couples can register their marriage online from the comfort of their homes.

Need for registration of marriage

  1. Mandatory registration of marriages can help enforce laws against bigamy and polygamy. Tracking whether an individual has been involved in multiple marriages will become easier. This will help us to prevent illegal polygamous relationships in India. The maintenance of official records would help to ensure transparency, verify marital status, and avoid any sort of fraudulent claims.
  2. Many issues also arise when individuals, especially Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) or foreigners, enter into fraudulent marriages with Indians. Without proper registration, it is almost impossible to prove the existence of marriage in foreign courts. This could be very difficult and sometimes challenging for the victims to seek compensation or justice.
  3. The registration of marriage with a public authority will ensure that all parties are entering into the marriage voluntarily. This adds a layer of oversight to prevent coercion and forced marriages. The registration process involves checks and documentation, which further help confirm the parties’ mutual consent. By doing this, any sort of forced marriage won’t go unnoticed. 
  4. Compulsory marriage registration can help detect and prevent child marriages. The registration process includes thorough documentation and scrutiny of every detail to ensure that all requirements are met to constitute a valid marriage. If the registration process is followed seriously, then the authorities will be in a better position to detect cases of child marriage, if any. They can also take prompt action to address the violation of laws. 
  5. India became a signatory to the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW) on July 30, 1980, and ratified it on July 9, 1993. A notable reservation reflected the practicality of implementing compulsory marriage registration in a country with diverse customs and literacy levels. This reservation was concerned with Article 16(2) of the CEDAW, which recommends compulsory marriage registration. By implementing procedures for mandatory marriage registration, the national laws can also align with international standards. This will also help to meet domestic and international human rights standards/frameworks.
  6. The 18th Law Commission of India, in its report number 205 2008 on the subject titled “Proposal to amend the Prohibition of Child Marriage Act, 2006, and other allied laws,” also suggested making marriage registration compulsory. The main aim behind bringing these suggestions was to ensure that all marriages must be registered officially. This would help resolve legal issues and protect the rights of individuals who are suppressed by those who make fake marriage promises. 
  7. Despite the push to make marriage registration compulsory and implement international obligations such as CEDAW, India still faced many hurdles. India’s immense diversity in its customs and practices makes creating a system that fits all religions further complex. Different communities and religions have their ways and traditions of doing things. This makes it somewhat more critical to implement rules that mandate marriage registration to have uniformity nationwide. 

Legislation under which a Hindu marriage can be registered in India

Currently, two laws govern the marriage registration for those who come under the Hindu religion. These statutes are as follows:

The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955

In India, the marriage registration depends on the religious background of the individuals involved. If both the partners are Hindus, Buddhists, Jains, or Sikhs, or even if they have converted to any of these religions, then the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, would apply. The Act governs the marriages under the Hindu religion that have already been solemnised as per Hindu traditions, customs, and rituals. It is important to note that the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 only applies to marriages that have already been formally celebrated. It does not cover the initial steps of the solemnisation of a marriage.  

The Special Marriage Act, 1954

On the other hand, the Special Marriage Act, 1954, provides a broader framework for registering marriages. The Act caters to marriages where the partner is not necessarily a Hindu, Buddhist, Jain, or Sikh. The Act facilitates both the solemnisation and registration of marriages, irrespective of religious background. This means that even couples from different regions can have a marriage legally recognised by society without meeting the criteria followed by traditional religious beliefs. 

Marriage registration under the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955

The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, applies to all Indian states and union territories. One of the main provisions, Section 5(iii) of this Act, states that the minimum age of marriage for a bride is at least 18 and for the groom is at least 21. Individuals belonging to the mentioned religions will be eligible for marriage only when they attain the age of majority as per the Act.

Eligibility to register marriage

Section 2 and Section 5 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, lay down the eligibility criteria for solemnising and registering the marriage. Both sections are mandatory for getting the marriage registered legally. 

Section 2 of the Act talks about the individuals who qualify as Hindus for this Act. The followers of Virashaiva, Lingayat, or those who adhere to the Brahmo, Prarthana, or Arya Samaj movements are considered Hindu. It is also applicable to anyone domiciled in the territories where the Act applies, provided they are not Muslim, Christian, Parsi, or Jew unless it can be proved that they were not governed by Hindu law, custom, or usage if this Act was not passed in the first place. 

Section 5 specifies that a Hindu marriage can only be solemnised between two Hindus. This was reiterated in the case of Vijayakumari vs. Devabalan (2003). In this case, it was ruled that a marriage between a Hindu man who had converted to Christianity and a Christian woman who had, in disguise, adopted Hindu rituals was not valid. 

Section 5 further states the conditions for solemnising marriage under the Act. It lays down the following conditions for the marriage to be eligible for solemnisation:

  • Neither party had a living spouse at the time of the marriage.
  • Neither party can give valid consent to it in consequence of unsoundness of mind.
  • Though capable of giving valid consent, neither of them has been suffering from a mental disorder of such a kind or to such an extent as to be unfit for marriage and the procreation of children.
  • Neither party had a living spouse at the time of the marriage.
  • When marriage, the bridegroom must be at least 21 years old, and the bride must be at least 18.
  • The parties are not within the degrees of prohibited relationship unless the custom or usage controlling each of them allows for a marriage between the two.
  • The parties are not sapindas (one is a lineal ascendant of the other) unless each party’s custom or usage allows for a marriage between them.

The old recognised customs, Smritis and Shrutis, give Hindu personal law its life and breath; hence, it is a key condition for a marriage to be registered after the customs of the said specific group or tribe complete it.

What are the degrees of prohibited relationship?

Two persons are said to be covered under the degrees of prohibited relationship if;

  • One of them is the lineal ascendant of the other,
  • If one was the wife or husband of a lineal ascendant or descendant of the other,
  • If one of them was the wife of the brother or the father’s or mother’s brother or the grandfather’s or grandmother’s brother of the other,
  • If the two are brother and sister, uncle and niece, aunt and nephew, or children of brother and sister or two brothers or two sisters.

A marriage that falls into one of the criteria above is considered null and void.

Exception

Customs play a vital role in Hindu marriages under the Hindu Marriage Act (1955). Even if two people fall within the degrees of a prohibited relationship, they can still have a valid marriage if their custom allows that. So, if a particular community or a group has a traditional custom under which such union is permitted, then it is allowed under this exception. This means that the exception condition can override the provision of degrees of prohibited relationship. 

Punishment 

A marriage between people who fall under the provisions of degrees of prohibited relationships is considered invalid under the Act. The parties to such a marriage are not supposed to be married under law. Such a marriage is null and void. The parties might face a simple imprisonment of up to one month or a fine of Rs. 10,000 or both, as per Section 18(b) of the Act. 

Solemnization of Hindu marriage under Section 7 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955

Section 7 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, lays down all the necessary ceremonies and rituals considered valid for a Hindu marriage. Per this provision, a Hindu marriage can be performed per the parties’ traditional customs. As we read the Section thoroughly, we can see that one of the key rituals that Section 7 talks about is Saptapadi. Yes, Saptapadi is also known as the seven steps taken around the holy fire by the bride and groom. Each step around the sacred fire represents a promise and commitment towards each other. The marriage is deemed complete and bonding once the seven steps are taken. 

Also, both parties must understand the language of the ceremony and mutually consent to marry each other. Each partner places a ring on the other’s finger and ties a thali (mangal sutra). The wife wears the sacred thread, mangal sutra, to indicate her married status within Indian society. 

Registration of marriage under Section 8 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955

Section 8 of the Act outlines the requirements for registering a Hindu marriage. The state government is crucial in providing and facilitating the procedure and required infrastructure. The state government must ensure that the couples enter into a legitimate marriage as per the terms and conditions provided by the law. When it comes to implementing the rules for marriage registration, the state government is responsible for representing these regulations to the state legislature as soon as they are established. 

Under this section, the marriage registrar has specific responsibilities. The registrar must thoroughly review the documents and evidence related to the marriage to ensure that all the conditions are met.

Offline Hindu marriage registration procedure in India 

Registration of marriage can be a complex task for a lot of people. Hence, it is better to be informed about all the steps to follow along the way and what documents one will need. Marriage can be registered online or offline, and all the details regarding both procedures have been laid out below for a hassle-free marriage registration experience. Following is the list of questions one has during the marriage registration process, along with the answers to them:

Where does one have to go to register their marriage

To get your marriage registered offline under the Hindu Marriage Act, your marriage must be solemnised before the registration. Hence, after solemnisation of marriage, one has to visit the office of the Sub-Divisional Magistrates (SDM), in whose jurisdiction either the husband or the wife resides, between 9:30 a.m. to 1 p.m. on any working day, along with his or her spouse and two witnesses. There, you will be provided with the marriage registration form, in which you have to fill out all the relevant details and submit it back to the SDM.

Documents one should carry while going to register their marriage

Each state has a slightly different procedure for registering the marriage. The paperwork may differ from state to state. However, some essential documents are required by most of them. The following documents are required for the registration of marriage: 

  1. Husband and wife need to submit a jointly signed application form. The application form can be procured online or from local authorities dealing with marriage registration.
  2. Both parties must have a passport, birth certificate, or matriculation certificate to prove their date of birth. 
  3. Both parties must have proof of residence, which can be proved through a voter ID card, PAN card, Aadhar card, ration card, or electricity bill.
  4. You must submit Rs. 100 if you register your marriage under the Hindu Marriage Act. In the case of the Special Marriage Act, you need to submit Rs. 150. The fees shall be submitted along with the application form. A copy of the receipt must be duly attached to the form.
  5. Two witnesses from each side are required at the meeting at the sub-registrar’s office. Two witnesses who attended the wedding are also required if the marriage is solemnised. 

Additional documents/requirements

  • Both husband and wife are required to sign an affidavit. The affidavit must confirm the location and date of the marriage. It shall also contain the date of birth, marital status at the time of registration, and their nationality. 
  • They must carry two passport-sized photographs of both husband and wife and a wedding photograph.
  • If the wedding invitation card is available, it should also be brought along.
  • If the marriage was solemnised in a religious setting, the certificate from the priest who performed the ceremony is necessary. 
  • The couple must pay the marriage registration fees to the district cashier. The receipt of payment must be obtained from him and be attached to the application form. 
  • A statement affirming that both parties are not related to each other in the manner provided under the degrees of prohibited relationships must be provided. It is essential under the Act and must be complied with. 
  • It is important to mention previous marital status. Divorcees need an attested copy of the divorce decree or order, and widows/widowers must provide an attested copy of the deceased spouse’s death certificate. 
  • If one of the spouses is not a Hindu, Buddhist, Jain, or Sikh, the priest who solemnised the marriage must provide the conversion document. 

Steps to be followed to get a Hindu marriage registered offline

One can follow the steps mentioned below to get their marriage registered under the Hindu Marriage Act:

  • A visit to the nearby Sub-Divisional Magistrate (SDM) is necessary to get the marriage certificate form. 
  • The form must be filled out carefully and accurately. Make sure that all required details are filled in. 
  • If the bride has changed her name or surname after marriage, it shall also be indicated in the form. Under the Special Marriage Act, you need to have two witnesses present at the time of the wedding. They can be a family member or friend. 
  • Witnesses have to sign the documents and provide their personal information. Ensure that both spouses sign all the necessary paperwork and documents for marriage registration. 
  • Attach the wedding photograph and a copy of the wedding invitation card to the application form. Both parties must submit the address proof to the SDM office. 
  • A careful review of all details must be done before submitting the registration application and the required documents. 
  • Retain copies of the completed application and documents submitted for your records. 

How long will it take to receive a marriage certificate

When registering a marriage under the Act, we typically get a response from the SDM’s office in about 15 days. The communication regarding issuing a marriage certificate will reach you within these 15 days. The office will notify them about the date they must appear in person. On the said day, both parties and a Gazetted Officer who attended their marriage must be present before the Additional District Magistrate (ADM). The certificate is issued on the same day.

However, this waiting period can extend up to 60 days in the case of a marriage under the Special Marriage Act, 1954. The details of the registration procedure under this Act have been appropriately discussed in the following section. 

Hindu marriage registration procedure under the Special Marriage Act, 1954

If a couple does not prefer to follow Hindu marriage rituals, or if either of the couples is not a Hindu, then they have the option to get the marriage registered under the Special Marriage Act, 1954. The registration process given under this Act is mainly similar to the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955. Under this Act, the couples who are Hindu or non-Hindu can also register and solemnise their marriage. It allows the couples to marry each other without the requirement to adhere to the rituals of their particular religions to be followed. 

The fee for registering the marriage under this Act is only Rs. 150, slightly higher than the Hindu Marriage Act. As per the Hindu Marriage Act (1955), two witnesses were required, but in the Special Marriage Act, three witnesses are required, and complying with this condition is mandatory. The witnesses must be present to sign the necessary documents to solemnise and register the couple’s marriage. 

One should expect a response from the SDM office within 60 days for offline registration. The main advantage of this Act is that it does not require any parties to convert into another religion. Couples can maintain their respective religions after marriage. If the couple does not go through a traditional wedding ceremony, they can still get it solemnised under this Act. The marriage can be registered, and all legal formalities can be completed without even holding a formal wedding. SDM, Deputy Commissioners, and ADMs are eligible to get the marriage registered for this Act. Following is the whole procedure of solemnisation of marriage:

Procedure for solemnization of a marriage under the Special Marriage Act, 1954

The procedure of registering the marriage under the Special Marriage Act, 1954, is as follows:

  • First, the parties who have agreed to marry each other have to submit their documents and issue a notice of their intention to marry. In this case, the notice is considered a formal declaration that the parties who are getting married have the intention and will to marry each other and are looking forward to getting it registered as well.
  • Once the notice is served, the Sub Divisional Magistrate (SDM) will post a copy on the notice board in their office, which will serve as a public notice showcasing the parties’ intention to marry each other. 
  • Now comes the 30-day objection period. In this 30-day window, which starts immediately after the notice is posted, anyone has the right to object to the proposed marriage. In case any objection is raised by anyone, the SDM is required to address it. This means the SDM must also end the investigation as soon as possible and resolve the issue within 30 days. 
  • If there are any objections as discussed above, the SDM cannot proceed with the marriage registration until that issue or any objections raised are resolved. 
  • If the SDM thinks they cannot proceed with the marriage registration, any party can appeal in the District Court. Under the provisions of this Act, the period for filing the appeal is 30 days. 
  • The marriage will be registered within 30 days of serving the notice if no objections are received. 

Online Hindu marriage registration procedure in India

In today’s world, we can see that many services have been shifted to an online model. Nowadays, be it your grocery requirement, medicines, or food, we all have online apps like BlinkIt, Swiggy, Pharmeasy, etc. with us. Not many know that the marriage registration system has also moved to online platforms. The digital shift has brought many advantages for its users. Let’s just say that the COVID-19 pandemic has played a massive role in bringing this technological and digital advancement. The online platform has not only been digitised but has also made it a lot easier and more convenient. Earlier, there was a requirement to visit the marriage registrar multiple times, but now the process has been streamlined. The general overview of the process is as follows:

  • Visit the official portal.
  • Create an account.
  • Fill out the application form.
  • Upload the required document.
  • Pay the registration fees.
  • Apply.
  • Schedule an appointment.
  • Receive marriage certificate.

Step-by-step procedure to get your Hindu marriage registered online (in Delhi)

  1. The newly married husband and wife have to visit the official site of Delhi to book an appointment from the e-district site – https://edistrict.delhigovt.nic.in/
  2. On the website’s homepage, you will see an option that reads “Registration of Marriage.” Below is a screenshot for reference.
  1. If you visit this site for the first time, you must register. For subsequent visits, you can use your login credentials, which you created when you registered. 
  1. Now, choose the district. The district can be where either the husband or the wife resides. Any one of them can be entered here. One has to enter this information correctly because this place will be considered the official place where the marriage is officially registered. 
  2. The remaining form must be filled out with details such as the date and location of the marriage, personal information of both bride and groom, information about the witnesses, and finally, the appointment date for registration. 
  3. Now you have filled out the form, and all necessary details have been filled out correctly. Now you must carefully upload the required document in the form it is asked for. Ensure you have all these documents before filling out the form. Otherwise, there will be trouble filling out and finding the documents during the process. 
  4. Once you have uploaded the documents, the application form is complete, and now you can submit it. 
  5. After you click submit, a page will display all the instructions and confirmation details. Please review this page with the utmost care and attention.
  6. You must download and print the hard copies of the documents for your good and reference. You may need them in the future in case any dispute arises. 
  7. Submit the affidavit in the required format, and you can download the affidavit form in PDF format from the provided link.
  8. Along with the documents, a hard copy of the application form will be given to the Sub-Divisional Magistrate’s office, where all paperwork will be validated.
  9. You can complete the necessary procedures in the SDM’s office.
  10. Now you are eligible to get the marriage certificate.

Importance of obtaining a marriage certificate

A marriage certificate is more than just a piece of paper. It is a document that officially proves that a marriage has been registered with the appropriate authorities. It is essential not only for validating the marriage but also for a wide range of purposes. In health insurance and inheritance cases, a marriage certificate ensures the couple seeking such benefits is married. When a person is required to update the name, marital status or obtain a driving license, etc., then in such cases, a marriage certificate acts as a supporting document to prove the status of the person. In divorce and separation, it also helps prove that the person is eligible for specific government aid or programs. Some of the other uses for which a marriage certificate is required are as follows: 

  • To change one’s maiden name.
  • For opening a new bank account.
  • For getting a passport or a visa.
  • For applying for a certificate of income.
  • To obtain the insurance payout.
  • To claim assets if your name appears in a will with a relationship, among other factors.

Purpose served by a marriage certificate

The marriage certificate’s primary purpose is to ensure that both husband and wife have equal rights within this marriage. It also includes the wife in matters of availing rights of heritage. Ever since the Supreme Court made it compulsory to obtain a marriage certificate, instances of social evils like bigamy and child marriage have been reduced. The certificate also helps you to avoid cases of fraudulent marriages, which have become very common, especially in the cases of NRI marriages where the husband abandons the wife and runs off to a foreign country with all the money and property received in the form of dowry. 

In many cases, primarily NRI marriages, there can be many troubling issues of fraud. These are the situations where the marriage is done based on dishonest intentions and is often done to exploit or deceive the other partner. One common scenario is that the husband abandons her after receiving the dowry from the wife and flies to another country. In this case, the wife is left without any resources to seek justice. Such situations are not only financially hurtful but also deeply emotional and have a longing psychological effect that leads to trust issues, shattered dreams, and a sense of betrayal. The spouse who suffers may find themselves stranded in a foreign land and struggling to get a place to survive. It is for these purposes, a marriage certificate is essential to prove the status of a person and also seek justice.  

Non-resident Indian (NRI) marriage registration

Certain conditions must be fulfilled if someone wants to register an NRI marriage. Once the conditions mentioned in the bill are fulfilled, a marriage can be registered under the Registration of Marriage of Non-Resident Indian Bill, 2019. The conditions that are required to be fulfilled are as follows:

One of the most essential requirements for a marriage to be considered valid under the Bill is that at least one of the partners must be an Indian citizen. This condition is non-negotiable; hence, the husband or wife must hold Indian citizenship. In case both are NRIs, then the marriage can be considered an NRI marriage. It is the fundamental, or we can say the foundation, of the Foreign Marriage Act (1969) that one of the couples must be an Indian citizen.

None of the parties should have a living spouse at marriage. The marriage shall be considered null and void if this condition is breached. This is because bigamy and polygamy are prohibited under the Special Marriage Act, 1954, and it also includes NRI marriages. 

The mental condition of the parties is also an important aspect. To be considered a legal and valid marriage, both parties must be of sound mind and mentally prepared to enter into the institution of marriage. This condition applies to all marriages, including NRI marriages. In case of any forceful marriage or pressure, the marriage shall be considered null and void. 

The essential requirement for any person to get married is the legal age of that person. When the marriage occurs, the girl must be at least 18 years old, and the boy must be 21. If this condition is breached, the person shall be liable for imprisonment and a fine. Certain prohibited degrees of relationship are given under the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, and the Special Marriage Act, 1954. If the condition is breached, the marriage will also be considered null and void. It shall only be accepted if a particular religion has a customary practice or tradition. 

Registration requirement for NRI marriages in India

The registration of NRI marriages in India is either done under the Special Marriage Act or under the Act of a specific religion that covers the registration of NRI marriages in India. However, the online registration of marriage certificates is based on the provisions mentioned in the Registration of Marriage of Non-Resident Indian Bill, 2019. The registration procedure is lengthy, and NRIs must undergo a complicated procedure to register the marriage. 

The NRI partner has to get their documents verified. By providing the required particulars and proof, it shall be proved that the person is an NRI along with the marital status, i.e., single, married, divorced, etc. The NRI will also provide the employment details, qualifications, post, salary, office address, employer details, etc., to authenticate his/her status and identity. 

When considering a person’s immigration status, it is essential to verify various key factors thoroughly. First, determine the type of visa for which the person has applied or possesses. Second, the eligibility to bring the spouse to another country. It is essential to check whether the spouse meets all criteria to be considered legally wedded in another country where he/she is taken. All these processes require reviewing the documents and identity proofs.

When you assess an NRI spouse, it is essential to see their financial stability. Whether or not they can maintain a secure and comfortable life for themselves and their spouse, it is necessary to carefully examine the NRI’s property documents regarding the ownership of assets and the legitimacy of such assets or documents. 

In addition to all of this, it is essential to check the background of the NRI partner. Whether investigating the family, their social relations, or their environment, it must be ensured that the family is reputable and has a clean record. Confirming that the spouse does not have any criminal records is also essential. A clean record will ensure the safety and security of the spouse. 

Registration of Marriage of Non-Resident Indian Bill, 2019

As we discussed above about NRI marriages, we were able to see that there are many instances where we need a check or a stricter law to ensure that nothing illegal can be done. So the primary objective of bringing this 2019 Bill was to tackle and curb the instances where women are mistreated and left behind by their NRI spouses. The aim was to safeguard women’s rights and give them certain rights to fight for themselves. This is why marriage registration was mandated under the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955. By establishing a procedure that is mandatory to follow for anyone looking up an NRI marriage, transparency and scrutiny have been brought into the picture.  No one can easily misrepresent himself or fool others by providing fake information. The registrar will maintain the database and can be referred to in legal matters. 

Key requirements under the bill

  1. The bill makes it mandatory that marriages involving NRIs be registered within 30 days of the wedding. This condition applies to situations wherein either marriage is done in India or abroad. If the marriage is done in India, it must be registered with local authorities or the marriage registration office. In cases where marriage is done abroad, the registration must be done through the Indian embassies or consulates. 
  2. If the couple fails to register the marriage within 30 days, the passport of the NRI spouse can be seized. This coercive measure is required to ensure compliance with the laws. 
  3. The individual might be summoned to court for failing to register the marriage if conditions are breached. An arrest warrant can also be issued if the individual does not appear. 
  4. The bill defines an NRI as any Indian citizen residing outside India without specifying the duration of stay. The definition covers all Indian citizens living abroad without any requirement about the length of their stay there.
  5. Any NRI who fails to register after 2 months abroad would face penalties under the bill.

Comparative analysis with other religions

Muslim marriage

In India, Muslim marriage has different concepts and procedures than that of Hindu marriage. In Islam, marriage is not considered to be as sacrosanct as it is in Hinduism; instead, it is a civil contract between a man and a woman. In Islam, marriage is considered an Ibadat (devotional act). As per the Prophet, marriage is an obligation, i.e., wajib, for every Muslim man who is physically fit. It is seen that the person who marries completes his half of the religious duties, and the rest he does by leading a virtuous life. Islam considers marriage as a Sunnat. 

Requirements/essentials of Muslim marriage

  1. Ejab-o-Kubool means a formal proposal made by one party and accepted by the other party during a marriage contract. Herein, the Ejab stands for a formal proposal, and Kubool stands for acceptance. The acceptance must be made in the same meeting or session when the proposal is being kept. To ensure that the consent is given freely and without any undue influence or delay, it is necessary to ensure that the language used during this process is straightforward and unambiguous. It is essential to have a clear and transparent understanding between the couple throughout the whole process of marriage. 
  2. The parties’ consent must be free and mutual. There shall be no coercion or undue pressure on any of the parties. There shall be no external influence or change in circumstances that may lead to a statement, not from the free will of any of the parties.
  3. One of the most referred Sunni schools of thought, Hanafi jurisprudence, states that two witnesses are mandatory for the marriage contract to be valid. The witnesses ensure that the marriage is done according to Islamic rituals and can provide testimony in the future if needed. In Shias, the presence of a witness is not required for the marriage to be valid. 
  4. The bride and groom must have attained puberty at the time of marriage. Puberty in Muslim law is considered the age of maturity and legal responsibility. 
  5. Both parties must be of sound mind and mentally capable of understanding that they are entering into a marriage contract. It shall be an informed decision, and parties must be aware of the implications and responsibilities of marriage. 
  6. Marriage is prohibited between close blood relatives such as siblings, parents and children, affinity, fosterage, iddat (in case of remarriage of women), etc. 

Legal effects of marriage on Muslims

In India, Muslim marriages are governed by the Muslim Marriages Registration Act, 1981. Section 3 of the Act contains provisions for the registration of Muslim marriages. The process should be completed within 30 days after Nikah is done. After the Nikah, both bride and groom sign a document known as Nikahnama. This is the document that is considered as a contract containing all the terms and conditions of marriage. It is also legally binding. 

Once the Nikah is performed and the Nikahnama is signed, any sexual relation between the couple is legally recognised and protected by law. Any children born from this marriage are legitimate. The husband must provide maintenance to his wife. The maintenance includes all the requirements related to food, clothing, lodging, and other support required for the well-being. The husband shall fulfil his maintenance obligations no matter the wife’s financial status or condition. Even if the wife is financially independent, the husband must provide for her needs. A husband must also financially aid and maintain his children.  

In a marriage, as we can see, both partners are responsible for fulfilling each other’s daily needs, including their well-being, education, lifestyle, etc. Any agreements made in the marriage contract need to be respected and followed by each party. This covers the aspects of maintenance, dower (known as Mahr), etc. The dower or Mahr is the sum of money or property the husband provides to the wife as part of a marriage agreement. It was meant to show respect and is a key component of the marriage contract. The amount of Mahr should either be paid before or after the marriage. 

Christian marriage 

In India, Christians are considered the second-largest minority community after Muslims. The Indian Christian Marriage Act, 1872 governs Christian marriages in India. The Act also covers marriages between Christians and non-Christians. As per the Act, a marriage is considered valid between a Christian and a non-Christian. The only main requirement for the marriage to be considered legitimate is that a priest or minister solemnise it. Section 4 of the Act provides for the conduct during the Christian wedding. There is no need for the non-Christian partner to undergo proselytisation as per the case of Subhashchandra Ishudas Parmar vs. State of Gujarat (2011).

Requirements of Christian marriage

  1. According to the Christian Marriage Act, the minimum legal age for the bride is 18, and for the groom, it is 21. 
  2. Proper consent must be obtained from each party. The consent must be informed, voluntary, and free from coercion.
  3. None of the parties shall have a living spouse at marriage. This is done to prevent bigamy, which is prohibited per the Act. 
  4. Either party must notify the minister of religion about their intention to marry each other. The notice shall be given if both parties reside within the same territorial limits. If they live in different areas, they shall send notices to the respective district marriage registrar in their respective regions. The minister is responsible for issuing a certificate once the necessary notices are received.
  5. If any of the parties is a minor, the minister is required to return the notice within 24 hours. If the notice is not returned within the specific time frame to the parties, it shall be forwarded to the Senior Marriage Registrar. 
  6. Section 5 of the Act authorises specific individuals eligible to conduct a Christian marriage. If the marriage is conducted by anyone other than the following, it shall be considered null and void. They are as follows:
    1. Clergyman from the Church of Scotland
    2. Minister of religion
    3. Marriage Registrar
    4. Legally licensed person 
  7. Christian marriage must follow the customs and rituals deemed fit by the priest or minister of the church. Two witnesses must be present at the marriage. 
  8. If the marriage does not occur within 60 days of the notice, a new notice will be issued to solemnise the marriage. 
  9. Part IV of the Act makes it mandatory to register the marriage. The following procedure is to be followed:
    1. The marriage must be registered in the jurisdiction where the marriage took place. 
    2. The registrar at the time of marriage is responsible for entering all the necessary details in the marriage register.
    3. The two witnesses and the married parties must sign an acknowledgement receipt.
    4. After 30 days of marriage, copies of the acknowledgement receipt must be shared with the registrar general of birth, death, and marriage. 
  10. A special provision also allows the marriage to be sanctified if notice is provided before then. This applies to exceptional cases only. 

Parsi marriage

Parsi marriages are governed by the Parsi Marriage and Divorce Act 1936. The marriages must be registered in the registrar’s office. Also, the registrar’s office must be within the territorial jurisdiction where the marriage took place. 

Section 3 of the Act covers certain conditions that are required to be fulfilled to constitute a valid Parsi marriage:

  1. Consanguinity refers to the blood relationships between individuals. Marriages that take place between individuals who are related by blood are void. Schedule I of the Act provides for specific relationships considered inappropriate for marriage. Marriages that fall into this list are invalid.   
  2. A Parsi priest must perform the marriage, as per the traditional Parsi ceremony known as Ashirwad. Two witnesses must be present during marriage to ensure that religious and community norms are not violated. 
  3. A Parsi groom must be 21 years old, and the bride must be 18 years old.

As per Section 4 of the Act, a Parsi or anyone who was previously a Parsi or has changed their domicile is prohibited from remarrying if they still have a living spouse. Only those who have separated legally and have undergone divorce, declaration, dissolution, or annulment can remarry. The couple and three witnesses must sign the marriage certificate to get the marriage registered. The marriage certificate so obtained must be submitted to the marriage officer along with the prescribed fee for registration.  

Why many marriages are not registered in India?

  1. There is a significant information gap. Many people, especially in rural areas, are not fully aware of the legal registration requirement and do not know about the benefits of officially registering their marriage. 
  2. In many communities, traditional marriage practices are given priority, and they do not seem to require legal registration. They also lack awareness about the consequences or disputes that may arise in the future. 
  3. To many people, the procedural aspect of registration might seem complex and cumbersome. As there is a requirement to provide various documents and verify them, many people refrain from doing so. 
  4. In rural areas and many other remote areas, there is limited access to registration offices or resources that facilitate the registration process. There is also a lack of infrastructure and trained personnel to handle marriage registration efficiently. This makes it even more challenging for people to get marriage registrations, leading to a lower rate of registrations from these areas. 
  5. There is also a social stigma attached to the official registration of marriage, primarily if the marriage is conducted in a non-traditional manner. These mainly involve cases of inter-caste or inter-religious marriages. 
  6. In India, many people do not have the documents or identity proofs required to register a marriage or, for that matter, are required to maintain official records with the government. A lack of awareness about the importance of marriage registration relating to inheritance and property rights also leads to not registering marriages. Many people are unaware that having a marriage officially registered is essential to secure certain legal rights.
  7. Many marriages are done illegally as well and with ulterior motives to defraud or get benefits out of marriage. Such people do not register their marriage and escape from the official records. 

Relevant case laws

Smt. Seema vs. Ashwani Kumar (2006)

This is a landmark case in the history of cases dealing with the registration of marriages. The Supreme Court of India observed numerous cases related to matrimonial disputes involving dishonest individuals. These individuals denied the existence of marriage. These individuals took advantage of and exploited the system due to the absence of formal marriage records. The Supreme Court observed that this led to complications and disputes, and there was a dire need for maintaining official records and getting marriages registered in India.

Facts

In this case, Seema filed a case at the District Court in Haryana in 2005. Seema used to live in Haryana, and the case was filed due to the recurring conflicts and arguments between her and her husband. The petitioner believed that marriage registration should be made mandatory for all religions to ensure uniformity and clarity regarding each person’s rights while in a marriage. The case was then sent to the Supreme Court of India for judicial review. 

Issues

Before the Supreme Court, the main issue was whether marriage registration could be uniformly regulated under List 3 of the Constitution of India and whether the Supreme Court could give directions to the central and state governments to make marriage registration mandatory for all religions. 

Judgement

The Supreme Court held that marriage registration falls within the ambit of Entry 30 of List 3. List 3 of the Constitution of India pertains to the concurrent powers shared by both the Union and State governments. The Court further declared that marriage registration should be compulsory for all religions once the marriage has been solemnised. It directed all states and Union Territories to implement compulsory marriage registration requirements and file reports on their compliance.

The Court emphasised the need for a uniform approach to addressing the issue of marriage registration to ensure consistency across the country and maintain official marriage records. The court provided a three-month deadline for States and Union territories to report to the Court regarding the implementation of regulations for mandatory marriage registration. 

After the Supreme Court issued guidance, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Karnataka, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Goa, Madhya Pradesh, Mizoram, Tamil Nadu, and Tripura complied with the order and updated their marriage registration systems. Some states only implemented the registration requirement for specific religious communities; some even failed to take action or did not file reports as required by the order.  

Pranav A.M. vs. the Secretary (2018) 

Facts

In this case, the dispute was regarding the marriage registration between the couple who had converted to Hinduism. The problem emerged when the registrar asked about the couple’s recent religious conversion. The registrar is responsible for the registration and keeping of the marriage records. The registrar sought to review the couple’s conversion documents and started scrutinising the legitimacy of their conversion before proceeding with the marriage registration. This led to the delay of marriage registration, and the process was stuck on the legality of the couple’s conversion.  

Issues

The main issue before the Court was whether the registrar had the authority to question or inspect the validity of a marriage based on an individual’s conversion to Hinduism. The Court was required to determine the registrar’s duties and whether they included verifying religious conversions or whether their role was limited to ensuring the marriage registrations met the legal requirements without entering into the specifics of religious conversions.

Judgement

The court held that if a marriage took place between two individuals who have converted themselves to Hinduism, then in that case, the registrar does not have a role to question their conversion. The Court further clarified that the registrar has no authority to inspect or question the validity of a religious conversion. Also, he has no authority to check the documents related to such conversions during marriage registration. There is no obligation on the registrar to go into the details of parties’ religious conversions that they may have undergone. His focus shall be only on the administrative aspect of the registration relating to their identification. 

Mrs. Valsamma Paul vs. Cochin University And Others (1996)

Facts

In this case, the dispute arose over the validity of a marriage registration. Although the marriage was registered officially, certain religious ceremonies were not performed at the time of marriage. Doubts arose just because necessary ceremonies according to religious beliefs were not performed. This led to the question of whether a marriage can be considered valid without performing essential ceremonies according to religious beliefs.  

Issues

The main issue was whether the absence of traditional marriage ceremonies would invalidate the registered marriage.

Judgement

The Court held that if the traditional ceremonies for marriage are not performed, the marriage shall be considered null and void. The decision was initially based on the belief that mere marriage registration was insufficient to make a marriage valid. Completing the essential ceremonies per traditional customs and practices is crucial to constitute a valid marriage. Only after these rituals were performed was a marriage considered legitimate. This was because ceremonies reflect the importance of traditions and customs. 

However, the perspective was changed by the court’s decision in Seema vs. Ashwani Kumar (2006). The ruling of this case held that the registration of marriage is an essential part of ensuring that the marriage is recognised. It does not matter if all the traditional rituals were followed or completed. The decision of the Court affirmed that the legal acknowledgement of marriage should not be invalidated solely on the ground that some customary and religious ceremonies were not performed. 

Conclusion

In India, marriage registration is primarily governed by two central legislations, i.e., the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, and the Special Marriage Act, 1954. Wherein the Hindu Marriage Act is specifically applicable to only Hindus, including Buddhists, Jains, and Sikhs. The Act gives a proper legal structure and process to register marriages per Hindu rituals and customs. The Act does not allow the solemnisation of marriage by the registrar. The Act only applies to marriages performed per traditional Hindu practices and customs. 

The Special Marriage Act, 1954, is more inclusive than the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955. This is because it applies to all citizens, irrespective of their religion. Second, this Act allows both the solemnisation and registration of marriages. The Act is more useful in cases of inter-caste or inter-faith marriage or where the couple wants a civil marriage.

As time passed and after centuries of traditional customs and practices, technology also evolved. The marriage registration has also become more manageable, streamlined, and accessible to everyone, irrespective of their religious beliefs. Online registration services have been introduced that allow the individual to complete most of the registration digitally. This has reduced the need to repeatedly visit the registrar’s office to submit and approve documents. They only have to see the SDM’s office to finalise and receive the marriage certificate. 

It is vital to obtain a marriage certificate. It has become essential not only for securing legal recognition but also for protecting marriage. The marriage certificate validates the legitimacy of the marriage and safeguards the rights of both partners. If one does not possess a marriage certificate, it would complicate inheritance, property rights, and spouse benefits. Therefore, it is essential to register a marriage, and it is a fundamental process to get legal assurance and protection of rights. 

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

What are the central legislations or laws governing Hindu marriage registration in India?

Hindu marriages can be registered in India under the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, or the Special Marriage Act, 1954. The Hindu Marriage Act applies to Hindus, Buddhists, Jains, and Sikhs. The Special Marriage Act applies to all religions, including Hinduism. 

Can a marriage be both solemnised and registered under the Special Marriage Act?

Yes, under the Special Marriage Act, 1954, one can solemnise and register a marriage. The Act allows the registration of marriages between individuals from different religions or those who prefer civil marriage over religious ceremonies.

What degrees of prohibited relationships include?

Under the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, the prohibited degrees include the lineal ascendants and descendants, siblings, and relatives by marriage, such as a brother’s wife. Marriages that fall under these degrees are considered null and void unless the custom of the specific religion permits them. 

How long does it usually take to receive the marriage certificate?

Under normal circumstances, it takes around 15 days to receive the marriage certificate in India. Once the application for marriage registration is submitted, the process starts, and the certificate is issued within the given time frame, depending on the workload and efficiency of the SDM office.

What if the marriage was done outside India? Can this marriage be registered under Indian laws?

Yes, marriages conducted outside India can be registered in India only if they comply with the requirements given under either the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, or the Special Marriage Act, 1954. As long as the marriage was solemnised as per one of the statutes, the marriage shall be considered valid and can be registered under Indian laws on marriages. 

Are there any penalties for not registering marriage under the Hindu Marriage Act?

There are no direct penalties for not registering the marriage. However, failing to register the marriage can lead to other legal complications, such as problems in inheritance and property rights. Proving the relation of marriage in complicated cases of inheritance and property would be difficult. 

What can be done if a marriage certificate is not issued within the expected time frame?

If a marriage certificate is not issued within the expected time frame, one can contact the SDM office to check the certificate’s status. If the delay exceeds the scheduled time frame, one may file a complaint with the area’s local authorities to inspect or check the matter.  

Where should I register my Hindu marriage?

You can register your Hindu marriage with the local marriage registrar of the jurisdiction where either spouse lives or resides.

What if there is a change in address after the registration of marriage?

In case of a change of address, you must go to the marriage registrar to update your address to maintain accurate records. However, this is not a mandatory requirement. 

What shall be done if someone loses his/her marriage certificate?

You can apply for a duplicate copy with the registrar by paying the required fees. 

What if my spouse is not available during the registration process?

Suppose your spouse cannot be present or is unavailable during registration. In that case, you may need to provide a notarised affidavit stating the circumstances and obtain the spouse’s consent to proceed with the registration.

Are there any specific forms that must be filled out for marriage registration?

Yes, certain forms and documents must be filled out and duly signed by the parties. You can obtain these forms from the registrar’s office or download them from their website.

Can I register my marriage if I married in a temple without legal documentation?

Yes, you can register your marriage, but you must provide some proof of your marriage, such as photographs or witnesses who were present at the time of the marriage. 

Explain the dual nature of Hindu marriage.

Hindu marriage includes both contractual and ceremonial aspects. It is both a legally binding agreement and sacred. The rituals followed in marriage ceremonies are essential and highlight the cultural influence on both couples and society. This dual nature of marriage, i.e., sacred and legal, emphasises the legal and spiritual connection of the couple. Marriage is not only seen as a spiritual or emotional bond but also as a practical aspect where legal recognition is also required.

What is the significance of rituals and ceremonies in Hindu marriage?

In Hindu tradition, marriage is marked by ceremonies and rituals. It is considered incomplete without these rituals, which are believed to sanctify the union and ensure stability throughout the relationship. As said above, marriage is not merely a legal or social event but a sacred rite that requires certain ceremonies or rituals to be completed to be valid. 

How is Rig Veda relevant for Hindu marriages, and what does it say about Saptapadi?

We all know that the Rig Veda is one of the oldest sacred texts that outlines the key rituals of Hinduism. One such ritual is “Saptapadi” known as the “Seven Steps” in Hindu weddings. The couple has to take seven steps together, and that too around the holy fire, and accept each other as partners for life. Each step taken during the wedding represents a vow and a commitment towards each other.

What does Shatapaths Brahmana talk about concerning Hindu marriages? How has the world shifted from traditional practices to modern ones?

Shatapatha Brahmana elaborates on the concept of wide as “half of oneself.” This means interdependence and unity between the partners. In the modern world, the focus has shifted from traditions to creating a legal framework for marriages that is inclusive and reflective of the contemporary values and needs of the people. As a result, the laws are made more stringent, and marriage is seen as more than an emotional or spiritual thing. 

What is the definition and purpose of marriage in Hinduism?

In Hinduism, marriage goes way beyond merely a social contract. It is a sacred institution that helps us gain clarity and form a lifelong spiritual bond as two individuals. The relationship of marriage can be characterised as both consensual and legally binding. In short, two people unite to form a union recognised by society and laws as marriage.

What are Purusharthas? How are they related to marriage?

The marriage relationship is intended to support both spiritual goals, i.e., Moksha, and worldly needs, i.e., Dharma, Artha, and Kama. Dharma is the duty or righteousness that includes both moral and ethical obligations. Artha means the wealth and prosperity necessary for a stable and comfortable life. Kama, also known as pleasure and emotional fulfilment, includes emotional and physical desires. The final thing, liberation or spiritual enlightenment, is the ultimate goal of transcending the cycle of birth or rebirth. 

What ceremonies are performed during a Hindu marriage?

The ceremonies are often elaborate and include Vedic chants, knot tying, mangal sutra (sacred thread), and seven steps (saptapadi). These reflect and symbolise the commitment and mutual support in the marriage.

References

https://blog.ipleaders.in/nature-Hindu-marriage-Hindu-law/

https://blog.ipleaders.in/marriage-registration-laws-india/

Download Now

Juvenile crimes in India

0
Juvenile
Image source: https://rb.gy/u7xurh

This piece of writing is authored by Oishika Banerji and further updated by Mohd Atif Zakir. It covered several aspects of juvenile crimes that occur in India. It further delves into a comprehensive analysis, conceptual clarity, various types, and the reasons contributing to the high statistics of juvenile crimes in India.

Table of Contents

Introduction

In India, juvenile crime is a grim reality that every individual faces in their day-to-day life. Hundreds of times the word juvenile is seen and heard in newspapers, media reports, and the incidents that take place in society. The statistics of crimes committed by juveniles are rapidly increasing, and some of them are brutal and heinous. However, the legal framework in India has some relaxation when such offences or crimes are committed by a person who is a juvenile.

Juvenile refers to a child who has not reached the age at which they may be held accountable for their criminal activities in the same way as an adult. The age a person for considered a juvenile must be less than eighteen years, for the crime he commits a crime which is penalised by any enforced law. For referring to a young criminal offender who is involved in any criminal activities, there is a term “juvenile” that is used in the legal language for denoting such an offender.

As a result, a juvenile is a child who is accused of doing certain acts or omissions that are illegal and have been classified as such by penal laws enforced in this nation.

Juveniles have been proven to be involved in terrible crimes such as kidnapping, abduction, robbery, rape, murder, and gang rape. Although the causes of criminal conduct in children are complicated, delinquency is fairly foreseeable early in the lives of certain youngsters. Some experts point out that the current laws are not enough to deal with the problem, and there are some amendments effectively required for juveniles to prosecute them and to sentence them as we do to adults for committing severe crimes against society. However, there are some opposing viewpoints and factors for the same.

Now, let’s understand juvenile crimes in India in detail. First, we are going to start with the meaning of juvenile crimes in the Indian context.

Meaning of juvenile crimes

Juvenile crime is the category under which criminal conduct is committed by a child. These punishable acts performed by children at such a young age are considered child crimes in the judicial system. The question of finding out who can be considered a child is what we have to determine. To find out whether we need any fixed age line? In our nation, we can say that children of various ages are categorised as child offenders which we are going to discuss ahead in this article.

We don’t have any stipulated assumptions about the minimum age of juvenile offenders in our country. It is clearly defined that child crime is a crime that is committed by children who are minors. “Child in conflict with law” has been defined under Section 2 (13) of the Juvenile Justice (Care & Protection of Children) Act, 2015 as a child who is alleged or found to have committed an offence and has not completed eighteen years of age on the date of commission of such offence.

After getting an overview of the meaning of juvenile crime,  we need to understand the categories of offences. Let’s understand how many categories we have.

Categories of offences committed by juveniles under the Juvenile Justice Act

In simple terms, crime means any wrongful deed which has some punishment attached for the commission of that deed by any person. The term crime under the Juvenile Justice Act, 2015 has been divided into three categories that are stated below:

Petty offences

Petty offences are stated under Section 2(45) of the Juvenile Justice Act, 2015, as the offences for which the minimum punishment is mentioned as three years under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (previously, Indian Penal Code) or any other law applicable at the time of the commission of the offence. Stealing and housebreaking are examples of petty offences.

Serious Offences

Serious offences are mentioned under Section 2(54) of the Juvenile Justice Act, 2015 as offences that have prescribed imprisonment between three to seven years under the BNS, 2023 or any other law applicable at the time of the commission of the offence. Kidnapping, dacoity and counterfeiting are examples of serious offences.

Heinous offences

Heinous offences are defined under Section 2(33) of the Juvenile Justice Act, 2015 as offences that have a minimum of seven years or more prescribed punishment under the BNS, 2023 or any other law applicable at the time of the commission of the offence. Crime like rape and murder comes under the ambit of a heinous crime.

Juvenile crimes manifest themselves in a range of conduct or behaviours. Each pattern has a distinct social setting. A young child activist, Yamini Abde, emphasises interesting facts behind the driving motivations that encourage children to get involved in horrible crimes i.e., rape and murder is, the desire to do something new, brave, unique, and thrilling.

On the other hand, peer pressure, such as a dire need to grab cash quickly and having easy access to images related to crime and pornographic content that are uploaded on the internet. These reasons are contributing to the increase in hostility and sexual activity among teenagers. They believe in a very illusionary approach that they will not face any criminal prosecution because they are minors, and this approach seriously uplifts their encouragement to commit severe crimes.

As a result, not having any fear of prosecution and punishment, it becomes a reason for increasing the rate of criminal activities among individuals who are minors in age. We have covered the categories of offences above. Now, let’s come to the distinguished definitions of juvenile in Indian codified laws.

Definition of juvenile in Indian laws

Juvenile means a child who has not acquired a prescribed age limit at which he can be held liable, as an adult can be, for the criminal offences committed by him. It simply means a juvenile is a child who engages in a criminal act that goes against any law that is enforced at the time of committing that offence.

We see that the words juvenile and minor both have very different meanings in the legal sense and are used in various ways. The word Juvenile has a conceptual interpretation if we are to determine the age of an accused who is involved in criminal acts. And the Indian Contract Act, 1872 describes a child who does not attain the age of 18 years as a minor and also unqualified for making any contract. The same minor is not allowed for considered in the involvement of any legal admissibility.

Among the laws, the Juvenile Justice Act, 1986 gives a distinguished definition of the juvenile as a boy who is under sixteen years of age and a girl who is less than eighteen years of age. In the year 2000, the stated Act got some amendments done by Parliamentary legislation. Section 2(k) of the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection Act), 2000 defines a juvenile or child who has not attained the age of eighteen years. Thus, this definition is applied to both whether it is a boy or a girl.

Post seeing the Nirbhaya case, we saw that the Government of India made the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) Act, 2015 enforceable. This Act defines the term juvenile under Section 2(12). This section says that a child who has not achieved 18 years of age would come under the ambit of juveniles.

So many different definitions we have seen that are described by many codified laws by passing time in our nation. At this point, we are going to discuss the common offences that we make in our day-to-day lives.

Juvenile crimes that are commonly reported in India

We the people of this nation see ourselves that many minor and serious crimes such as theft, burglary, snatching, robbery, dacoity, murder, and rape, are done regularly throughout the country.  And the strange thing about these acts is that all of these crimes are done by young individuals who are under the age of 18 years. It is also general to see among minors that those individuals who are between the ages of 16 and 18 are more possibly involved in severe criminal acts. Let’s have a look at some of the prominent measures that are related to juvenile delinquency. Some of the highlighted measures are stated below:

  • As per the stated report given by the National Crime Records Bureau(NCRB) about juvenile delinquency. The stated report shows that 43,506 offences were committed against children as per the Indian Penal Code (IPC), 1860, which has now become Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023. As per 2019,  Special Local Law (SLL) shows that 28,830 offences were committed by persons who were under the same stated age.
  • The offences committed by juveniles and the law relating to them in India have always been the prominent subject matter of longstanding debate and discussions. It happens mainly on account of the amendment made in the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) Act in 2015, which treats a juvenile as an adult while considering the gravity of heinous offences committed by the juvenile.
  • And the number of cases of such crimes has seen a rapid rate over time, and the state is continuously dealing with them to reduce the same.
  • The overall number of reported Juvenile crimes has decreased in the last ten years ( 2013 to 2022) by up to thirty percent, as per the NCRB data report. In contrast, Maharashtra and Madhya Pradesh are at the top of the chart.

We got to know about some frequent and common crimes that are committed by Juveniles. We have prepared a brief categorisation of crimes that are committed by juveniles on a larger scale. Let’s delve into each of them further.

Some of the major crimes that are committed by juveniles are categorised below:

Theft

The frequent crime which is committed by juveniles is stealing, commonly also known as larceny. They steal from people or store the same. The target articles are easily found and disposable, even inexpensive as well. Such crimes are less suspected and remain unreported. The prepared statistics reveal that theft is the most widespread juvenile crime, which is being committed unstoppably.

Assault

It is one of the usual crimes committed by juveniles. Teenagers are often engaged in quarrels with each other. They may assault the victim about some other offence, as they steal or snatch their purse away. Many of the juvenile offenders act as bullies on school premises. 

They also include themselves in physical violence in addition to emotional abuse and taunting.

Illegal purchases

It refers to buying illegal items such as cigarettes and alcohol. They seek assistance from the older people known to them to buy such illegal items for consumption, and they can also produce fake identification to succeed in purchasing. It is obvious to see that these teens are employed by gangs to do drug distribution. And distributing supplies of such illegal substances from one location to other places. As a result, they may become addicted to the same drugs.

Severe crimes 

Young individuals at an early age may become a part of severe crimes, where they could also be victims of abuse. When these teenagers get addicted to drug substances then they start committing violent acts such as assault and robbery to get cash for purchasing drug items to consume. They may also commit forced assault, which can lead to serious consequences to the victim’s body. They may also go for more violent crimes like committing theft from an auto owner.

Sexual harassment and offences against women

Sexual harassment refers to such crimes that are committed against women by juveniles in society at large. Sometimes, they are sexually abused by others, and this victim attitude leads them to do the same to other people. Sharing pornographic pictures of anonymous girls or capturing videos of them using circulation on social platforms has become a cause of excessive harassment cases. 

Such activity may lead such juveniles to face prosecution under the apprehension of possession of child pornography. Such activities can also be a cause of committing rape or sexual assault against women. Some teenagers also get engaged in prostitution work and start assisting the people who get involved in child trafficking.

We are done with understanding some of the leading crimes that are being committed by juveniles in our country. Next, we have customary reasons that are considered for juvenile crimes in India. Let’s move on further to discuss it in brief.

Customary reasons behind juvenile crimes in India

In this world, no one is born with a tag of criminal; instead, the unavoidable and forced circumstances have driven them to go on a track of crime. Along with this, the bad socio-cultural environment and an unfamiliar household contribute significantly to influencing an individual’s life and their general personality altogether. In addition to this, the mass causes of juvenile crimes as stated by Healy and Bronner. And the causes that are included are joining a bad company, adolescent instability and impulses. The sexual intercourse at an early age, mental conflicts, fond of doing adventure and watching motion pictures. The dissatisfaction in school, poor recreation, street life, vocational dissatisfaction, impulse, and physical conditions of various kinds also work as contributors to the hiking rate of juvenile offenders.

In our country,  it is poverty and the bad impact of the media, especially social media, that encourages youths to engage in illegal activity. Poverty is one of the leading factors behind the involvement of a child in criminal activity. The urge for money to manage expenses, and if no source of income is available, will help to create an unlawful mindset among young individuals to go with illegal activities just to fill their urge for money. 

Further, once a youngster starts getting involved in such illegal activities, his desire to grab excessive money is rapidly increased. Thus, a juvenile starts to commit criminal offences without having any fear or thinking about the circumstances of their action. Also, the current function of social media has a more destructive impact on young brains. The young minds are exceedingly interested in being engaged with social media, that’s become a virtual life now. It works as a distraction from primary duties that are supposed to be done by these youngsters as a priority. But they fail to do so. 

The absurd content is influencing our young generation to go with such unwelcome projections. This technological revolution is also becoming one of the major reasons behind juvenile crimes in countries like India. Now, we have categorised the reasons for juvenile crimes socially and economically, which are defined below.

Socio-economic reasons

Broken homes

According to research prepared by Uday Shankar, in India, 13.3 per cent of the 140 juveniles belong to broken households. Death of one or both parents, chronic sickness or insanity, desertion, or divorce all are factors to break up a family. Interaction at home is an essential component of socialisation for a child.

Poverty

A major percentage of delinquent youngsters belong to low-income families. These individuals keep up with their crimes as gang members. As per the prepared research of Uday Shankar, which says that 83 per cent of youngsters who are involved in criminal acts have an origin from low-income homes. Poverty forces both parents to work outside the home for lengthy periods to earn their daily bread. There will be no one to look after the children. Such youngsters may join up with gangsters, either knowingly or unconsciously, and turn into criminals.

Friends and companions

As a child grows older, he ventures out into the neighbourhood and joins a playgroup or peer group. He will certainly become a delinquent if he joins a group or gang that supports delinquent tendencies. Teenagers also commit crimes as a result of poor friendships. According to studies, delinquent behaviours are committed in groups. Shaw examined 6000 youths involved in criminal affairs in his Illinois Crime Survey of 1928. In his examination, 90% of the instances he discovered that two or more youths were involved in the crime.

Beggary

The misbehaviour of juveniles is frequently caused by beggars. Most of the child beggars come from very impoverished backgrounds or have shattered home environments. And these young individuals are badly deprived of unconditional love and attention that is supposed to be given by their parents to them. They do realise soon that the only way to satisfy their wants and meet their requirements is to engage in abnormal behaviour. As a result, they become delinquents.

Films and social media

In the present scenario, the movies that are being produced make an influential impact on the young generation to adopt violence and criminal behaviour shown in the film. After watching movies and series, the children want to do the same acts as it is shown in movies. This kind of cinematic exposure causes them to commit crimes. The use of lethal weapons is praised and welcomed by the youth. 

Easy and convenient access to social media, which becomes a cause of seeing sexual content, also plays a major role in the development of a mindset that encourages them to commit sexual violence. Our youth is also deeply engaged in such sexual content as watching adult films. It gives rise to increasing sexual offences against women.

Along with social and economic reasons, we also have some psychological reasons that cause juvenile crimes. These reasons are described below.

Psychological reasons behind Juvenile crimes

Mental illness

According to certain criminologists, there is a strong link between mental illness and crime. Many of the studies and research have focused on minor patients and discovered the essential facts that they had a variety of mental instability and specific treatment, not punishment, is required for a youngster. As many mental therapists, it is seen that the root of juvenile crimes that are committed in our country. A child is born with a psychopathic condition into a home where the lack of loving care, control and affectionate support is seen absent altogether.

Personality traits

To configure the aspects of juvenile crimes, we can determine the personality and criminal tendencies of an accused. For personality, it is a means for a person to adapt as per their circumstances. This circumstance helps young individuals develop criminal behaviour to become a part of criminal acts.

Individualised emotional issues

We see in our country that mental health issues and emotional maladjustment are becoming the main contributors to the majority of juvenile crimes. It is common to see that Individuals who are involved in criminal acts have to suffer feelings of inadequacy and jealousy. As per the psychological perspective, it is said that “Delinquency is a revolt and an expression of aggressiveness aimed at damaging, breaking down, or altering the environment.”

The urge to take revenge is motivated by the happenings of the society. And it becomes a cause to impose a cap on the basic rights of an individual and their fundamental freedoms. Given the above discussions we have done, delinquents are not born as delinquents, rather, they become delinquents as a result of societal conditions and personal flaws. Now, moving on to understand what juvenile delinquency means comprehensively.

Juvenile delinquency 

The Delinquency term is adapted from the Latin word “delinquer” that refers to “omit”. Juvenile delinquency refers to any unlawful activities or deeds committed by a child aged between 16 to 18 years. Thus, involvement of a child in anti-social affairs that have unacceptable consequences towards society is treated as juvenile delinquency.  Howard Becker, in 1966, identified four categories of juvenile delinquency, namely, individual, circumstantial, organised, and group-supported delinquency.  Such categories are classified below:

Individual juvenile crimes

  • Individual delinquency refers to all delinquent activities undertaken by a juvenile on his or her own. The main origin is found inside the criminal himself. As per the claim of the Psychiatrist, these offences are committed because of having psychological conditions. The major cause behind these psychological issues is dysfunctional and unhealthy familial contact patterns. In some practical experiments, psychiatrists compared the delinquent siblings to their non-delinquent siblings and discovered that the most recognised reason for committing such crimes was that they were not happy and dissatisfied with their living standards and home affairs.
  • They engage in delinquent behaviour in the first place to attract attention from family or peers.
  • Others conduct delinquent activities to alleviate their guilt. We see that some of the psychological experts also found that child offenders varied from non-delinquent as per their relationship with fathers instead of mothers. And their discipline is also seen as more strict and severe overall.

Circumstantial child crimes

  • The main reasons for situational delinquency are still not well understood. As a result, regulating such delinquent behaviours is easier than controlling other forms of delinquency.
  • The main factor is that delinquency is not firmly defined, and the motivation behind such delinquency and the methods for reducing it are continuously seen as straightforward. Due to having less control over impulses, a young individual involves himself in criminal acts without any commitment to delinquency.
  • One researcher who mentions this form of delinquency is David Matza. The idea of circumstantial delinquency is underdeveloped and is not given much weight in the debate over delinquent causation. The purpose of this discussion was just to make a compliment, not to replace anything.

Organised child crimes

  • Organised child crimes are formally structured organisations that commit organised delinquencies. This refers to a system of principles and conventions that drive young people’s behaviour when they exhibit delinquent behaviours.
  • These delinquencies were studied in the United States in the 1950s, and the term “delinquent sub-culture” was also coined. This refers to a system of principles and norms that govern the conduct of group members to stimulate the performance of delinquent activities. And to grant status based on such acts.

Group-supported child crimes

  • The criminal acts are committed in the company of others, and the cause is found not in the individual’s personality or in the delinquent’s family. But they are found in the culture of the homes of individuals and their neighbouring homes.
  • Such a sort of delinquency is discussed in Thrasher, Shaw, and McKay’s research. According to the research made by Thrasher, Shaw and McKay, the majority of young children who turned delinquent do so as a result of their affiliation and companionship with other delinquents.
  • Unlike psychogenic theories (described as mental disorders that influence human behaviour and personality), this group of concepts focuses on what is learned and from whom it is learned, rather than the difficulties that may lead to delinquency motivation. After getting familiar with the concept and aspects of juvenile delinquency now we have stated some causes with regard to juvenile delinquency. Let’s go through each of the significant causes.

Causes of juvenile delinquency 

No child has had an offensive mindset since he was born, but the circumstantial incidents make him engage in such offensive actions. In India, the major juvenile crimes are reported from the local and congested areas where people are not literate and have a limited scope of employment, and the children who reside in such areas start engaging in petty crimes (petty crimes that are less serious, such as stealing and burglary). Gradually, these children get encouraged further to do serious offences like murder, robbery and rape.

Various causes behind juvenile delinquency are fundamentally relevant. Some of them are stated below:

Technical and economic evolution

In the era of technical innovation and development, people are increasingly more willing to transform their lifestyles and culture. The expanding influence of Western society helped to grab the attention of the people in India. They are moving from rural places to city streets, having a modern living standard. Convenient access to technical resources for children is becoming one of the major causes of the involvement of children in criminal activities. In urban areas, people are quite engaged in working schedules that leave a neglected impact on the children. Hence, they experience isolated situations where nobody is there to check them. This would encourage them to engage in criminal behaviour and activities that are forbidden by law.

Family conflicts

Irregularities in family relationships are one of the main causes of juvenile delinquency. If a conflict arises in a family and the people start fighting with each other in front of the children.  It creates a bad mental state in children that leads them to the wrong path.

Psychological and mental disorders

If a child is dealing with mental instability and psychological distress that causes a failure to understand the gravity of their actions, whether it is wrong or right to do. This lack of understanding and low intelligence also causes a consequence of criminal activities.

Unavailability of Parents

One more cause that leads to juvenile delinquency is the absence of parents from home. In cities, most parents work individually, and they spend part of the day outside the home, this makes their children neglected and unattended. They are not able to give their time to children as they should, and such neglectful behaviour encourages children to get involved in unlawful activities.

India has reportedly been witnessing such delinquency for the passing years. To know more about the number of cases that are reported on a national level. We have collected some statistics that provide data about the delinquency of juvenile offenders who are seen involved in such crimes.

National statistics of juvenile delinquency

The collected data about crimes committed by children in the past couple of decades is surprising. As per the Indian authorities (NCRB), data it is recorded 27,936 minors were charged in 2012 in India, for their involvement in major crimes such as banditry, murder, rape, and rioting. According to NCRB data, two-thirds (66.6 per cent) of individuals who appeared before Juvenile Justice Boards in 2012 were between the ages of 16 to 18.

We found the national data given by NCRB that was related to delinquency. Now, we have some additional data that shows that 30.9 per cent of the surveys found that the children who committed juvenile offences were 12 to 16 years old. And the remaining ones, such as 2.5 per cent, were seen between 7 to 12 years of age. After that, there was a significant extension of 143 per cent report towards the number of minor rapes during the period 2002 to 2012. Along with it, the number of murder cases has also increased by 87 per cent. And the cases of women and girls kidnapped by juveniles have increased by 500 percent during that time.

With this, between 2007 and 2012, the number of serious crimes like rape and murder perpetrated by juveniles accounted for just 8% of all crimes committed by minors., petty offences that inflict harm account for 72 per cent of all crimes committed by juveniles.

It is to be noted that the graph of juvenile crimes in India is increasing, and it is necessary to be more familiar with the symptoms evident to show which child is inclined to become an offender or has already become one. The symptoms that can be summarised from various research and studies, responsibly defining a child offender, are stated below:

  • In many cases, a juvenile’s bodily structure is healthy, and a healthy body is powerful and courageous.
  • They are naturally restless, introverted, and disruptive.
  • They seem to have an unethical, highly emotional, egotistical, and self-centred nature.
  • They are myopic( less intellectual), oblivious to the repercussions of their actions.
  • Child offenders are more likely than other youngsters to have a psychotic condition.
  • For the child criminals, there is a lack of healthy id, ego, and superego equilibrium.
  • They remain frequently irritated, disappointed, and melancholic.
  • They disobey norms, go against the power, break the law, and have a tendency to be untrustworthy.
  • They don’t have any pre-planned solution to any difficulty that their culture has thrown at them.
  • With regard to most of the cases, they don’t have any communication with their relatives and family members about the problems they are experiencing.

We have gotten an overall idea of reported cases in which juveniles are involved.  We need to figure out some approaches for reducing these juvenile crimes. So, we are going to discuss some preventive approaches below in a detailed manner.

Preventive approaches against juvenile delinquency

Certain types of approaches can be considered for preventing juvenile delinquency:

Clinical approach 

The primary objective behind this approach is to facilitate aid with the help of psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, and psychiatrists who perform social services to help juvenile delinquents identify the problems with their personalities. 

Educational approach 

As we all know how crucial educational institutions are crucial for the upbringing of a child. In the view of child welfare, educational institutions like schools can provide a safe and friendly environment. The imparting of education can also contribute evidently to teaching children about the effects of their good and bad actions and how they can avoid committing bad activities. In the vision of a schooling curriculum, some of the pivotal measures should be taken so that no discrimination is ever made against the students and all the enrolled pupils are treated equally. Moreover, the main focus should be on providing the true aspects of moral education that can be a helping factor for children to choose career-oriented paths for the betterment of their lives. 

Parental approach

In our society where we live, it is believed that parental education is essentially required for building a good home environment that leads to enhancing family relationships, and educational reforms that support the nurturing and care of children. These academic programs guide parents in raising healthy and stable children.

Parental love and tenderness

A child is supposed to be raised with true and unconditional love, care, protection, and affectionate behaviour by their parents. The downside of deprivation of such warm treatment can lead to unbearable frustration and anger issues, which can cause him to commit criminal activities. Hence, this parental love and care are essentially required to prevent him from doing anything wrong or criminal. If it is done, a child can get a suitable upbringing to secure a better livelihood and can become a responsible person towards their life values.

Before moving ahead, we need to understand how the judicial system in India deals with the cases of juvenile crimes. Now, moving on to the unfolds of the judicial justice system that deals with juvenile delinquency in India.

Juvenile Justice System in India

There have been several legislation for juvenile delinquency in India, which dealt with juvenile crimes and children in conflict with the law. Some of them are discussed below:

Apprentices Act, 1850 

It was the very first legislation concerning children in conflict with the law or those who committed crimes which talked about the rehabilitation of those children who are between the ages group of ten to eighteen years and have been convicted of offences. Such children will be given vocational training in their process of rehabilitation.

Reformatory Schools Act 1897

This Act was passed after the Apprentices Act 1850, which stated that children who are under the age of fifteen years convicted and sentenced to imprisonment are to be kept in reformatory cells.

After these Acts, several legislations or Acts were passed, including the Madras Children Act, 1920, the Bengal Children Act, 1922, and the Bombay Children Act, 1924. When our country got freedom, Parliament passed the Juvenile Justice Act, 1986. This Act was enacted to protect the care, protection, development, and rehabilitation of neglected or delinquent persons who are juveniles. This legislation, passed by the Parliament, provides uniformity for the meaning of the term juvenile in the Indian legal system.

Section 2(h) of the Act specified the term juvenile as a male who has not completed the age of sixteen years and a female who has not reached eighteen years of age. In this Act, different ages were prescribed for males and females.

We have discussed above some of the pre-independence laws and legislation which provided a distinguished interpretation of the term juvenile in the Indian context. To get to more about juvenile laws, we are going to talk about the evolution of juvenile laws in India.

Evolution of juvenile laws in India

In India, the term juvenile was not uniformly defined, and it varies across states for the sake of convenience. The historical background of laws referring to juvenile delinquency has seen many legislations and amendments that took place in India. These Acts defined the term juvenile concerning child delinquency. A brief of amended acts is discussed below:

  • There was no legal uniform age limit till the enforcement of the Children Act, 1960. In the Bombay Children Act, 1948, it is provided that a child refers to a minor who has not completed sixteen years of age, along with a girl who has not reached eighteen years of age.
  • In the state of Uttar Pradesh Children Act,1951, which also gave an interpretation of the term child, which is different from the Bombay Children Act of 1948, says that a child is a person who is under the age of sixteen years, whether it is a boy or a girl.
  • We have so many statutes, such as the East Punjab Children Act, 1949 and the Andhra Pradesh Children Act, 1979, which also declared that the sixteen-year age criterion for considering a child as a Juvenile is legitimate and appropriate. According to the Andhra Pradesh Children Act 1920, the term child refers to a person who is under the age of fourteen years. It also includes a child who is being held in detention, even if the child reaches the age of fourteen years before the expiration of that period.
  • The Government of the state of West Bengal and Saurashtra says that a child is a person who is less than 18 years old.
  • As per the drafting of the Haryana Children Act, 1974, a child is a boy who is under sixteen years of age and a girl who is under 18 years concerning child delinquency.
  • After these stated laws, the Parliament introduced the Juvenile Justice Act, 1986, which simply says that a juvenile or child, a boy who is less than sixteen years of age, and a girl who has not reached to eighteen years of age limit.
  • After decades, the Juvenile Justice Act, 1986, was repealed by the Juvenile Justice Act, 2000, in which the distinction between the age limit of boys and girl while referring to juveniles was set aside by the Government of India in furtherance of the performance of international obligations. After that, the conflict regarding juvenile age was resolved and it has been fixed to eighteen years for both males and females.
  • As per the Juvenile Justice Act, 2000, a juvenile is a person who is allegedly involved in committing a crime and has not attained the age of eighteen years on the date of commission of such crimes or offences.
  • As per the recently enforced, Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act 2015, a heinous act allegedly committed by a juvenile who has completed the age of sixteen years or above the sixteen years, the juvenile justice board can initiate a preliminary investigation to know more about the mental and physical capacity of the child to commit such offence and the intellectual wisdom to know the consequences and circumstances of the offence which he has allegedly committed.

After seeing a significant evolution, we have been given an amended Act in 2000, which gives needed age criteria and makes the term juvenile equally applicable to a girl and boy. An insightful explanation is given below.

Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) Act, 2000

In the national interest, Parliament enforced the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) Act, 2000. This Act fixed a clear standard of 18 years for both males and females when we have to find the juvenile age of a child.

The Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) Act 2000 referred to the term “juvenile in conflict with the law” as an offender who was between the ages of 16 to 18 years at the time of the commission of the offence. It is necessary to determine whether a juvenile offender is supposed to be admitted to an observation home, while those children who require care and protection are supposed to be sent to the children’s home at the time of ongoing proceedings before the concerned authority. As per the Act, a juvenile can only be detained for a maximum period of three years, no matter how serious an offence he has committed, and he will be kept in a special home.

Section 17 of this Act grants immunity to children who are under eighteen years of age at the time of committing an alleged offence, from trial through criminal court or any punishment prescribed in substantive law. The ultimate purpose of this Act was to restore the child in terms of a healthy and normal life by providing vocational training and therapy after imprisonment so that the child can regain the mental stability to lead a normal life in society.

The rationality behind this is that the child at this age does not have an understanding of their actions and still can be reformed because of their tender age and lack of maturity. Along with it, it is the responsibility of the state to protect, care for, and reform the child. And later, some amendments were proposed in the Juvenile Justice Act, 2000. These are highlighted further.

Amendment proposed in Juvenile Justice Act, 2000

Before passing the amendments in the Juvenile Justice Act 2000, some inappropriate findings truly needed to be addressed by the legislature. There was no certain categorisation for terms like severe and petty offences, which creates ambiguity in dealing with such cases. The firm data of cognisable offences including rape and murder were excessively inclining to the peaking point and the offenders were reported between the age of 16 to 18 years and no there was no specific consideration stated under the enforced Act to deal with such offenders in a strict manner, who belong to this age range.

In the era of modernisation, where the intellectual conscience is developed earlier in the age between 16 to 18 to know about the consequences of an action committed by the stated age group. This sheer lack of enforced laws raised so many questions when it comes to safeguarding the rights and dignity of the victim.

Hence, to address such a rapid hike in the number of cases of juvenile crimes, the Government of India finally decided to propose some needed amendments to the existing laws, which were presented in Parliament. These proposed amendments pertained to bringing effective changes to our criminal justice system. The amendments which were proposed are as follows:

  • The introduced amendments are supposed to replace the current Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) Act, 2000.
  • As per this enactment that was enforced by the legislature, a classification was made among the offences that are treated as petty, serious, and heinous in their conduct. And also a comprehensive review of the criminal aspects of juvenile crimes.
  • The increasing data of brutal offences that are committed by juveniles in the age period of 16 to 18 years has also been measured. Hence, for considering the rights of the victims and the rights of juveniles as well, we must consider that it is essential and required to signify that such offences should be described distinctively.
  • Furthermore, it’s been suggested that when a heinous crime is committed by someone who’s between sixteen to eighteen years of age, such crimes should be assessed first by the juvenile justice board, whether it was done by that person as a child or as an adult.
  • To provide a safeguard towards the rights of the juvenile, there must be psychologists and social experts if the offence is committed as a child.
  • The trial of the juvenile case shall be conducted on the recommendation of the board’s evaluation report pertaining to whether the offence has been committed as a child or as an adult.

The Act of Juvenile Justice 2015 was presented to make the interpretation and classification of the nature of such pitiful, gracious, and brutal crimes in a fine manner. So that the legislature can reduce the increasing rate of such crimes that are being committed on a daily basis. The juvenile offences have a direct relation to the maturity of the child who commits an offence.

Therefore, this Act was enforced to ensure the rights of victims because child offenders between the ages of sixteen to eighteen years need to be considered for the inspections of their mental capacity to check their maturity level while committing such severe offences.

After a decade, Parliament again amended the Juvenile Justice Act and made some demanded changes given the Nirbhaya Case held in the capital city. Let’s discuss this ahead in this article.

Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2015

This Act became applicable on January 15, 2016, in India. It was enforced by the Parliament in December 2015 and received assent by the President on 31st of December 2015. 

The stated act has resolved the very complications faced before its enforcement when it comes to dealing with juvenile delinquency. Some of the primary reformations have been categorised as follows:

  • This Act gives a detailed insight into the need for child care and protection and the concerns over children in conflict with the law. Further, it is an act that also provides an alternative to the term juvenile and gives a brief on child delinquency or a child in conflict with the law. 
  • Further, it amended the constructive interpretation related to the term juvenile, and various definitions have also been adopted in the Act as orphaned, abandoned, and surrendered children.
  • Those offences which are classified as heinous, severe, and petty and are committed by children have been specifically highlighted in this Act. It also provides a meaningful clarification over the power, function, and responsibilities that are constituted by the Juvenile Justice Board and the Child Welfare Committee have also laid down in the said Act.
  • A few special provisions were also mentioned for children who are more than sixteen years of age and commit a heinous offence against society. As per the findings of  Section 15 of the stated Act, to deal with the case where a child who is under the age of sixteen years and is accused of a heinous offence, we have distinct provisions that deal with such situations.
  • Further, the Juvenile Justice Board is now entitled to consider such offences committed by a child, more severe, and the case can be transferred to the Session Court after ensuring a preliminary inquiry. This Section provides a framework for safeguarding children while the trial is going on and till they reach the age of twenty-one years.
  • Post the evaluation process, the child is to be released on a period of probation, or in the case of not being reformed, he will be sent to prison to complete the remaining sentence. 
  • The newly amended law aimed at decreasing child offences which are heinous such as rape and murder and it will make an impact towards protecting the rights of the victim who suffers extensively.
  • After the amended legislation is enforced, the childcare institutions have to mandatorily register themselves. The Act provides compulsory registration within six months after the enforcement of this Act, for all childcare institutions, irrespective of their affiliation as government-aided or voluntary-run. 
  • In these institutions, rehabilitation and social restoration programs have been established for children who conflict with the law and those who need protection and care. 
  • The institutional care provides educational, health, and nutrition services and the treatment of any disease to the children. It also includes skills development training programs to rehabilitate the children. So that they can assume themselves as a better person in society. 
  • Several offences committed against the children that earlier were not punished under any law have also been made punishable under this Act. These offences include child trafficking to do any illegal acts like adoption and corporal punishment imposed in childcare institutions.
  • Further, children could also be manipulated by militant groups to commit offences like kidnapping and abduction when they are at their tender age.
  • This Act has been passed by the Parliament after the Nirbhaya Case, which sparked a national interest to make various changes in the Juvenile Justice Act to protect the rights of the victim.

The new 2015 Act that deals with juvenile justice has provided us with a significant explanation of the term Juvenile Justice Board that we have talked about above throughout the article. Let’s move ahead to know more about this unfolding term.

Juvenile Justice Board

Section 4 of the Juvenile Justice Act, 2015, defines the term “Juvenile Justice Board”. This Section states that “Juvenile Justice Board” is an institutional body which handles such juvenile crime cases in which a child accused is “in conflict with law”, defined under Section 2 (13) of the Act. A Juvenile Justice Board is empowered to determine whether a child in conflict with the law should be tried as an adult or not. In India, every state needs to establish one or two Juvenile Justice Boards within the state.

Purpose of the Juvenile Justice Act, 2015

There are numerous objectives behind the enactment of this Act, some of which are discussed below:

  • The main intention of the legislature behind this Act is to reform and consolidate the existing laws and primarily to rehabilitate children who need care and protection from being harassed and abused in any certain manner.
  • It aims to provide prospects for children who are involved in criminal activities to rehabilitate themselves so that they can get back to reintegration into society.
  • Further, it is developed to provide for the welfare treatment and overall improvement of such children who have been convicted of any offence.
  • It provides for the detailed procedure regarding the disposal of the cases, emphasising the distinctive approaches adopted for child delinquency cases.
  • This Act stated the provision for the establishment of childcare institutions where rehabilitation training is provided to the children who are kept there.
  • After witnessing some notable crimes like the Nirbhaya rape case, It’s become essential to deal with such incidents where a child between sixteen to eighteen years committed any heinous offences. In such cases, a provision is needed to check the maturity level and the knowledge of the child about what he has done to determine whether he can be tried and punished as an adult.

To protect the children and provide a safeguard for their better future, the supreme law has provided some measures that work in favour of juvenile children. Let’s go through these provisions and codified laws further.

Constitutional provisions and safety measures for children in India

Since India became independent, the Constitution of India has safeguarded the development of juvenile justice. The fundamental rights and the Directive principle of State Policy enshrined in Part III and IV of the Constitution talk about some significant provisions concerning children, which are discussed below:

  • Article 15(3) states that the state must enact special provisions for children and women.
  • Article 23 strictly prohibits the trafficking of human beings and forced labour.
  • Article 24 clearly imposed prohibitions on children belonging to the age group of 14 years who work in factories, mines, and get to be involved in any kind of hazardous occupations.
  • Article 39(e) of the Supreme law clarifies that the State is bound under the direction to protect children of younger age from working at life threat places that are not appropriately suitable to their age and to ensure that the economic scarcity does not force them to work in such dangerous environment so that the health and physical strength of children are not be degraded.
  • Article 39(f) outlines that the state has to secure significant measures for the healthy growth of children and to safeguard their childhood against moral exploitation.
  • Article 45 has laid down the fundamental duties of the State to ensure free and mandatory education to all children till they achieve the age of 14 years.
  • Article 47 emphasises that it is the duty of the state to increase nutrition and living standards. In 2002, Parliament passed the 86th Constitutional Amendment, 2002, which declared the right to education a fundamental right.

As of now, we have understood juvenile crimes, the causes and the enforced laws to deal with juvenility. Now, it is time to discuss the punishments that are codified in laws for the offenders who are declared juveniles in this country.

Punishments for juvenile offenders in India

The well-known Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act of 2000, which brought the country into a concerning state with the Child Rights Convention of 1989, has been the crucial legislation after independence that governs the issue of juvenile crime. Any child who is under the age of 18 years is supposed to be a juvenile as per this regulation, and they would never have to face any trial proceedings as an adult has to deal with. This ambiguous clause raised a converning flag throughout the nation after the occurrence of “Nirbhaya Delhi Gang Rape Case,” that led the whole nation in a deep sorrow which was held on December 16 in the year 2012.

Ahead of this, the Apex Court observed in the case of Gaurav Kumar @ Monu vs. State of Haryana, 2019, that the Juvenile Justice Act of 2000 required to go through a reexamination because it had failed to prevent minor children in the country from committing any small and severe crimes as well. The involvement of a person who is under the age of eighteen years, in such a horrible crime as rape. The perspective of the Apex Court simply made the Indian legislature think of passing the new legislation. And after that, the Parliament passed the “Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) Act, 2015.”

This Act repealed the previous existing statute with regard to juveniles and also made some significant amendments. In this Act, one of the most notable modifications was that if any child who is between the ages of 16 to 18 and is suspected of committing a severe offence, would be tried as an adult in the eyes of the law.

A “child” means a person who has not reached the age of eighteen, according to Section 12 (2) of the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) Act, 2015. The word “child” is split into two groups, namely, under the stated Act, and these two are stated below:

1. A child who is in confrontation with the law.

2. A child in need of protection and care.

A “child who has confrontation with the law” is the one who has committed an offence and is under the age of 18 at the time of committing the offence. A “child who needs care and protection” is the second category as described by Section 14 of the Act. As per the findings of the stated laws, we know that the maximum punishment for juvenile offenders is fixed at 3 years. This 3-year punishment applies to both the offences, whether they are serious or not. For adult offenders, the highest penalty that may be applied is given as 7 years in jail, staying lifetime in prison, or the death sentence to the accused.

In regard to dealing with juvenile delinquency, we have a prominent case decided by the Apex Court which laid some significant guidelines and interpretations that should be kept in mind while proceeding with severe and brutal incidents. The scenario before this case, the subsequent circumstances have been discussed expressively. Let’s move to study it.

Mukesh & Anr vs. State for NCT of Delhi, 2017 (Nirbhaya Case)

Circumstances before the Nirbhaya case

Before this case the circumstances were different in terms of protecting the rights of the victims and the consideration of a juvenile as an adult was in question when such offenders committed offences like rape at the age of 16 to 18 years. As per the research of psychologists, the intellectual maturity of knowing what is right or wrong is developed in adults between the ages of 16 to 18 years. There were a few key terms which needed to be classified as a severe offence along with the specified punishment as well.

The victim used to suffer while seeking justice from the court, and the cause of the delay was not having an appropriate fast-track court to deliver quick justice. This scarcity of reforms in the legal system caused the infringement of the human rights of the victim, who is forced to endure with time-consuming procedure during the trial.

Nirbhaya case a landmark judgement

In this case, a twenty three years old paramedical student was brutally gang raped, and killed on a moving bus in South Delhi by a juvenile and his acquaintances. This case is also known as the Nirbhaya Case, which shocked the entire country. Regarding the offence the victim was brutally tortured, femicide, raped, and severaly assaulted by the horrible convicts. This unfortunate incident left the entire capital city in deep pain.

Throughout the proceedings, a juvenile accused got a clean sweep after being imprisoned for just three years behind bars to lead a normal life, which was criticised by the mother of the victim in this case. One of the six accused committed suicide while in prison, and the remaining four were convicted by the Saket court of Delhi. These accused were found guilty of committing such severe and horrible crimes against the modesty of a girl who lost her life while bearing such dreadful pain.

Thus judgment says that the argument about the age of the accused should not be used as a means for calculating the level of cruelty that he perpetrated over the body of the victim. He is kept for doing the brutality and made her physically tortured with an iron rod, and he has beaten her carelessly. And also caused serious internal damage to her body. At the final decision of the court, the accused juvenile was released after completing the assigned part of imprisonment that was given by the Court.

The defence council contended that one of the accused was not present at the crime spot as he was out of town. However, the court rejected the contention and considered the medical report that confirmed the presence at the crime scene.

Further, the Session Court observed that the offence was committed with the association of all six accused, including a juvenile, because the juvenile injured the victim severely by inserting a rod into her body. Post that, this pronounced conviction was upheld and acknowledged too by the High Court of Delhi, and the petition was rejected, subsequently rejected.

The jury, consisted with the Chief Justice Dipak Misra, R Banumathi, and Justice Ashok Bhushan pronounced a praising judgement. The verdict was pronounced after assuming all the facts and evidence with regard to this perpetuity that was committed in an extremely barbaric, disgusting, diabolical, and sickening way against the entire human community. It is also said that it will badly impact society in a severe way.

Ahead in the judgment, the court applied the doctrine of rarest of the rare thoroughly. Although the rarest of the rare doctrine is firmly applied in rare cases that have been dealt with the exceptional circumstances. The petitioner contended that the case does not fall under the category of rarest of the rare. The Apex Court thoroughly denied the very contention brought by the appellant and undoubtedly upheld the death penalty and also stated that the judiciary is committed to setting up an example to stop such severe and violent crimes against mankind in any manner.

Post the verdict of the said case, advocate Shweta Kapoor filed a PIL before the Delhi High Court in orfer to demand needed amendments to the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) Act, 2000, to deal with children who have reached the age of 16 and are involved in serious crime, owing to the ignorance of laws towards such heinous crimes committed by these individuals who are called “children”.

The PIL stated that “juveniles who have reached the age of 16 and commit significant crimes have well-developed minds and do not require any care and protection from society. Rather, society requires care and protection against them”.

After the Nirbhaya case

Parliament made several amendments after the Nirbhaya judgment in criminal laws. The scenario to deal with rape cases have changed now. The definition of rape has become broader in meaning and the punishment has also been increased to make rape more henious crime in India. Now, fast-track courts have also been established to deliver speedy justice to the victim and their family. However, the cases of rape in India are constantly going increased even after the amendments made in substantial laws. This is so alarming for the upcoming years.

Judicial guidelines that caused major amendments in punishments after the Nirbhaya case

We all got to know that the prominent case of Nirbhaya specifically made an impactful impression on the established legal framework in our country. In regard to increasing sexual offences in society, the government formed a committee named the J.S. Verma Committee, which was headed by the former Chief Justice of India, J.S. Verma, to analyse what amendments needed to be made in the existing criminal laws of this country.

Further, the committee submitted its report and prescribed various suggestions to be considered, which later became the cause of enacting the Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 2013. The provisions introduced by this amendment are discussed below:

  • The new amendment prescribed a broader scope of the term rape. Post to the amendment, definition of rape extended to the inclusion of non penetrative sexual assault and any kind of object inserted into the body parts of the victim.
  • The specified punishment for rape was also increased to the extent of harsh treatment for the frequent offenders and the death penalty in case the victim is died or goes to the vegetative condition.
  • Some new offences were also added by this amendment, such as stalking, voyeurism and acid attacks and declared these offences punishable.
  • The government also set up fast track courts to deal with cases of rape to deliver swift justice to the victims and their families.

After going through a very well-known landmark, the “Nirbhaya Case”, we have some highlighted cases with regard to juvenile crimes that were decided by the highest court of this Country. Some of the prominent cases are discussed below.

Case laws related to juvenile crime in India

We have some prominent cases that have been listed below and have received imminent media attention across the nation. We are going to study all the related judgments and case laws one by one in a detailed form.

Essa @ Anjum Abdul Razak Memon vs. State of Maharashtra Through STF, CBI Mumbai (2013)

When we had a read of it. We found that the main issue before the jury in this case was whether the Juvenile Justice Act, 2000, would have a dominant effect over the Terrorist and Disruptive Activities (Prevention) Act, 1987. The multiple convictions took place in regard to terrorism activities involved in the Bombay bomb blast in 1993, and the sole evidence includes their self-confession and the documents found with them. 

The appellant/accused, in this case, was a minor under the age of 17 years who provided his flat and garage to make a conspiracy and to keep the amenities like lethal weapons, cartridges, and explosives that were used to blast in Bombay. The appellant was found guilty based on the evidence testified by the prosecution witnesses and convicted to life imprisonment. 

The conviction was appealed before the High Court and the Apex Court, but the appeal was dismissed.

Further, the Apex Court, by observing the seriousness of the offences, emphasised that the provisions of the Juvenile Act will not be applicable here. The court refused to proviprotectJuvenile Justice Act to the appellant, who was tried and found guilty with the other co-accused and convicted. 

Jitendra Singh @ Babboo Singh vs. State of U.P. (2013)

In this case, a woman was burnt to death for a dowry demand by her in-laws, including her husband. The Session Court passed the conviction. Further, one of the accused was proven to be a minor at the time of the commission of the incidents, and the judgment was appealed for challenging the age of the juvenile. The Apex Court upheld the conviction but considered the fact of the age of the accused. Therefore, the case was transferred to the Juvenile Justice Board to consider the sentence.

The court also determines some protective measures which need to be adopted by the concerned Magistrate, such as figuring out the reasons for the juvenility of the accused in such cases where a juvenile is involved. The court also stated that the guardians of the juvenile should also take part in legal proceedings.

Sher Singh @ Sheru vs. State of U.P. (2016)

In this known case, the appellant was declared guilty of committing kidnapping and entered a plea of juvenility that argued the act was committed when he was less than eighteen years of age, and this was configured by his High School Examination (Matriculation) record. So based on these stated records, he is qualified to receive the benefits of both the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Rules, 2007, and the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2015 as well.

Then an appeal was raised before the Juvenile Justice Board. The plea was dismissed on the basis of a medical report that claimed the accused was his 19 years of age at the time of committing the stated offence.

After a period of 4 years, the appellant submitted a plea one more time in order to prove him a minor in the Session Court. Although, it was also rejected and denied at the same time by the Court. This order became the final order. In 2013, he filed a writ petition also and the same was rejected too by the court. Although, It was noted that this would not impact the right of the appellant to argue his claim of being a juvenile before the court.

The court also noted further that Rule 12 of the 2007 rules and Section 7(A) of the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2000 made a mandatory provision for the court to conduct an inquiry rather than allowing only an investigation or trial. In addition to this, the age determination inquiry needed to be finished within 30 days after the date of application. Now, this makes it easier for the court to secure evidence and receive matriculation or other relevant documents. 

Now, the court further released a list of documentation that needs to be reviewed concerning this and the same is stated below:

  • Number one is, if a matriculation or high school certificate is not available, the birth certificate from the first school attended should be consulted as an alternative.
  • And a birth certificate issued by a panchayat, municipality, or corporation.
  • The third one is a medical report, which is only necessary in the situation where the listed documents are missing.

The court further stated that a person’s right to raise the plea of being a juvenile cannot be denied by rejecting or considering the writ petition as unenforceable. Even if the plea has already been presented to the board, it might be raised again in the criminal appeal before the concerned court.

Bodhisattwa Gautam vs. Subhra Chakraborty (1995)

In this case the offence of rape was ruled to constitute a breach of the Right to Life granted under Article 21 of the Indian Constitution. The Apex Court had observed that fundamental rights have precedence over any other right protected by any other law. As a result, the blanket immunity provided to such juveniles was considered ultra vires to the Constitution.

Ram Prasad Sahu vs. State of Bihar (1979)

In the findings of this known case, the Apex Court firmly ruled that a minor criminal can be convicted of both the offfences such as rapes and attempted rape as well. If a young man is not eligible for giving punishment but is capable of committing rape or murder, granting him excessive immunity violates the leading principles of fairness and proportionality of punishment that are mentiones under the laws.

In this recent times, Juveniles have been involved in a number crimes that are committed against women and these crimes including sexual harassment, rape, acid attacks, and violent homicides. To reduce this hiking number, Section 18(3) of the Juvenile Justice Act, 2015 provides some important points that need to be followed if a juvenile is found to have committed a very heinous crime and is over the age of 16. To configure this, there are some essential points categorised below:

  • The first point says that the Juvenile Board may transfer the case to a Children’s Court, where they may send him to a place of safety.
  • Secondly, after doing a preliminary assessment with regard to their mental and physical capacity to commit such offences and they check the ability to understand the consequences of the offence which has been committed by the juvenile.
  • And, it is also necessary to find out the circumstances in which the juvenile allegedly committed the offence.
  • After all points, this last point says that the Juvenile Board may transfer such cases to a Children’s Court, which may sentence them to jail.

State of Maharashtra vs. Vijay Mohan Jadhav & Ors, (2021)

This case between the state and Vijay Mohan which is also named as the “Shakti Mills rape case”. In this case a child was accused of getting involved in an harsh act of rape. One of the primary accused was a juvenile who received just three years of imprisonment in detention facilities, and the adult criminals were sentenced to death. 

The question that was required to be determined was whether or not the existing punishment is sufficient to rectify a young person. Another point that needed to be examined was the meaning of the word “heinous.” 

The court decision on the question of the punishment awarded in this case was that the Juvenile Justice Act provides reformation chances to the juvenile who has committed an offence, to transform into a better person so that he can live his life as a normal citizen after completing his punishment. Secondly, it was observed by the court that when trying a juvenile as an adult, a person between 16-18 years old must be charged with a terrible crime to be tried as an adult. 

Ahead of this, on the question of the term heinous, it was also stated that the meaning of the term heinous is defined by Section 2(33) of the 2015 Act, which provides that “those offences for which the minimum punishment under the Indian Penal Code, 1860 or any other legislation for the time being in force is imprisonment for seven years or more,shall be assessed as heinous offences.

The honourable court said that if a 16 to 18-year-old person is allowed to be considered as an adult before the court proceeding. And it is done due to some exceptional situations, then it is a huge triumph for the whole judicial system of our country. Although it is to noting that the definition of heinous has seen some ambiguous explanations.

Saurabh Jalinder Nangre vs. Maharashtra, (2018)

In the case of Saurabh Jalinder filed against the state of Maharashtra, a writ petition was raised before the Bombay High Court. The petition raised the question whether a juvenile should be sent to Juvenile court for committing an attempted murder and punishable under Section 307 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860. 

The Court ahead found that “in the present instance, all of the petitioners, despite being between the age span of 16 and 18 years, have not committed heinous crimes and their case does not come under the ambit of Section 15 of the 2015 Act. Hence, this case cannot be moved towards the Children’s Court. Now, the Sangli Juvenile Justice Board will handle the investigation.” 

The court went with the treatment of the 17-year-olds as minors and took them away from the penalty they deserved, despite they attempted to kill someone and cause irreparable injury to the body of the victim.

Now, it is very essential to mention that using such a definition shows that the crime appears to be the result of a significant age. Although in reality, crime is known as an act which influences you to commit. And 16 years of age is sufficient for a person to get conscience and consider what is right and wrong in their opinion.

Media in any country plays a pivotal role in making people aware of what is happening across a nation with regard to every good and bad occurrence. In India, what role has the media played with respect to the evolution of the juvenile justice system in this largest democratic country? We are going to cover that in the next portion ahead.

Media Role in Juvenile Justice System

As of now, a great number of persons in our society are demanding that children between the age period of 16 to 18 to be considered adults in such cases in which they have been convicted for committing horrific crimes such as rape, gang rape, murder, dacoity etc. The main reason behind the above-mentioned consideration is that the numerous events occurred recently involving minors in the span of 16 to 18 years have been convicted for participating in severe crimes, and they are committing them with full knowledge and maturity.

Post the bad effects of the internet and social media, the maturity of our children has not remained the same as they were 10-20 years back in time. For now, a child attains intellectual maturity at a very early age in the socio-cultural context of the present society.

The needed effort parents can adapt is to preserve the development of their children to provide them a protective and caring atmosphere in their homes. Some of the famous theorists have emphasised the relevance of protective elements in the family and their good influence on child development and well-being.

When we talk about the affairs of laws and state functions in order to reduce the hiking graph of juvenile crimes in India, some sensitive steps need to be adopted, such as being careful and friendly with the juvenile delinquent. In addition to this, their approach should be a reformatory in nature, instead of deterrence, so that we can see a change for the welfare of society altogether.

Instances of media reports coverage of Juvenile crimes in India.

  • Mayur Vihar murder case: On November 29, 2013, in Mayur Vihar, five children escaped from a city juvenile home amid riots and burning, murdered a jeweller’s wife, and eloped with 50 kg of silver jewellery and Rs. 10 lakh cash. The entire incident was planned by a local cable operator along with a small jeweller, while the plan was executed by a gang of five juveniles.
  • October 17, 2015: Two youths were accused of rape after kidnapping an infant of two and a half years of age in Nangloi. The accused benefited when the power cut took place in the locality at midnight. Both the accused were well known to the victim’s family, and this proved to be an advantage to the kidnappers.
  • December 24, 2015: A set of three borderline juvenile gunmen opened fire in a chamber at the Karkardooma Court complex, killing a police officer. This incident took place when the court proceeding was ongoing and the ultimate aim was to cause injury to the person who was on trial. A head constable lost his life in this open fire.
  • February 24, 2016: A 17-year-old boy convicted of murder, released after just two months from a juvenile home for good behaviour”, strangled a 65-year-old elderly woman to commit robbery in south Delhi’s BK Dutt Colony. The juvenile, along with his girlfriend, murdered a child abducted for seeking ransom. The prime accused in this case had an obsession with performing in dance reality shows, but because of financial conditions, he could not get enrolled. This sticky obsession, along with money urges, drove him to commit that robbery and murder.
  • March 24, 2016: Four minors were found to be linked with a case in which a doctor was beaten to death in Vikaspuri, Delhi. The victim doctor had encountered some heated arguments with two people moving on the bike, and they threatened him to pay a higher price for it. As a subsequent, he was assaulted by nine individuals, including four juveniles. They beat him brutally, and on the road towards the hospital, he lost his breath.
  • April 6, 2016: Two juveniles allegedly shot an Uber driver in the Mundka area and fled with the car after dumping the body. The incident took place during a ride booked by two teenagers who did not have a destination to reach. The driver protested against their frequent behaviour to keep moving around the corner; thereafter, one of the two shot his the head to death. After committing this heinous murder, they took out the body and threw it on the roadside.
  • December 5, 2016: Two minors, of 16 and 17 years old stabbed a boy of 16 years to death in Jhabu, Madhya Pradesh. They killed him for the sake of 500 rupees. The killers were found to be fit and mature enough to know about what they did and the severe gravity of the offence. After that, the trial took place before the Additional District and Session Court, where they were declared guilty with the punishment of life imprisonment. The reasoning that the court gave behind pronouncing life imprisonment was the heinous gravity of the offence which was committed by the accused.
  • At the moment of August 29, 2017, the children of two Bollywood celebrities were seen as accused of abusing their classmate. And they were investigated by the authorities. One of them is the son of an actor. The other is the son of a cinematographer.
  • At the time of December 22, 2017: A woman of 22 years was allegedly raped by five people in which four were juveniles, in jahangirpuri area of north west part of Delhi. The victim stated all the scenerio herself and said that she was invited by one of the four accused juveniles at their residencial place where they played with her modesty and commited rape. It came to know that the woman was an employee in a private firm, and the accused forced her to consume alcohol as per his request. They also threatened her exclusively not to say anything to anyone, and they made her a hostage for many hours after the incident..
  • In November 2023, A boy who was 18 years old was stabbed to death by a minor individual. The horrific acts were committed with the mere intention of robbery. This brutal murder was committed to take revenge for the quarrel that happened between the accused and the victim a day before. After the incidents, a video became widespread over social media where the minor accused was seen dancing near the body and expressing his heinous act as he was influenced by some gangsters.
  • May 19, 2024: A 17-year-old minor under the influence of alcohol killed two motorists while driving a Porsche car. This incident outraged national concern for the day. The juvenile came out on bail on the very same day, and the court directed him to write an essay for 300 words on road safety. This order sparked wide criticism and became a social media sensation over the night. As a result, the juvenile justice board revoked the bail after some time. This significant incident raised many questions regarding juvenile delinquency and the offences committed by them.

So, we have tried every single relevant portion with regard to juvenile crimes that take place here in India. I hope you have come to know all the significant intricacies about juvenile delinquency and its related causes and preventive approaches. It canbe consideredr now that the topic of juvenile crimes is quite known to us and we have studied it in a well and expressive manner. Now, it is the moment to cover the conclusive part of this article. Let’s move to contribute to the conclusion altogether.

Conclusion

Juvenile crimes are one of the serious concerns to think about and take specific measures to deal with them. Indian governments are working to revamp the current scenario in India when it comes to rapidly increasing juvenile crime. Although the cases about juvenile crime have decreased in recent years but there are still several issues that must be addressed by our legislative authorities. In addition to this, our legislature is taking steps to provide good sources of entertainment for children, such as games and competitions, so that they would not indulge in such destructive activities.

Pornography and bad movies are outlawed, and each district has a child guidance centre that provides proper training to those who will be affected. As a parent or as a caretaker, everyone has to contribute in order to fight against such juvenile delinquency. The laws should be implemented with strict applicability throughout the country, which can be a prime aspect to stop these unbreakable crimes committed every day in India. Therefore, adopting such measures and strategies can help us achieve the desired results toward stopping juvenile crimes in this nation.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Is a juvenile sent to prison for committing an offence?

When the offender is found to be a juvenile at the moment of an offence committed. He/she has to be sent to a juvenile home or a correctional home. There are juvenile justice boards established in every district to consider such cases. And a juvenile does not need to be sent to a state prison. Because we know that the Indian judicial system provides chances for a minor to get reformed so that he can spend his life in a normal way, as other people do.

What is meant by juvenile delinquency?

In my view, Juvenile delinquency simply means that it is an involvement of a minor child in activities that are illegal, unlawful, or prohibited by the substantive laws at their tender age, which is considered an offence if it is done by any adult. These activities affect the society at large. The cases of juvenile delinquency have been increasing day by day. The Government is supposed to take measures to tackle this ongoing juvenile delinquency.

Why is there a rise in juvenile crimes despite the amendments in the Juvenile Justice Act, 2015?

Several factors are considered causes of the rise in juvenile crimes despite the stated amendments. The socioeconomic conditions, which become a reason for lack of education, financial instability and an insecure environment of the family, are considered one of the major factors behind the increasing acts. The inconsistent effective implementation of legislative Acts also contributes to the irregularities, which include improper training, inadequate resources, and the lack of awareness among the judicial and administrative services. 

The modern approach adopted by children in the present scenario for committing crimes such as cyber fraud and duping may not be recognised by the existing laws. In our society, the worst impact of social platforms and web series on teenagers is that they are influenced to commit criminal activities and go ahead to do the same. We can add further that the mental health and excessive freedom provided to children are also prominent in contributing to a huge impact on the mindset of a minor child. Hence, specific measures must be taken to create reforms in the hike of juvenile offences in our nation.

What is the meaning of juvenile institutions?

We have discussed this term and used earlier, it generally said that the Juvenile institution means shelter homes that are meant to keep young offenders who are minors or juveniles in their ages, as per the holdings of the Juvenile Justice Act, it has an aim for their rehabilitation and reintegration into our society. And the Indian Juvenile System that we follow has categorised these institutions as juvenile justice boards, observation homes, special homes, child welfare committees, and places of safety and all work for the betterment and reformation of children.

Who deals with the cases of juvenile crimes in India?

The Juvenile Justice Board has jurisdiction to deal with such cases where the accused is a juvenile or less than eighteen years of age. These cases can’t be tried in the session Court. However, if the accused is between sixteen to eighteen years old and commits a very heinous offence, then the trial can proceed by assuming such a minor as an adult, and such cases need to be transferred to the Session Court, and the punishment would be awarded accordingly.

Do we need stricter laws for juvenile crimes in India?

In India, the judicial system works on reformative principles in favour of juveniles. So that a juvenile involved in criminal offences can get a chance for reformation to live a better life after coming out of prison. In our nation, the legal system provides an essential opportunity for juveniles to reflect on their actions and the impacting circumstances of their actions. Now we can say that these juveniles are supposed to be taken to observation homes for their changing behaviour. And on the other hand, the punishment for a crime they commit should be equally adequate to the gravity of the offence. And if the offence is heinous and severe altogether, then the punishment should be granted as per the intensity of the offence they committed.

References

Download Now

Writ jurisdiction of Supreme Court

0

This article is written by Priyal Jain and further updated by Adv. Devshree Dangi. This article talks about the writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and analyses the landmark judgments related to all five kinds of writs issued by the Supreme Court given under Article 32 of the Indian Constitution. It also discusses the differences between the writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and a High Court, which are enshrined under Articles 32 and 226, respectively.

It has been published by Anshi Mudgal.

Table of Contents

Introduction 

Every citizen is guaranteed certain fundamental rights which are enshrined under Articles 12-35 of the Constitution of India. However, granting fundamental rights alone is not sufficient; they must also be protected. Writ jurisdiction is one of the most important components of the legal process in India because it becomes the primary means of enforcement of constitutional rights. It enables a person to approach the superior courts of the Judiciary, including the Supreme Court and High Courts, whenever he or she feels that his fundamental rights have been infringed by any public authority. This jurisdiction flows directly from the constitutional provision of justice and the fight against abuse of power and authority.

So, for the protection of fundamental rights, a remedy is given under Article 32 of the Indian Constitution, which empowers the Supreme Court to issue writs when any of the fundamental rights of any citizen is violated. Similarly, the High Courts are given power under Article 226 to issue writs. The High Court, in the exercise of its jurisdiction under Article 226, can issue writs, orders or directions for the enforcement of rights conferred under Part III of the Constitution in respect of cause of action arising within the territory of the High Court, notwithstanding that the writs issued will take effect outside the territorial jurisdiction of the High Court. The writs issued in India are called the prerogative writs. In the case of L. Chandra Kumar vs. Union of India, (1997), the Hon’ble Supreme Court held that the power of the Supreme Court to issue writs to the citizens of India for the enforcement of their fundamental rights forms a part of the basic structure doctrine, and hence this power can never be amended or eliminated.

Writs, which are formal written orders issued by a court, are a tool of vital significance to enforce the rights and freedom granted by the Constitution of India. The power of issuing writs empowers the judiciary to play the role of protecting the Constitution as the supreme law of the land and avail means through which rights infringe, may be vindicated. 

This article focuses on the writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and its scope on how it protects the fundamental rights embodied under Part III of the Indian Constitution. 

What is the writ jurisdiction? 

The Supreme Court acts as the custodian of the fundamental rights of citizens. It is considered the “guarantor” and “defender” of the fundamental rights of the citizens of India. It has the power to issue five types of writs: Habeas Corpus, Mandamus, Quo Warranto, Certiorari, and Prohibition. A writ is an order or command from a higher authority (the Supreme Court or High Court) that directs an individual to perform or abstain from performing a certain act. A writ petition can be filed by any individual when his/her fundamental rights are infringed upon by the state. 

Writ jurisdiction is an important component of the Indian legal structure that allows higher courts, which include the Supreme Court and the High Court, to issue writs to enforce legal rights, including fundamental rights. These writs function in a way as strong legal instruments that may require a specific person or public official, or any entity, to do something, or refrain from doing it. This jurisdiction is meant to provide relevant and rapid redress to citizens whose rights have been infringed upon by providing a quick solution to unlawful conduct by public authorities. 

As per the existing provisions of the Indian Constitution, there are five principal forms of writs, all of which perform different functions. They are Habeas Corpus, Mandamus, Certiorari, Quo Warranto, and Prohibition. Altogether, these writs offer a strong legal framework for enforcing the rule of law and defending the citizens’ rights.

Different types of writs

There are five types of writs which are guaranteed by the Indian Constitution under Article 32 to the public in case their fundamental rights are being violated. The five types of writs mentioned below are issued in distinct circumstances, and each of them has different imputations. 

  • Habeas corpus
  • Mandamus
  • Quo Warranto
  • Certiorari
  • Prohibition

The different writs are explained in detail below:

Writ of Habeas Corpus

Habeas Corpus is a Latin term which means “to have a body of”. The phrase ‘Habeas corpus’ in its longer form is called— “Habeas corpus coram nobis ad subjiciendum,” which means “you must have the body before us for submitting.”  

This writ helps in the release of an unlawfully detained person. By this writ, any person who is either in police or judicial custody or private custody is presented before the court of law and released if such detention is found to be illegal. The burden of proof lies with the public official or the private person who is taking a person into their custody. Article 20 of the Constitution states that a person cannot be forced to be a witness against himself or herself and that a person cannot be convicted twice or more for the commission of the same offence. The Article also states that a person can only be held liable for a certain offence if, at the time of the commission of the offence, there exists a law which is being violated by the commission of such an offence. This writ is used to enforce the fundamental right of personal liberty under Article 21 of the Constitution against unlawful detention. 

The writ petition can be filed by the detained person themselves, or by any of their friends or relatives on their behalf. The writ can be issued against both public authorities and private individuals. 

In which situations can the writ be issued

  1. When the detention is not by the procedure established by law.
  2. When an arrest is made under a law that in itself is unconstitutional.
  3. When the procedure established by law is not strictly followed.

In which situations can the writ not be issued

  1. The writ is not available by operation of res judicata if the writ petition has already been dismissed once by the competent court.
  2. The writ is not available when the detention of the person is related to the order of the court. 

Illustration– Ram, an individual, was taken into police custody by B, a police officer, without a warrant to arrest Ram. B did not present Ram before the magistrate and also did not allow his family members to know about Ram’s whereabouts for many days. B was physically and mentally torturing Ram. Thus, it can be said that B has wrongfully detained Ram, and a writ of habeas corpus can be issued by Ram’s family on his behalf. 

Relevant case laws

In the case of Kanu Sanyal vs. District Magistrate Darjeeling and Ors. (1974), it was held by the Supreme Court that this writ is procedural and not substantive. The Court also said that there should be a focus on examining the legality of the detention according to the facts of a case.

In the case of Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel vs. Union of India and Ors. (1980), it was held that a second writ petition could not be issued if it was filed on the same grounds as the first writ petition. However, if there are certain additional grounds that were not mentioned in the first petition on reasonable grounds, only then will a second writ petition be entertained by the Hon’ble Court. The writ petition, in this case, was filed challenging the order of detention, which was received by the petitioner on certain grounds. Later on, a few additional grounds were added, and thus a second petition was filed for the issuance of the writ of habeas corpus by the petitioner. 

In the case of Sunil Batra vs. Delhi Administration (1979), the Supreme Court widened the scope of the writ of habeas corpus and held that the writ cannot only be issued in case of an unlawful detention but can also be issued against ill-treatment of prisoners by the officers in authority while in custody, i.e., the writ also provides for the protection of prisoners. (This case is explained in detail below.)

Writ of Mandamus

Mandamus is a Latin term which means “to command”.This writ is issued by a court of higher authority directing the lower courts, or any other public servant, who has failed to perform their duty, to perform their mandatory public duty correctly and efficiently. This writ is the last resort, i.e., it is issued only when all other attempts to solve the problem have been made. The writ can be issued against any type of authority: legislative, judicial, quasi-judicial or administrative. 

The writ petition can be filed by any person who, in good faith, wants a public authority to function properly. The writ can be issued against any person or public authority who has failed to perform their mandatory public duty. 

In which situations can the writ be issued 

  1. The person or any public authority against whom the writ has to be issued must be under an obligation by law to perform a certain duty, which he has failed or neglected to do. 
  2. The public duty must be mandatory, and there must be a failure to perform such a mandatory act. 
  3. The petitioner must have a legal right to compel the performance of such public duty.

In which situations can the writ not be issued 

  1. This writ cannot be issued against the judges of the High Courts and Supreme Court, compelling them to perform their duty. 
  2. This writ cannot be issued against the President of India and the Governor of any state, compelling them to perform their duty. 
  3. This writ cannot be issued against the working Chief Justice of India, compelling him to perform his duty. 
  4. This writ cannot be issued when the nature of the duty is discretionary. 
  5. This writ cannot be issued against a private individual. 
  6. This writ cannot be issued to enforce a private contract. 

Example– The writ can be issued to compel the performance of certain public duties like holding elections, preventing dissolution of panchayats and municipalities, or restoration of public offices. 

Relevant case laws

In the case of E.A. Co-operative Society vs. the State of Maharashtra (1966), the State Government had denied the jurisdiction to revise the order of the lower authorities. The issue was to grant membership in the society to the respondent, which was first denied and then accepted by the Registrar of the society. Hence, an application for the issuance of this writ was filed in the concerned High Court, failing which the respondent reached the Supreme Court by special leave petition. It was held by the Hon’ble Supreme Court that the writ of mandamus can be issued where a public servant has denied its jurisdiction, which it has under the law.

In the case of Sohanlal vs. Union of India (1957), the Government of India allotted plots to the refugees from Pakistan, provided they met the eligibility criteria set by the government. However, the appellant was evicted from his allotted plot, and thus a petition was filed by him for the issuance of this writ. The Supreme Court said that a writ of mandamus can be issued against a private individual provided the private individual has merged with a public authority. 

In the case of Manjula Manjari vs. Director of Public Instruction (DPI) (1952), the Orissa High Court denied issuing a writ of mandamus against the DPI to order him to include the petitioner’s book in his list of approved books because this was a discretionary duty and not mandatory. The petitioner contended that she suffered a great amount of loss in terms of money when her book was not included in the list of approved books for the next year. 

Writ of Quo Warranto

Quo Warranto is a Latin term which means “by what authority”. This writ is issued asking public servants or any private person to prove under what authority they are holding a certain public office. The burden of proof lies with the concerned person. However, if the concerned person fails to prove his authority, he can be removed from public office. This writ prevents any person from wrongfully usurping a public office without any authority. 

The writ petition can be filed by any person whose fundamental rights are being violated, or in the public interest. The writ can be issued against any unlawful holder of a public office (public or private person).

In which situations can the writ be issued 

  1. There must be an existence of a public office created by law.
  2. The public office must be substantive and permanent. 
  3. The position in a public office may be unlawfully held by a private person. 
  4. There has been a contravention of the law in appointing a person to the concerned public office. 
  5. The duties arising from public office must be public. 

In which situations can the writ not be issued 

  1. This writ cannot be issued if there is any political gain to the petitioner by the issuance of this writ. 
  2. This writ cannot be issued against any state minister.

Illustration– If A, a public servant, is holding a public office even after his retirement, then this writ can be issued against him as he no longer has the authority to hold such a public office. 

Relevant case laws

In the case of Amarendra Chandra vs. Narendra Kumar Basu (1952), the respondents wrongly admitted themselves to some rival Managing Committee of a private school, and there were many alleged loopholes in the procedure of the respondents being a part of the Committee. The Hon’ble High Court of Kolkata held that the writ of quo warranto could not be issued against usurping a private office. 

In the case of  University of Mysore vs. CD Govinda Rao (1963), the university had appointed a person who did not meet the eligibility criteria required for the post. As a result, an application for the issuance of this writ was presented before the Hon’ble Supreme Court, which said that the office against which the issuance of the writ of quo warranto is prayed for must be “substantive”. 

In the case of Mahesh Chandra Gupta vs. Dr Rajeshwar Dayal and Ors. (2003), the petitioner, an advocate in Allahabad, filed a writ of quo warranto and prayed that a professor of S. N. Medical College, Agra, was unlawfully appointed. However, the court rejected the petition due to the petitioner’s lack of locus standi, since the petitioner had no link with the institution or appointment either directly or indirectly. The court laid down that, although the locus standi principle is not as rigid in quo warranto petitions as it is in other cases, there still must be some link between the person filing the petition and the particular appointment.

Writ of Certiorari

Certiorari is a Latin term which means “to certify”. This writ is issued by the higher courts (Supreme Court or High Courts) directing a lower court to transfer a particular case to the higher court for consideration. The higher courts also have the authority to quash an already passed order by the subordinate courts. This writ aims to correct the mistakes made by the judiciary at the lower level. 

A writ petition can be filed by any aggrieved person to the Supreme Court or High Courts against the decision given by the lower courts. 

In which situations can the writ be issued 

  1. This writ can be issued when a person is bound by a legal authority.
  2. This writ can be issued when such a person acts beyond their jurisdiction. 
  3. This writ can be issued when a person acting judicially commits an error of law.
  4. This writ can be issued when such a person has committed fraud or has violated the principles of natural justice. 

In which situations can the writ not be issued 

  1. This writ cannot be issued in cases when the judge refuses to accept the request for review.
  2. This writ cannot be issued when the only objective is to waste the time and effort of the court. 

Example– When the decision of the lower court violates the fundamental rights of either of the parties, the aggrieved party can file for the writ of certiorari. 

Relevant case laws

In the case of Noor Mohammad vs. The State of U.P. (2020), the complainant’s sister committed suicide within two years of her marriage because of the harassment she had to face from the appellant and his family members for the demand for dowry. It was held by the Supreme Court that the writ of certiorari can be issued mainly to amend the jurisdiction-related errors made by the lower courts. 

In the case of Syed Yakoob vs. K.S. Radhakrishnan and Ors. (1963), the appellant was not given the permit for a two-stage carriage to run as an express service by the concerned authorities, even after completing all the required qualifications. As a result, an application was filed before the Supreme Court of India. The Court said that a writ could only be issued if there was an error of law and not an error of fact. 

In the case of M. Ranga Reddy vs State Of Andhra Pradesh And Anr. (1987), various appeals were made demanding elections of the co-operative societies to be held in the state. However, the High Court of Andhra Pradesh held that the writ of certiorari cannot be issued against a private person. 

Writ of prohibition

Prohibition is an English term which means “to forbid or to stop”. This writ is issued to prevent a lower court or tribunal from acting beyond its authorised jurisdiction. After the issuance of this writ, the proceedings in the lower court stop immediately, and the case is transferred to the authority that has jurisdiction over the case. This writ can also be termed a “stay order.” This writ can be issued against any judicial or quasi-judicial body acting beyond its jurisdiction. This writ can be issued in the same situations in which the writ of certiorari is issued, except in cases of error of law. 

Relevant case laws 

In the case of S. Govinda Menon vs. Union of India (1967), several allegations of dishonesty were made against the appellant, which were also to be inquired into by the government. As a result, a writ petition was filed to quash the proceedings initiated against him. The Kerala High Court held that the writ of prohibition can be issued in both situations—excess of jurisdiction or absence of jurisdiction. 

In the case of Hari Vishnu vs. Syed Ahmad Ishaque (1954), the appellant was nominated for the election of the Rajya Sabha representing the state of Madhya Pradesh. The appellant won the elections, but an issue was raised that the ballot papers did not contain the distinguishing marks, and the election of the appellant was terminated. The difference between the writ of certiorari and prohibition was given by the Hon’ble Supreme Court. The court thought that one can file for the writ of certiorari only after the judgment of a particular case has been delivered, and on the contrary, one can file for the writ of prohibition when the judgment of a particular case is still pending. The court further ruled that fresh elections must take place. 

In the case of Prudential Capital Markets Ltd. vs. State of A.P. and Ors. (2000), various petitions were filed to prohibit the District Forum or State Commission from addressing any complaints from the respondent. The High Court of Andhra Pradesh said that the writ of prohibition cannot be issued in cases where the District Forum or State Commission has already given judgment. 

Legal provisions under Article 32 of the Indian Constitution

Article 32 of the Constitution of India 

Article 32 of the Indian Constitution is the constitutional base for the writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of India. Dr B.R. Ambedkar, the Father of the Indian Constitution, once said that “Article 32 is the heart and soul of the Indian Constitution” since it enshrines the right to seek constitutional redress for the enforcement of rights under the Constitution. According to Article 32 of the Constitution, the Supreme Court has the power to issue writs to enforce any of the rights contained in Part III of the Constitution. It is the existence of this remedy that transforms fundamental rights into actually being rights that one can easily put into practice.

Article 32 is given in Part III of the Indian Constitution, which allows individuals to approach the Supreme Court in cases of violation of their fundamental rights. The powers provided to the Supreme Court under this Article are:

  1. The Supreme Court has the power to relax the locus standi and allow public interest litigation (PIL) by the citizens of India. The Supreme Court can provide relief to bonded labour, undertrial prisoners or victims of extra-judicial killings, etc. 
  2. The Supreme Court also has the power to grant exemplary damages. 
  • In the case of Bhim Singh vs. the State of Jammu and Kashmir (1985), the fundamental rights of Bhim Singh were violated as he was not presented before the Magistrate within 24 hours. Thus, the Supreme Court ordered the state to grant exemplary damages to Bhim Singh. 
  • In the case of Rudul Sah vs. the State of Bihar (1983), the fundamental rights of Rudul Sah were violated as he was illegally detained by the State. Thus, the Supreme Court ordered the State to grant exemplary damages to Rudul Shah. 
  1. The Supreme Court has the power to issue writs or orders for the enforcement of any of the fundamental rights. 
  2. The rights of the individuals seeking remedy can be suspended only by the President of India during the proclamation of a national emergency in the country (Article 359).
  3. The Supreme Court has said that where relief can be granted by moving to the High Courts under Article 226, the aggrieved party must first move to the High Court. 
  4. The Parliament can also transfer the power of the Supreme Court to some other authority with the required jurisdiction. 

Scope and Limitations 

Article 32 has a very wide application so that the Supreme Court can issue a writ against any person or authority, including the Government. This does not mean that the power of the court is unbounded. The writ jurisdiction under Article 32 is exercisable only for the enforcement of fundamental rights; thus, it cannot be used for any other issues. However, this is not considered a bar if a violation of a fundamental right is apparent, and the court may use its discretion in not issuing the writ if another remedy is available. 

Connection between Article 32 and Article 226 

Article 32 of the Indian Constitution empowers the Supreme Court to issue writs, but Article 226 vests similar authority in the High Courts. Compared to Article 32, Article 226 is broader in its application, as the High Court has the powers to issue writs for not only the protection of fundamental rights but also for other purposes such as legal rights, statutory duties, protection against administrative actions, and review of decisions made by public authorities or tribunals. 

In effect, this means that ordinary people can go to High Courts in many capacities, while the Supreme Court only handles violations of fundamental rights. They formed a duality of writ jurisdiction thereby providing the citizens an opportunity to seek justice both at the state level as well as at the national level.

Significance of writ jurisdiction in the Indian law system 

The judiciary in India currently has its highest level the Supreme Court, which primarily deals with the issuing of writs. The Supreme Court can issue writs for the enforcement of any of the fundamental rights provided in the Constitution of the country. It is commonly known as the “Protector and Guarantor” of the basic rights of the people. Writ jurisdiction is a well-established and fundamental part of the Indian legal system since the country’s formation, as it plays a crucial role in safeguarding the people’s rights as well as upholding the principles of the Constitution and the law. Its importance goes beyond a mere procedural solution. It is a powerful weapon to protect democracy from corruption, unnecessary influence, and injustice. 

The importance of writ jurisdiction can be elaborated through the following aspects:  

Protection of fundamental rights 

Writ jurisdiction is an important resource that has been provided to the Supreme Court of India for the enforcement of fundamental rights. Part III of the Constitution enshrines some fundamental rights of the citizens: the right to life, liberty and equality amongst them. It is also pertinent to mention that all these rights are not given by way of mere declaration of rights but are accompanied by the enforcement procedures by the judiciary. 

If any of these rights, when violated, the affected citizen has the right to directly move the Supreme Court under Article 32 or the High Courts under Article 226 through the writ petitions. The right to access the Supreme Court and other higher Courts in person and without following the elaborate legal process is one of the key considerations in India’s legal framework. – It makes it possible to protect people’s fundamental rights immediately. 

These rights consist of Habeas Corpus for the protection of personal liberty, Mandamus for making the authorities perform duties and Certiorari for quashing the order, which are legal tools compelling these rights and ensuring the fair working of authorities. By acting as a means of getting a direct remedy for the violation of fundamental rights, it serves as a check on oppression and arbitrary actions of the state. 

Judicial review 

In this regard, judicial review through the writ jurisdiction is one of the foundational features of the Indian Constitution and helps to keep a check and balance between the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the government. This power of review enables the judiciary to monitor the constitutional provisions and check whether or not the other branches of government overstepped their powers. The judiciary also has an opportunity to control the laws and the executive orders through one of the writs to determine whether they are compliant with the Constitution. 

The courts also have the power to annul any law or order that is deemed to be unconstitutional, therefore asserting the Constitution’s sovereignty. This judicial oversight works as a control against other forms of whimsical, irrational, or unlawful actions on the part of the public authorities, to ensure that there is compliance with the law before any action is taken by the government. 

The common writ, like Certiorari, enables the superior courts to quash erroneous decisions or orders made in the exercise of powers without jurisdiction or in excess of the jurisdictions granted to lower courts or tribunals. Therefore, judicial review through writ jurisdiction remains essential in upholding constitutionalism and democracy as well as preventing the abuse of power by the state. 

Expeditious remedy 

Perhaps one of the major benefits of the exercise of writ jurisdiction is the prospect of securing an appropriate remedy for the vindication of rights, especially fundamental rights. Therefore, in the Indian legal system, where normal civil or criminal lawsuits can often be time-consuming and procedural, writ petitions are comparatively swift and efficient. The procedure for filing a writ is very simple, allowing direct access to the higher courts without getting involved in lengthy legal procedures. 

Writ petitions are generally accorded preferential treatment by the courts, given the label that accompanies such calls for a hearing, like personal liberty, wrongful confinement or detention, or administrative excess. This comes as a result of enabling a litigant to have expeditious access to justice, especially in cases where time may be of the essence, such as situations where the rights of individuals have been violated. 

The nature of the writs, like prohibition and mandamus, also makes it possible for unlawful actions to be stopped before they can further their deeds, while the curative writs, like Habeas Corpus, also help in the restoration of rights that may have been violated. The possibility of getting relief by invoking the writ jurisdiction has been a major strength as it avoids denial of justice. This ensures that the principle ‘justice delayed is justice denied’ is upheld as the relevant legal system continues to meet the required efficiency. 

Public accountability 

Writ jurisdiction is equally helpful in maintaining transparency and an accountable system of governance since it gives the citizens a chance to seek justice wherever the public officials have gone wrong. When a country practices democracy and the rule of law is followed, there must be certain measures that the authorities should deem appropriate to take that align with the needs and interests of the citizens they are serving. Writ petitions means by which citizens can seek to quash irregular, unlawful, and/or unfair acts committed by or on behalf of the government. 

This also assists in addressing individual complaints and in making sure that public administration is also accountable. Through the power of issuing writs, the acts of the government are monitored and controlled by the judiciary and it also oversees the unlawful conduct of most public officials. The chance of being challenged through a writ petition has a deterring effect on authorities and makes them use their powers as per law. 

In the same way, publicity and scrutiny connected with writ petitions tend to attract attention to some problems within the governance system, and thus result in comprehensive changes and development. Therefore, it can be ascertained that in addition to vindicating particular cases of misuse of authority, writ jurisdiction also helps in maintaining the entailing fabric of efficiency and fairness within the administrative mechanism, thus promoting good governance. 

Original jurisdiction 

In the context of issued writs, the original jurisdiction is one of the important functions of the Supreme Court of India under Article 32. This implies that any person whose constitutional rights have been violated can file a petition to the Supreme Court without going through the lower judiciary. This is one of the vital and distinguishing characteristics of the Indian legal framework, which allows citizens to appeal directly to the Supreme Court of the country without passing through certain stages of the existing system. 

The provision of the Supreme Court’s original jurisdiction in writ matters shows that the Constitution is primarily focused on the protection of rights. It does away with procedural complexities that could be experienced, especially in a hierarchical judicial system; it offers a quick solution. This is very much true, especially where speed is of the essence, for example, in cases where a person has been detained unlawfully or where government organs have intruded into an individual’s privacy. In the same regard, the main factor that will give a nod for the Supreme Court to entertain such petitions shows its determination to ensure that while justice is done, it has to be manifested as well, thereby strengthening public confidence in the judiciary. 

Binding precedent 

Therefore, when the Supreme Court decides on the writ petitions that are brought before it, the decision it gives is not only an end to the dispute but also creates legal precedents that are to be obeyed and followed by all the lower courts across the country. This principle of stare decisis makes sure that the meaning to be accorded to the rights and the requirements for their protection are uniform across the country. 

Thus, the precedents created in the framework of writ matters are of paramount importance since they explain the extent and the nature of fundamental rights, determine the behaviour of the authorities, and identify the boundaries of the government’s powers. They are helpful in the formation of constitutional law in India; they offer a sound legal environment that the government and the citizens follow. For instance, case laws like Maneka Gandhi vs. Union of India (1978) gave new dimensions to the right to life with liberty under Article 21, which revolutionised numerous future cases.

While deciding the cases, the Supreme Court not only dispenses justice but sets legal standards for the country, thus guaranteeing and upholding the rights of all individuals without exception across the country. 

Limitations of writ jurisdiction 

Doctrine of exhaustion of remedies 

The Doctrine of Exhaustion of Remedies is among the key restrictions applied to the writ jurisdiction, which requires that other legal remedies be exhausted before the possibility of a writ is entertained. This is based on the premise that judicial resources have to be used prudently and that all the set procedural mechanisms must be followed. 

Need for exhaustion of the other remedies. 

To be able to claim that the wrongdoing violates a specific right/entitlement, the party needs to comply with the principle of exhaustion. This requirement also guarantees that the issues cannot be solved by first exhausting the more effective mechanisms, like the administrative or the statutory ones. According to this doctrine, judges ensure that they do not intervene in cases when there are other legal means to address them. 

As held in the case of Union of India vs. T. R. Verma (1957), the Hon’ble Supreme Court has emphasised the fact of procedure established that if an effective remedy is available, then it must be pursued before seeking writ jurisdiction. Hence, the Court affirmed this proposition and said that if such remedies exist, then the High Court is likely to exercise its discretion and dismiss a writ petition. This case established a foundation for demanding compliance with the exhaustion of other legal redress procedures before the invocation of prerogative writs. 

Evaluation of sufficiency and effectiveness 

Adequacy and efficiency are crucial factors in applying the doctrine of exhaustion to the available alternative remedies. The petitioner has to show reasons which make it clear that the available remedy is inadequate or ineffective. The Supreme Court in Sohan Lal vs. Union of India (1957) clarified that the sufficiency of an available remedy is a question of fact and depends on the circumstances of the case. Again, it is the responsibility of the petitioner to show that the other remedy cannot adequately address their concern, thereby explaining the need for a proper assessment of all available choices before resorting to writs. 

Statutory remedies and judicial discretion 

Where the law provides for a particular method of enforcing a right, the courts may, as a rule, demand that those particular methods be followed before a writ petition is filed. 

If a statute has laid down the procedure to be followed for redressing the grievance, the same must be followed. However, while it is up to the court’s discretion to entertain a writ petition, the court should first determine if other remedies have been pursued under the statute or not.  

Judicial interpretation and exceptions 

In the case of Radha Krishan Industries vs. State of H. P. (2021), the Supreme Court clarified that it is not unusual to know that the doctrine of exhaustion of remedies is not an absolute rule but a restriction to the writ jurisdiction of high courts. The Court upheld the proposition that the High Court’s power under Article 226 is vastly enunciated in matters of legal procedure and that the doctrine of availability of other remedies is not a rule of absolute application. This case hence showed that for one or the other, the courts of common law could always resort to their traditional scope of calling for writ jurisdiction, notwithstanding any other legal avenue available. 

Exceptions to the doctrine 

Nevertheless, the doctrine of exhaustion of remedies is not without exception in writ matters, as this can be observed: For instance, writs may be awarded for enforcement of fundamental rights, where natural justice has been disappointed, in matters touching jurisdiction or constitutional issues. In the cases of Whirlpool Corporation vs. Registrar of Trademarks Mumbai (1998), and Harbanslal Sahnia vs. Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. (2002), the court held that the availability of other remedies cannot by themselves be a bar to the granting of the writs in certain circumstances. These exceptions make sure that the option of the writ jurisdiction is open for handling complicated legal problems and the defence of people’s rights and freedoms where other forms of redress have been accessible. 

Therefore, the doctrine of exhaustion of remedies has been accepted by the Apex Court as a restrictive principle on writ jurisdiction but is accompanied by the exceptions under which the writs can be issued in the circumstances where there are no other remedies available for a legal wrong done or when the rights of individuals are infringed. It partly enhances judicial efficiency, whereas we are made sure that important legal matters are properly considered. 

Doctrine of laches

Laches is an equitable doctrine that seeks to avoid preposterous delay in the prosecution of a legal claim. It prevents legal actions where the plaintiff failed to file the lawsuit within a reasonable time that will impair the defendant’s ability to present their defence. This principle emphasizes early availability to advance claims under the law and the necessity of responding effectively to such claims to ensure equity in the legal process. Especially in applying the writ jurisdiction, particularly to the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court, the doctrine of laches plays a pivotal role in preserving the standards of judicial oversight. 

A guide to the doctrine of laches 

The doctrine of laches applies to a situation when a party has unduly delayed their claim to harm the party against which the claim is sought. This principle is used to warrant that people follow up their claims without much delay, hence not prejudicing the case over time. In the field of writ jurisdiction, particularly within the Supreme Court, this doctrine assumes significance. The court evaluates if the petitioner has made an application within a reasonable time for the judicial review or relief. However, where the delay is considered wrongful, the Court can dismiss the writ petition as such delay prejudices the administration of justice.

Application of case law in writ jurisdiction 

In the case of Haryana State Handloom vs. Jain School Society (2003), the Supreme Court faced the question of laches in the backdrop of a writ petition questioning a notification of land acquisition passed under Section 17 of the Land Acquisition Act, 1894. It had been issued on 26th October, 1976 and possession of the lands was also taken by the government. But this writ petition was filed after 17 years in December 1993. The petitioner further explained that the delay was occasioned by waiting to see if the land is going to be developed for the intended use. The Supreme Court stated that a one-and-a-half-year delay was unreasonable and added that due to the laches, the petition was liable to be dismissed. By taking a long time to respond to the petition, it showed negligence and improper motives and therefore, the petition was dismissed. 

In the case of Dr. Karan Singh vs. State of Jammu & Kashmir (1985), Dr. Karan Singh, the son of the former Maharaja of the state of Jammu and Kashmir, tried to claim Toshakhna as his private property arguing that the abolition of his father’s rulership had not affected his proprietary rights over it. It was done after 30 years, which is quite unusual. The Supreme Court dismissed the petition on the grounds of the doctrine of laches, where the period of delay is unreasonable and there were no special circumstances to excuse the delay. The decision has highlighted the fact that reopening matters after such a long time is unfair and detrimental to the effectiveness of judicial review. 

As was seen in the case of Ved Prakash Goel vs. S. D. Singh (2020), the petitioner had protested a seniority list prepared and released in May 2005, five years after the list had been made. This delay in filing the petition was not accompanied by any serious and sensible reasons. The Supreme Court had enumerated that, based on this concept of laches, delay is considered unreasonable. The Court also mentioned in its considerations that reopening settled issues may produce a prejudicial impact on the rights of other parties. The ruling by the Court accentuated the fact that timeliness is essential in judicial review if the rights that have been established are to be safeguarded, coupled with fairness in the process.  

Differentiation between laches and the Statute of limitations 

This could be so since, while laches serve to prevent an undue delay, the issue of delay is perhaps taken care of by the statute of limitations. The statute of limitations defines a time duration before which legal processes have to be started. It means a strict period that lays down rules with statutory provisions. However, in equity, the doctrine of laches is far more flexible, with the emphasis placed not only on the delay and prejudice thereby caused. 

In writ jurisdiction and especially in the Supreme Court, laches is deemed as a measure of whether delays in the filing of a petition will be detrimental towards the case. For this reason, while the statute of limitations sets time limitations that are rigid, laches looks at the extent of prejudice that the delay is going to cause to justice, besides the ability of the defendant to respond. 

Discretion of the court, limitations on writ jurisdiction

Writ jurisdiction is discretionary 

In the case of writ jurisdiction, the Supreme Court has also clarified that where no legislation deals with the limitation period, the court cannot solve this problem through judicial legislation. While it is inherent in any writ jurisdiction that this discretion to issue legal remedies is exercised to do justice and to redress a grievance where a fundamental right has been infringed, the discretion is not unfettered and has to be guided by the principles of law. This principle was also highlighted in the case of State Bank of Bikaner and Jaipur vs. C. S. Verma (1968) wherein it was held that the law of limitation cannot be relaxed by the court unless so provided by statute. 

Write the jurisdiction and limitation in refund cases

There are instances where the Supreme Court of India has made some departures from the rigidity of the law of limitation in the exercise of its writ jurisdiction, particularly where a refund was claimed for an amount that had been recovered under provisions later declared void or unconstitutional. In the case of  Shiv Shankar Dal Mills vs. State of Haryana (1980), the Supreme Court came across a claim for refund of excess market fees which was made under a provision that was held ultra-vires. 

The court added that although the market committees could have filed civil suits within the limitation period, the public nature of the funds and the error in levies ought to entitle the litigant to more favourable treatment in the writ jurisdiction. From the observations made by the court, it could be deduced that the Court was willing to extend relief beyond strict limitation rules because of the nature of public funds and the equitable principle that justice delays or denies not on technicalities. 

Judicial discretion in case of mistake of law 

In the case of State of Madhya Pradesh vs. Bhailal Bhai (1962), the court discussed the legal position on applications for refunds under the mistake of law. The court stated that while it has the discretion to determine the extent of repayment where the tax was paid under void legislation, this discretion is not automatic. The decision whether or not to grant relief is solely based on the factual circumstances and context of the case. This case exemplifies that whereas the Court can grant relief beyond the ordinary limitation periods, it will do so, keeping in mind the merits of every case. 

Limitations on the court’s discretion

However, as is seen from the above cases, the Supreme Court has also clarified that even in the exercise of its writ jurisdiction, the restrictions contemplated by law are not altogether done away with. For example, in the case of State of West Bengal vs. Suresh Chandra Bose (1979), the Calcutta High Court was following the principle pointed out by the Supreme Court in State of Madhya Pradesh vs. Bhailal Bhai (1962) that though it laid down certain rules as to limitations for different cases, it was not laying down any general period of limitation for such cases. The High Court underlined that the parties had to request refunds or relief within a reasonable time and noted that the Court cannot exercise its discretion when an unreasonable delay is present, even though the action is to be filed beyond such periods for civil actions. 

Need for legal clarity. 

To balance discretionary powers of writ jurisdiction with legal certainty, it is argued herein that specific legal provisions relating to the treatment of limitation and unconscionable conduct ought to be fine-tuned. As suggested, Section 17 of the Limitation Act, 1963 needed an addition of an explanation for handling the cases of unconscionable conduct. Further, this would assist in making sure that the cases of mistake of law can be dealt with in the most efficient manner possible. It also affirms that the aforementioned claims are addressed squarely with impartiality to maintain the equality of justice. This would give better guidance on how limitations should be used where discretion is necessary for determining writ jurisdiction, but where procedural rules still play an important role.

Impact of public interest litigation on writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court

Increased application of the doctrine of judicial review 

Public Interest Litigation (PIL) has shaken the writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court as it has expanded the sphere of judicial activism. Writ jurisdiction was previously confined to specific individual complaints, while PILs have enabled the court to take up widespread injustice affecting large groups of people. It has shifted the balance to give the Supreme Court the jurisdiction to always intervene in cases of infringement of fundamental rights and where there is a need for a huge social change. By adopting PILs, the courts can be informed about matters that may not be presented before them through individual applications. It also increases their function as representatives of public interest and the defenders of constitutional provisions. 

Justice for underprivileged groups 

An area of PILs that has been widely felt about the writ jurisdiction is the improvement of the chances of the deprived sections of society to seek redress. In PIL procedures, people or organisations may seek to bring petitions on behalf of some people whom they cannot petition directly due to some factors such as financial barriers. For instance, cases such as Hussainara Khatoon vs. State of Bihar (1979) brought out the problems faced by undertrial prisoners, and it ended with their release. It shows how PILs can bring positive change to disadvantaged groups in society. It also underscores the contention that the PILs are valuable in dealing with social justice causes that would otherwise not be brought to the courts. 

Judicial activism and reform 

PILs have furthered litigation activism and have brought about legal and social change in their own right. Since PIL enables the court to hear complaints and problems of the public, many transformations have occurred in different fields such as prison reforms, environmental concerns, human rights and other comparable concerns. As mentioned above, due to the Supreme Court’s propensity to receive PILs, various significant legal precedents have been set, influencing public policies and legislation. For instance, PILs dealing with environmental issues such as degradation and pollution have made the courts call for improvements in the environmental legal measures and implementation. 

The development of the PIL has especially affected the writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and allowed the oppressed sections of society to seek justice, besides the provision of giving the Apex Court a chance to adjudicate system problems rather than focusing on complaints. They have enabled the invocation of the judiciary’s authority in issues of public interest, environmentalism, and human rights, which enriched and enhanced the jurisdiction of the writs. With the introduction of technology, writ jurisdiction has also been changed in the sense that it has made the methods for getting justice easier and more effective. It deals with the concepts of electronic filing, hearing, and other aspects that allow for avoiding some difficulties.

Challenges and limitations 

However, for all the good that PILs have brought, they also have their problems and drawbacks. The court has observed that there has been an increase in junk PILs, which bring discredit to the PIL system. The Court in the State of Uttaranchal vs. Balwant Singh Chaufal (2010) complained about the use of PIL for matters that do not constitute public interest. This case also raised issues that the courts should closely analyse the writ petitions in the form of PIL to establish that they possess merits of serving public interest as opposed to private interest. 

PILs have also impacted the procedural and substantive law of the jurisdiction of the writs. The courts have also set demanding criteria for the admissibility of PILs to exclude non-referable petitions. This entails ascertaining the identity of the petitioner and evaluating the public interest as to merit. The pros of PILs in terms of procedure are the relaxation of rules regarding standing and relief, to enable the court to deal with matters that are beyond individual interest but require judicial intervention. 

PILs have affected the writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court by increasing its scope, improving opportunities for powerless communities, and encouraging judicial activism and change. Although PILs have brought social and legal transformations, issues regarding the quality and appropriateness of petitions remain contentious. While the Supreme Court faces these challenges, the use of PILs in reforming the writ jurisdiction and in addressing issues of public interest remains a significant feature of the Indian judicial system. 

Difference between the writ jurisdiction of High Courts and the Supreme Court

Factor Supreme CourtHigh Court

Scope of authority
The Supreme Court’s original jurisdiction writs are applicable all across the nation.The writ jurisdiction of a High Court is restricted, and it can only issue winding up orders in its state or territory. 

Provision
The power of the Supreme Court to issue writs is mentioned in Article 32 of the Indian Constitution. The power of a High Court to issue writs is mentioned in Article 226 of the Indian Constitution. 


Purpose
Intended for the resolution of matters of national concern, such as infringements of constitutional rights extending to the whole country or disputes concerning national organisations.Covers topics of concern and liberties of a particular state or region, state actions or state and regional controversies. 

Jurisdictional reach
Has the power to issue writs that affect the whole nation, direct it to other states or central organisations. Issues writs that are enforceable only within its state and emphasises the state issues. 

Hierarchy
As the highest court in the land, it has the ultimate jurisdiction over all other courts and tribunals in the country, as all its decisions are conclusive.Acts as the highest court within its State but is inferior to the Supreme Court, with its decisions being reviewable by the Supreme Court. 


Types of cases
Deals with such questions as constitutional, national policy questions, inter-state questions, and others of general importance. Hears cases involving a region/region’s affairs, such as the conflict with the State authorities, state-specific administrative proceedings and concerns. 


Role in fundamental rights
Monitors fundamental rights violations on a wider level, especially if it is across several states or the entire Country.Promotes and protects fundamental rights in its territory and deals with cases of rights abuses at the state or regional level. 


Nature of relief
Offers help in instances where there are matters affecting the public which cross state boundaries, like violation of national policies. Specific type of relief that includes cases that are related to the state or region alone and does not prejudice national policies. 


Enforcement
Directions given by the Supreme Court of India are mandatory for all Central and State authorities and other lower courts throughout the country to follow legal principles and guidelines evenly. The orders of the High Court are state-enforceable, which means that the enforcement is checked at the State level. 

Legal precedents
The Supreme Court judgments become or are the leading authorities for all lower Courts as well as other High Courts in India, setting national legal principles. High Court for another within the same state, but does influence the lower Courts within the same state and does not supersede the Supreme Court.


When can a writ be issued?

The Supreme Court can issue writs only when the fundamental rights of an individual are violated. 

The High Court can issue writs in two circumstances: when the fundamental rights of an individual are violated, and when the legal rights of an individual are violated, the issuance of the writ is a proper remedy in such a case under the law. 

Does the principle of res judicata apply to writ petitions?

Res judicata, or the principle that bars the same matter from being heard by a court again, is embraced under Section 11 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908. It seeks to provide judicial finality and prevent needless new rounds of trial. A very pertinent question, however, which comes to the mind is whether the above proposition applies to the writ jurisdiction under the Constitution of India, more so in the writ petitions under Article 32..

In the classical case of Daryao vs.State of UP (1961) Supreme Court laid down that res judicata applies to writ petitions. Here, the case was a writ petition under Article 226 of the Constitution was earlier rejected by the High Court on merits, and the petitioners thereafter filed a writ petition under Article 32 of the Constitution. The Court stated that where a writ petition has been dismissed on merit, the same issue cannot be brought again to this Court for determination because it detracts from the principle of finality of any decision and may lead to two different decisions of this Court. But the Court was particular that where the previous dismissal was on procedural grounds, for example, lack of jurisdiction, or misjoinder of parties, res judicata would not apply. 

Similarly, in Amalgamated Coalfields Ltd. vs. Janapada Sabha (1962), the Supreme Court reaffirmed this principle, stating that res judicata applies even if the writ petitions are filed under different constitutional provisions as well. The case pointed to the issue of involving identical claims in the legal procedure of the justice system.

In like manner, in Pritam Singh vs. State of Punjab (1955), the Court laid down that in cases where a fresh writ petition on the subject matter has been dismissed then they will not be entertained unless there is manifest injustice or a mistake which could be detected on the face of the record.

Similarly, in the recent case of P. Bandopadhya vs. Union of India (2019), the Apex court has relied on the legal principle of res judicata to dismiss the writ petition in which the petitioner sought to ventilate a matter which has already been settled by the Apex Court. As for the matter discussed above, the Court considered the principle that a matter that has been litigated on merit cannot again be the subject matter of two successive writ petitions. This case also came under writ jurisdiction and reasserted the principle that grants of finality are necessary to prevent particular misuse of legal process. However, the Court stated that where the petition has been dismissed on technical merits, then res judicata would not apply.

Therefore, by way of these cases, it can be seen that the doctrine of res judicata applies to the writ jurisdiction under Article 32 so that the law does not become the victim of its proceduralism. But the Court has ensured a measure of flexibility to ensure that in cases where procedural dismissals were rendered because those matters were affected by technicalities, justice has not been defeated. Such an approach ensures that on one side the purity of the efficacy of the judicial process is preserved, as well as on the other side human rights are not violated.

Judgments on writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court

Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala (1973)

Facts

In this case, Kesavananda Bharati, the head of Edneer Mutt, a charitable religious institution of Kerala, filed a petition under Article 32 of the Indian Constitution against the State of Kerala, challenging the constitutional validity of the Kerala Land Reforms Act, 1969. This law provided the government the legal ground for exercising eminent domain and taking over private property, including Mutt’s lands, for land redistribution, especially in favour of the landless. He claimed that the Act was an invasion of his fundamental rights and freedoms as provided for under the Constitution; equality, right to property and protection from the acquisition of property in an unfair manner. He pointed out that the legislation affected his resolutions by limiting his freedom and seizing his property without adequate compensation.

However, during the period of the case, Parliament passed three other important constitutional amendments. The Parliament was affirmatively empowered by the 24th Amendment enacted in 1971 to alter in any way the Constitution and the Fundamental Rights, and this power was made immune from constitutional scrutiny. The 25th Amendment of 1971 amended Article 31 of the Constitution which sets out to acquire property with or without paying the owners, the current holders of property rights. Lastly, the 29th Amendment of 1972 provided that certain land reform laws, namely the Kerala Land Reforms Act & others) would be added to the Ninth Schedule of the Constitution and hence would not be justiciable. This expanded the scope of the case to a larger constitutional question: does the Parliament have the power to alter the Constitution, especially about Fundamental Rights?

Issues

  • Whether the Parliament have the authority to amend or alter the Constitution specifically about fundamental rights?
  • Whether the Parliament has inherent limits as to its amending power, especially if it affects the basic framework of the Constitution?
  • Whether the  24th, 25th, and 29th Constitutional Amendments constitutionally valid?
  • Whether the Kerala Land Reforms Act, 1969 violate the fundamental rights of the petitioner?
  • Were the laws placed in the Ninth Schedule immune from judicial review even if they infringe upon the Fundamental Rights?

Judgement

The Supreme Court, with a 7:6 majority, has held that the Parliament cannot exercise unlimited powers of amending the Constitution. The Court set out the Basic Structure Doctrine, under which it was held that certain amendments are beyond the parliamentary amendment process since they seek to change the Constitution’s fundamental characteristics. The judgement enhanced the understanding of the legal position that while it is true that Article 368 empowers Parliament to amend most of the parts of the Constitution including any part thereof, it does not empower Parliament to amend or destroy the Preamble which espouses, inter alia, the democratic republic of India; the supremacy of the Constitution; the republican and liberal character of the Indian polity; secularism; and the-parliamentary system of governance.

Fundamental Rights can thus be amended by Parliament as supported by the Court in the case of the 24th Amendment. Nevertheless, this power is limited by the Basic Structure Doctrine, which implies that any change would be unconstitutional if it harms the basic structure of the Constitution. Thus, while partly endorsing the 25th Amendment namely regarding the alteration of the property right, and the lifting of the prerogative of the courts over laws enacted to give effect to Directive Principles of State Policy save for, the Court invalidated the provision that implied the bar to the Court’s supervisory role over laws that would otherwise transgress the basic Structure of the Constitution.

About the 29th Amendment that put the Kerala land reform laws in the Ninth Schedule and thereby immunised them from being tested for their constitutional validity, the Court affirmed the Amendment. But it held that the laws proposed to be incorporated under the Ninth Schedule in future would not enjoy protection from judicial scrutiny if they subvert the Basic Structure of the Constitution. Finally, the ruling severely limited the power to amend the Constitution that belonged to Parliament while keeping the power of the judiciary intact for the protection of constitutional fundamentals. The judgment also discussed the Basic Structure Doctrine as a shield against any destructive amendments to affect the provisions of the Constitution.

Sunil Batra vs. Delhi Administration (1979)

Facts

In this case, in Tihar Jail, many prisoners were recidivists, who hardly received any visitors from home because of their previous records. But instead they were attended by other criminals they knew. Some of these prisoners had established unlawful relationships with the members of the prison staff, wherein drugs were supplied to the prisoners. Hence, it led to several cases filed against them. The jail was also congested, containing over twice the number of prisoners it was meant for.  Also, young boys were apprehended and were turned into helpers in the jail, regardless of the rights they deserved. Some of these boys stated that they had been falsely arrested and confined in jail for no lawful cause, so they raised concerns about the rampant use of the writ of habeas corpus to safeguard their liberties. 

Issues

  • Whether the Supreme Court have the jurisdiction to deal with the petition filed by a convict in the present case?
  • Whether a convict entitled to the fundamental rights enshrined under Articles 14, 19, and 21 of the Indian Constitution?
  • Whether Sections 30(2) and 56 of the Prisons Act, 1894, are violative of Articles 14 and 21 of the Constitution of India?

Judgement 

The Apex Court in Sunil Batra vs Delhi Administration case established that it retained jurisdiction under Articles 32 and 226 of the Constitution and noted that prisoners’ fundamental rights included Articles 14, 19 and 21 of the Constitution. The Court pointed out that because of imprisonment, the right to life and personal liberty enshrined in Article 21 is not lost and violative of Article 21. The prisoners have to be treated with dignity. It dealt with Section 30(2) of the Prisons Act, 1894, which permits solitary confinement in certain circumstances and stated that even though the provision may be needed for reformation or protection from themselves or others or for refusing to obey the order, etc, they cannot torture or treat the prisoner derogatorily. In Sunil Batra’s case, as the sentence of death penalty had been given but not confirmed when the applicant’s case was being considered, the Court said that the provision should not be applied to him and he cannot be tested on solitary confinement under this section.

The judgment also studied Section 56 of the Prisons Act in more detail and which empowers prison authorities to use restraints for disciplinary measures. The Court explained that such actions should be performed only with judicial or governmental sanctioning so that the actions are not abused, undermining Articles 14 and 21. The judgment also focused on the issues of prison conditions and negatively assessed such aspects of jail regulations that remain untouched by reform, calling humane treatment of prisoners an important factor to help them to law-abiding citizens. This ruling therefore reinforced the understanding that prisoners are not excluded from the protection of the law; in fact, they are afforded protection of their rights as human beings.

Central Council for Research in Ayurvedic Sciences vs. Bikartan (2023)

Facts

The facts of this case consist of an appeal in civil law by the Central Council for Research in Ayurvedic Sciences (CCRAS) arising from a judgment given in the Orissa High Court. The respondent was appointed by CCRAS as a Research Assistant in the year 1985. The Union Cabinet in 2017 decided to raise the retirement age for AYUSH doctors under the Ministry of AYUSH and CGHS hospitals to 65 years. But such a decision did not apply to autonomous bodies under the Ministry of AYUSH, which included CCRAS. 

The respondent, having attained the age of 60 years and wishing to enjoy the effect of the adjusted retirement age, made a representation, which was declined. The CCRAS gave a notification that the respondent would retire on 30-04-2018 since he attained the age of 60 years. 

Initially, the Central Administrative Tribunal (CAT), the Cuttack Bench, did not grant interim relief but allowed the respondent to remain in service based on the High Court protection granted to the respondent and finally dismissed the petition in favour of the respondent. The CA, T in due course, rejected the respondent’s original application; the High Court of Orissa expunged this order given the respondent’s being treated as an AYUSH doctor appointed as a researcher, which would entitle her to an enhanced retirement age. Consequently, CCRAS contested this decision before the Supreme Court. 

Issues

The first question of law that came before the Supreme Court involved the appropriateness of the High Court in equating the retirement age of the respondent to that of doctors practising under the AYUSH Ministry, even though the respondent works in CCRAS, which is an autonomous body. 

Judgement

The Supreme Court granted the appeal and quashed the judgment of the High Court. The court took the view that CCRAS is a statutory body that has its own bylaws and regulates superannuation under its bylaws. The rules made for government employees, including those under the Ministry of AYUSH, are not applicable to the employees of autonomous organisations such as CCRAS unless otherwise provided. The court stressed that superannuation is regulated by a set of rules applicable to the post and cannot be changed due to the nature of the work.

The court also expressed disapproval over the Orissa High Court’s decision since it erroneously awarded interim relief of extending the respondent’s service, and the High Court had legally erred in equating the respondent with AYUSH doctors by stating that they performed similar duties. The Supreme Court once again affirmed that service conditions, which include the retirement age, are provided for in legislation and not through a judicial comparison of other functions deemed to be similar. As such, the order in question of the High Court was viewed as unsustainable and hence was quashed.n

RS Madireddy and Anr vs. Union of India and Ors (2024)

Facts

This case concerns the appeals reversing the judgment made in the Bombay High Court, in which four writ petitions were prosecuted by the authors, who are the former employees of the AIL. The appellants in the appeal were the members of Air India Limited’s (hereinafter referred to as ‘AIL’) cabin crew who worked in the company in the late 1980s and retired in 2016-2018. They filed writ petitions stating non-payment or stagnation at pay level for long years without promotion, which violates Articles 14, 16 and 21 of the Constitution of India. However, the High Court refused relief primarily because the privatisation of AIL occurred in between. These appeals were subsequently filed.

Issues

  • Whether after the privatisation of Air India Limited (AIL) to be overtaken by a private corporate giant, it could still fall under the writ jurisdiction under Article 226 of the Constitution of India?
  • If the appellants could be non-suited on the basis that while their writ petitions were pending, Air India Limited (AIL) was a government instrumentality and in February 2002 it ceased to be so and became a private company.
  • If at all, the delay in the disposal of the writ petitions could be made a reason to support the appellants’ claims against the private entity.

Judgement

The Supreme Court, while affirming the insufficient reasoning in the judgment under appeal from the Honourable Bombay High Court, has observed that after its privatisation, AIL cannot be directed under the original law of writ jurisdiction as provided under Article 226 of the Constitution of India. The Supreme Court pointed out that ALI was originally a government company within the framework of the Air Corporations Act, 1953 and later, within the provisions of the Air Corporations (Transfer of Undertakings) Act, 1994 it falls within the meaning of ‘other authority’ within the purview of Article 12 of the Constitution. 

However, later in the year 2022, the government of India held 100% stakes in AIL to the company called Talace India Pvt. Ltd., as a result of which AIL is no longer doing any public sector duty as it has turned into a private sector company. In support of this position, the Court relied on earlier decisions such as Kalpana Yogesh Dhagat vs. Reliance Industries Ltd.(2016) and Tarun Kumar Banerjee vs. BALCO (2021), where it was held that on privatisation of a government entity, writ jurisdiction cannot be followed. 

The court also pointed out that the appellants were working in AIL when it remained as a part of the government structure. However, by the time the mentioned writ petitions were heard, the company was privatised. Therefore, the High Court of Bombay rightly rejected the appellants’ prayers for equitable relief, stating that they could seek their remedies in a proper procedure but not through Article 226 of the Constitution. 

Finally, the Supreme Court held that it is impermissible by law to retain the writs to be disposed of or requested against the privatised entity since the High Court does not have the jurisdiction to issue a writ to a private entity. On that basis, the Supreme Court affirmed the High Court of Bombay, thereby resulting in the dismissal of appeals. 

Godrej Sara Lee Ltd. vs. Excise & Taxation Officer (2023)

Facts

The appellant in the present case had filed a civil writ petition against the revisional orders passed by the revisional authority under the Haryana Value Added Tax Act, 2003, for the assessment years 2003-2004 & 2004-2005. The appellant also filed a writ petition before the Punjab and Haryana High Court, which was rejected, and the court directed the appellant to avail the remedy available under Section 33 of the Haryana VAT Act, 2003, which was an appeal. The respondents argued that there was no illegality in the suo motu revisional power, which was extended by the Deputy Excise & Taxation Commissioner (Revisional Authority). 

Issues 

The primary issues before the Supreme Court were: 

  • Whether the High Court of Punjab and Haryana at Chandigarh was right in refusing the exercise of its discretionary jurisdiction on the ground that there is a remedy available under Section 33 of the VAT Act, which the appellant had not availed.
  • Whether the revisional authority was entitled to invoke suo motu revisional power under the circumstances. 

Judgement

The Supreme Court made a finding of a principle of law that even though the appellant had an option of an appeal or revision, which he did not exercise, it does not mean that Article 226 jurisdiction of the High Court will be displaced. The writ petition should not have been dismissed simply on this ground. The court further explained that although High Courts do not usually entertain a writ application if an ordinary civil remedy is available to the affected party, this makes a writ petition “not maintainable. ” Between’ maintainability’ and ‘entertainability’ of a writ petition, the court made it clear that the two are not the same thing. 

The Supreme Court also looked at the legal aspects of the revisional orders and concluded that the revisional orders suffered from patent illegality by the revisional authority. According to it, the orders passed by the assessing authority were legally sustainable, while the revisional authority had taken a wrong step in exercising suo motu powers. This court, while setting aside the order passed by the High Court of Punjab and Haryana at Chandigarh dismissing the writ petition, made the interim order made on 18-01-2010 absolute. The Court declined to refer the matter back to the High Court due to the lengthy period that had elapsed since the initial orders were passed. 

Therefore, this judgment reinforces the position that a decision that has some other remedy open to it does not exclude the High Court’s jurisdiction under Article 226, especially where the matter turns on a pure question of law or question of jurisdiction.

St. Mary’s Education Society vs. Rajendra Prasad Bhargava (2023) 

Facts

This was a case of an employee of a private unaided minority educational institution known as St. Mary’s Education Society who claimed that he was unlawfully dismissed and sought redress in the court through a writ petition under Article 226 of the Constitution of India. The Madhya Pradesh High Court had laid down that the writ petition was maintainable so that the employee could challenge his dismissal. The institution contended that as it was a private unaided minority educational institution, the writ petition should not have been maintainable and the institution cannot be treated as a “State” under Article 12 of the Constitution, and the matter was a contractual dispute and hence, was not a case of public law.

Issues

The primary issues before the Supreme Court were:

  • Whether an application under Article 226 of the Constitution is tenable against a private unaided minority institution.
  • Whether a service dispute between a private educational institution and its employee can be heard in a writ petition under Article 226 of the Constitution of India, where the question arises whether the institution comes under the statutory regulation and the dispute is in respect of a contractual relationship.

Judgement

In the Supreme Court, it was a similar position that was upheld in the case of Ramakrishna Mission vs. Kago Kunya (2019). The court said that although private unaided minority institutions may carry out activities that could impact public functions or duties, as per the Bombay High Court, a worker cannot invoke the powers granted under Article 226 for service matters that have not been provided under the statutes. The Court stressed that Article 226 is aimed at solving the problems connected with public law elements and all actions of a body performing public law powers are not to be reviewed with the help of this provision.

The court observed that while the educational institution is doing a public duty of imparting education, it is not a court of law. It was observed that entertaining purely contractual claims in relation to employment rights that are not conferred by statute is not permissible in the writ petition. 

For this reason, the writ petition, in this case, was not sustainable since it regarded a service grievance that fell within the domain of private law, which did not meet the standard of having an aspect of public law in conformity with Article 226. The appeal of the High Court decision was therefore superseded by the Supreme Court through a decision that recommended that the dismissal of the employee by the institution could not be entertained through the writ jurisdiction since it was not based on any statutory provision or a violation of public law.

Tara Singh And Ors vs. Union Of India & Ors (2016)

Facts

The petitioner in this case was convicted under Section 21 of the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985 (NDPS Act). He filed a writ petition under Article 32 of the Constitution to have a writ of mandamus issued to the Government to release him on parole based on good behaviour and how they discharge the responsibilities that they receive while undergoing sentence. The petitioner attempted to invoke Chapter XIX of the new Punjab Jail Manual, 1996, which speaks about remission on good conduct and performance, etc. But this was refused as Section 32-A of the NDPS Act does not allow any remission of the benefit. The petitioner also referred to the constitutional provision in the Supreme Court decisions regarding the constitutional validity of Section 32-A of the NDPS Act to assert that the denial of remission was arbitrary.

Issues

The Supreme Court addressed the following issues:

  • Whether the power of remission or pardon under Article 32 of the Constitution is vested in the court will be in a similar line or to the same extent as the powers vested in the constitutional authorities mentioned in Articles 72 and 161.
  • Whether the petitioner was denied remission under Section 32-A of the NDPS Act, which has prompted the petitioner to invoke their rights under Article 32.
  • Whether the ground on which the petition argued Article 142 read with Article 32 to grant remission, intended for enforcing Supreme Court decrees, was sustainable or not.

Judgement

The Supreme Court observed that the argument for the Court to exercise powers akin to the provisions of Articles 72 and 161 of the Constitution through Article 32 was not sustainable. Article 32 is provided to be invoked for the enforcement of the fundamental rights and not for the grant of remission or pardon. These include powers vested in the President under Article 72 and the Governor under Article 161. 

The court observed that the said statutory power is under Section 433-A of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (Now Section 476 in Bhartiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023) and needs to be clearly distinguished from the constitutional power under Articles 72 and 161. Considering the provision of Section 32-A of the NDPS Act regarding the prohibition of remission, the petitioner cannot avail of any remission under the CrPC. But, the latter could still approach what is within the domain of Article 72 or 161 of our Constitution. 

The Court also held that invoking Article 32 along with Article 142 for the grant of remission was an absurdity because Article 32 deals with the enforcement of fundamental rights. Thus, the petition was withdrawn, clarifying the constitutional powers and the correct application of Article 32.

Critical analysis

Concerning the basic protection of constitutional rights, the writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court has been widely criticised due to its broad use. Originally introduced to protect against state encroachment into the rights of citizens, the court of writ jurisdiction has evolved to encompass a vast number of concerns, and occasionally steps beyond its intended purview. This expansion has raised an intellectual controversy as to whether the Supreme Court, in the exercise of this jurisdiction, is overstepping its constitutional mandate, in a manner that trespasses the domain of the legislature and the executive branch. 

The judiciary’s primary responsibility is to interpret and apply the law; the use of writs as often as the Supreme Court has, has sometimes resulted in the court establishing policy or influencing the government more than it should, given its legal mandate of solving legal issues. This overextension can erode the integrity of the very separation of powers that is the hallmark of a Constitutional democracy.

The other important problem is the disparity in the exercise of writ jurisdiction. Due to this discretionary power, the Supreme Court has managed to handle some of the writ petitions, while some are left to fester or even dismissed outright. Although essential in controlling the load of cases the court handles, this discretion often leads to inconsistency and sparks off issues of bias among the judges. 

The broad nature of the writ jurisdiction entails that the judges are at many times left to decide on matters such as human rights abuses or administrative negligence, which matters are more of a policy in nature and therefore raise issues of the difference between the doctrine of judicial review and government accountability. Perhaps the jurisdiction requires a more organised and consistent application of the writ powers so that it achieves the intended purpose of correcting injustices, and not simply allows the courts to make arbitrary decisions.

However, due to these powers that the writ jurisdiction comes with, the jurisdiction sometimes faces procedural complexities that hinder its functionality. Even though writs are often sought to get quick relief, the delay in case proceedings negates the very purpose of exercising the power of the writs. This means that cases take a long time before they are addressed and heard in court and procedural formalities, hence, justice may be delayed. This is especially the case in cases where the petitioner finds him/herself in a common precarious position, such as in writ petitions where the rights of the petitioner are vulnerable in the imminent period. The opportunity of the writ jurisdiction is that it enables effective, timely intervention. 

When, however, the backlog in courts is constantly increasing, it becomes evident that reforms targeting procedures and aimed at eliminating time-consuming steps that would impair the efficacy of this essential constitutional right are needed. 

Conclusion 

Writ jurisdiction is crucial in the protection of fundamental rights as it vests the Supreme Court and the High Courts to make declarations in matters violating constitutional provisions and provisions for remedies in cases of violation. The judicial power guarantees people’s ability to protect their rights and turn to justice when they are violated by state officials. The concept of writ jurisdiction is not limited to given cases as it not only serves the purpose of benefiting a party but also helps in keeping equilibrium between the government and the governed, along with setting up the principle of law. 

In any democratic country, it is vital for judicial review, especially in the exercise of its writ jurisdiction, to check on the actions of the government to make sure they are within the confines of the constitution or laws. It serves as a shield against unfair or corrupt measures, making the government more assertive in terms of governance. It could be said that the further development of the writ jurisdiction in India will remain significant in the future for responding to new legal and societal problems and making sure that the principles of justice and human rights are at the core of India’s legal system. 

The authority to issue writs is vested in the Supreme Court.  The issuance of writs is the greatest security provided to the citizens of the country for their security. Therefore, the court must use this authority discreetly to ensure quick and fair justice for the aggrieved parties. No one should misuse this power of the higher courts, and only reasonable issues must be considered for the issuance of writs. Lastly, in the case of Kesavananda Bharati vs. the State of Kerala (1973), the largest ever 13-judge Bench of the Supreme Court ruled that Article 32 is a part of the basic structure doctrine, and thus it is beyond the amending powers of the parliament. 

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) 

Can a district court issue writs?

The District Court can issue writs only when the district judge is empowered by the parliament to do so. It helps in providing fair and speedy justice to the public. 

Can a person file a writ petition on another person’s behalf?

Yes, anyone can file a writ petition on behalf of another person. 

Which Article of the Indian Constitution provides High Courts with the power to issue writs?

The High Courts can issue writs under Article 226 of the Constitution not only in situations where the fundamental rights of an individual are violated but also in other situations. 

Is Article 32 applicable to things other than the enforcement of fundamental rights? 

No, Article 32 is not at all regarding the enforcement of other rights, but it is solely for the enforcement of fundamental rights. The Supreme Court can also exercise its discretion in issuing the writs in case of violation of fundamental rights, where other remedies exist as well. 

In what way does Article 32 of the Constitution vary from Article 226? 

Article 32 of the Constitution limits the powers of the Supreme Court to issue writs solely for the enforcement of fundamental rights. In contrast, Article 226 gives the High Courts the power to issue writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights as well as for the protection of legal rights. The High Courts, through Article 226, address a wide range of issues including administrative decisions, legal remedies, and matters beyond constitutional rights. Thus, it is more comprehensive in its application as compared to Article 32. 

Is the power under Article 32 of the Supreme Court transferable? 

No, the power under Article 32 of the Indian Constitution, which empowers a person or the people to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of their fundamental rights, is not transferable. The provision is meant for the persons to directly seek remedies for the infringement of their basic rights, and the essence is laid on the individual right to approach the Supreme Court. Nonetheless, the individuals can appoint advocates to speak on their behalf in the court. 

Whether the rights under Article 32 be suspended? 

Yes, the right to move to the Supreme Court under Article 32 can be suspended during a national emergency as laid down in Article 359 of the Constitution. 

Is it possible to file a writ petition when other legal remedies are available? 

Usually, no; the doctrine of exhaustion of remedies states that before filing a writ petition, all other legal remedies, like statutory or administrative remedies, must be exhausted. Judicial authorities also expect people to avail themselves of such official legal remedies first. However, there are exceptions like where there is a violation of fundamental rights, where the other relief is inadequate or ineffectual. 

What are the implications of a significantly delayed writ petition? 

Failure to present a writ petition to the court for a reasonable time may lead to the application of the doctrine of laches. This doctrine bars parties from delaying the filing of legal claims, as it would have adverse effects on the side of the defending party. In such circumstances, the courts may dismiss the petition on grounds of delay as is evident from one of the cases, like Haryana State Handloom vs. Jain School Society, where the delay was 17 years. 

Can the law of limitation be in any way relaxed in cases of writ petition, involving refund? 

Even in the writ cases, there are, however, certain degrees of flexibility in limitation laws as far as the refund is concerned, especially when taxes or levies were paid under void or unconstitutional provisions. For instance, in Shiv Shankar Dal Mills vs. State of Haryana, the court went beyond the limitation rules in extending reliefs, citing that it was dealing more with public funds and equity in such kinds of cases. However, this discretion is not absolute but must be exercised on a case-by-case basis.

What is SUPACE, and how can this solution be used to help address writ petitions?

SUPACE – Supreme Court Portal for Assistance in Court’s Efficiency – is an online tool employed by the Supreme Court to expedite the disposal of writ petitions. It facilitates speedy access to the case documents and has an overall positive impact on the process of filing and managing the writ petition. As a result of the use of SUPACE, people will not spend so much time waiting for their petitions to be processed and thus arrive at justice.

In what ways does the e-SCR enable the general public to access Supreme Court judgments?

The e-SCR refers to the facility through which people can find the Supreme Court judgments/orders and similar other related materials with the help of the internet. It enables the members of the public to be abreast of, and be in a position to easily comprehend, certain decisions that the court has made. It prevents people from knowing the legal consequences that may concern them and enhances the community’s confidence in the legal procedure by providing information on the court judgments.

References 

https://indiankanoon.org/search/?formInput=basic%20structure%20doctrine 

https://cleartax.in/s/writs

https://www.findlaw.com/criminal/criminal-procedure/writ-of-habeas-corpus.html

https://study.com/academy/lesson/writ-of-mandamus-definition-example.html

https://thefactfactor.com/facts/law/civil_law/administrative-law/writ-of-mandamus/13992/

https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1929401#:~:text=Quo%20warranto%20means%3A%20%E2%80%9Cby%20what,order%20to%20determine%20the%20right

https://www.readcube.com/articles/10.2139%2Fssrn.1929401

https://www.myadvo.in/blog/how-to-file-writ-petition-in-court/

https://www.aaptaxlaw.com/Legal-Formats/writ-petition-seeking-writ-of-prohibition-from-high-court-article-226-format-download.html

https://thefactfactor.com/facts/law/civil_law/administrative-law/the-writ-of-prohibition/14004/#comments

https://www.ilms.academy/blog//what-is-writ-jurisdiction-of-the-court

https://www.jagranjosh.com/general-knowledge/article-32-of-indian-constitution-1605699265-1

https://indianexpress.com/article/explained/article-32-and-supreme-court-fundamental-rights-7055040/

https://syskool.com/writ-jurisdiction-of-supreme-court-and-2/

https://www.shareyouressays.com/knowledge/comparison-of-the-writ-jurisdiction-of-the-supreme-court-with-that-of-high-courts-under-the-indian-constitution/115309

https://www.lawcolumn.in/writ-jurisdiction-of-the-supreme-court-and-high-court-comparison/

https://xpertslegal.com/blog/the-concept-of-writ-petition-in-india/ 

https://articles.manupatra.com/article-details/EXISTENCE-OF-ALTERNATIVE-REMEDY-AS-AN-OBSTACLE-FOR-AVAILING-WRIT-JURISDICTION 

https://www.advocatekhoj.com/library/lawreports/limitationact1963/28.php?Title=The%20Limitation%20Act,%201963&STitle=Writ%20jurisdiction%20and%20the%20bar%20of%20limitation#:~:text=%2D%20The%20Supreme%20Court%20has%20held1,by%20a%20specific%20statutory%20provision2.  

https://www.freelaw.in/legalarticles/Role-and-Future-of-Legal-Technology-in-the-Indian-Judicial-System#:~:text=Some%20of%20the%20benefits%20of,insights%2C%20and%20improved%20case%20management

https://blog.ipleaders.in/jurisdiction-of-supreme-court/#:~:text=The%20primary%20purpose%20of%20public,behalf%20of%20society%20at%20large

Download Now

White Collar Crimes in India

1
white collar crime definition
Image Source: Pixabay

This article was written by Aayushi Swaroop and further updated by Jyotika Saroha. The article broadly covers the concept of white collar crimes in India. It extensively covers the meaning, historical evolution, and theories given by different scholars on white-collar crimes and critiques of various definitions. It further provides reasons for the effects of white collar crimes and their types, and highlights major scandals that have shaken the Indian economy. 

Table of Contents

Introduction

The practitioners of evil, hoarders, the profiteers, the black marketeers, and speculators are the worst enemies of our society. They have to be dealt with sternly. However well placed, important and influential they may be, if we acquiesce in wrongdoing, people will lose faith in us.”                                                          

           Dr. S. Radhakrishnan 

As we are aware that due to the increase in industrialisation and growth in society, crime has also changed, and white-collar crime is one of them. It is a generally seen that people think of crimes like murder, rape, and robbery can only be committed against society and they can only be done by poor or middle-class people, but it is incorrect. White-collar crime can be committed by any person irrespective of their economic background. But it is often connected with people who are rich and are sitting in high positions. Those who are from poor or middle-class backgrounds can also be involved in such crimes. Let’s say, an ordinary middle-class doctor is found guilty of a kidney racket, which is a white-collar crime in the medical field. 

The concept of white collar crime is an emerging concept and has covered various aspects within its ambit. The present article seeks to examine the development of white collar crime throughout the decades and its continuous emergence in the Indian legal system. Further, it deals with various opinions given by different personalities about the prevalence of such crimes in society.

  • Firstly, it is a crime;
  • Secondly, that is committed by an important person of the company;
  • Thirdly, a person who enjoys a high social status in the company;
  • Fourthly, that he has committed it in the course of his profession or occupation;
  • Fifthly, there may be a violation of trust.

Before Edwin H. Sutherland talked about this phenomenon, the concept that businessmen who are known to be virtuous could be a potent danger to society as they commit such crimes in thunderveil of their reputation was stated by E.A. Ross.

If we look into the opinions given by Edwin Sutherland, he stated that white collar crime could harm society more than other offences because of the financial losses that the public would incur. If we look into the evolution of white collar crimes, it can be traced back to the 15th century in the UK and later in the US at the time of the Civil Waring that time, the large companies were permitted to take over, which resulted in the implementation of antitrust laws. The purpose of implementing such a law was to protect consumers and to ensure a fair and competitive market. In today’s time, with the rapid increase in technology and emergence of artificial intelligence, possibilities have become that even white-collar crimes can be discovered easily. In the field of corporations, white collar crimes are known to be non-violent crimes which are committed by businessmen and government officials.  

Definition of white collar crimes

Apart from Edwin H. Sutherland, various criminologists and sociologists gave the definitions to the term ‘white collar crime’. Following are some of them:

  1. Marshall Clinard stated that “it is a violation of law that is being committed by persons, especially businessmen, politicians or persons in connection with their profession.”
  2. Paul Tappan has provided that “It is a special kind of professional criminality in which the crime is committed by the person of high social strata, like businessmen or clerks, in connection with their occupation.” 
  3. Sir Walter Reckless stated that “it represents the crimes or offences of the businessmen who are in the upper position to decide the policies of business.”
  4. Frank Hartung provided that “the crime committed by a firm or by the agents of a firm in the course of their business.”

In all these definitions, one element that is the same is that they all talk about the social status of an individual. In definitions, the factors of high social status have stressed the factor of high social status and the position of an individual. People, including Marshall Clinard, Paul Tappan and Sir Walter Reckless, have talked about the social status in their definitions, while Frank Hartung talked about the individuals working in a firm or company who can commit these crimes. While holding interviews of white collar criminals, the Harvard Business School professor, Eugene Soltes, stated that the criminals do not think about the results of the crimes committed by them and the impact upon the victims. 

White collar crimes in India

Crimes like Corruption, fraud, and bribery are some of the most common white collar crimes in India as well as all over the world. As per the report published by the Business Standard in 2016 titled ‘The changing dynamics of white collar crime in India’ provided that from 2006 to 2016, the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) found a total of 6,533 cases of corruption, from which 517 cases were registered in 2014 and 2015.

As per the data presented, around 4,000 crores rupees of trading was carried out by using fake PAN cards. In Maharashtra, there is a rapid increase in the number of online cases, wherein 999 cases were registered. The report also provides that around 3.2 million people incurred a loss because of the theft of the card details from the YES Bank ATMs, which were administered by Hitachi Payment Services. 

Also, due to the development in commerce and technology, there is an unprecedented growth which,h itself, is one of the types of white collar crimes, known as cybercrime. These crimes are increasing because the risk of being caught or apprehended is not high. highwe look at India’s rank on Transparency International’s corruption perception index (CPI), it has improved over the years. In 2014, India was at 85th, which subsequently declined to 76th position in 2015 because of several measures taken in ortove white collar crimes. As per the report of The Economic Times published in 2018, India was in 78th position, which is an improvement of three points from 2017, out of the list of 180 countries. On the other hand, if we look at the data of the Corruption Perception Index (CPI) of the year 2023, India ranks at 93rd position. 

As we know, India is a developing country and white collar crimes are considered to be one of the main reasons for its underdevelopment, which has led to poverty, poor health, etc. This rapid increase in whine collar crimes in India is a great threat to nonot only economy but overall growth of the country. Crimes like these need immediate interference by the government, not only to make stringent rules or laws but also to ensure that they are implemented properly. During the recent time periodanuary 2024 and April 2024, 4,599 fraud cases involving Rs. 1,203.06 crores were registered with the Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre.

Evolution of White Collar Crimes in India

During ancient times

The white collar crime is not a new phenomenon and has existed since the time when the human population emerged. It is not a modern concept as it was prevalent in ancient times too. It could be right to say that these types of crime are not generally visible like other crimes such as theft, murder, robbery, drug trafficking, etc. Some crimes have disappeared with time however, some have evolved in a new manner with the evolution of society.

The growth of white collar crimes can be seen in the ancient and medieval scripts of India. During the Vedic times, Manu stated that the age of dharma had been replaced with the ‘adharma’ as crimes, including theft, fraudulent activities, were increasing. 

Brahaspati stated that in the earlier times, men were disciplined and not involved in bad acts; however, now bad intentions and malice have replaced them.

Crime of bribery 

If we look at the concept of bribery, it is not new, and the reference to this bribery can be seen in the Indian sacred books. Yajnavalkya stated that “the king should give rewards to his honest officers and kill those who are dishonest”. Narada had also stated that if a man is offering something out of fear, anger, lust, grief, in jest or by mistake or when he is in an intoxicated state, through a fraudulent act by a minor, it is considered to be a crime of bribery. 

Food Adulteration

The references to adulteration can be seen in Hinthe du Dharmashastra, where the sale of non-edible food was not allowed. As per Yajnavalkya, an individual who sells dog meat should be fined. He also pointed out that the person committing offences, like adulteration, is likely to get punishment and their hands, ears, and nose must be mutilated. Kautilya also talked about the same punishment that needs to be given to such individuals.

Counterfeit coins

In the Indian economy, the coins were used as a medium of exchange. The coins were used to be in silver, gold and copper, and they were under the control of state authorities. Kautilya talked about the rule which provided that if an individual counterfeits coins, then he would be punished. He used the word “Nanaka” for counterfeit coins; the persons who made them are known as “Kutarupa Kara”.

Manu talked about the imposition of heavy fines upon the medical professionals whose treatment is not good. Also, the removal of a foetus was a serious crime in ancient India. 

During the modern period

With the rapid increase in development post-independence there has been a division between two classes:

  • Industrialist capitalist class and;
  • Modern class

Due to the increase in business and industrialisation, workers have migrated from rural areas to urban areas. The competition in business activities has started increasing, and due to this, the criminal activities are taking control over the business sector, which eventually gives rise to new forms of white collar crimes.

In India aft, er the First World War (1914–1919), id industrialisation led to the division of two classes. The first class is the capitalist who owns the major means of production, and bourgeois institution, and the proletariat, or the working class. The extreme business circumstances with the growing economy resulted in the social departure of the proletariat class.

Due to the high competition and the greed to dominate the market resulted in various criminal minds. The emergence of white collar crimes started growing during this era. 

Reasons for the growth of white collar crimes in India

Greed 

The factors like greed, competition and a lack of proper laws to prevent such crimes are the reasons behind the emergence of white collar crimes in India. Machiavelli has also stated that men are greedy by nature. He said that a man can forget his father’s death easily, but cannot forget the assets that he lost with his inheritance. The statement is right in the context of committing a white collar crime. It is like, why would a man who is rich and has great social status commit such crimes? It could be because of his greed to earn more.

Easy, swift and prolonged effect

As there has been an increase in technology, business, and political pressure, the criminals have also looked for new methods to commit crimes. The use of technology has made it easy to cause harm or loss to an individual. The crimes, such as those involving large sums of money, other than murder, robbery and theft, are more targeted by criminals.

Competition

The term survival of the fittest was coined by Herbert Spencer, which implies that competition will always be there between the species. The one who can adapt himself to the circumstances prevalent at a particular time could only survive. Now, in the fast-growing world, the one who can tolerate every circumstance can only live, and sometimes these circumstances also give rise to crimes. People have started opting for illegal means to survive in society, and this phenomenon has grown so much over the years. Generally, such crimes are committed by people who work at a place where either they are poorly paid or are not treated in the right manner. To have a decent life and to earn profits, people opt for activities which are immoral and unethical. They do this to curb their poverty and to earn money. Such acts are done out of greed and have no limits. The criminal organisations are also multiplying their acts and advancing in their methods due to the increased competition.

Lack of stringent laws

The laws are not strict, hence, crime becomes a reason for the increased crime. Since most of these crimes are facilitated by the internet and digital methods of transfer payments, laws seem reluctant to pursue these cases as investigating and tracking becomes a diffcomplicated. Why it becomes difficult to track it is because they are usually committed in the privacy of a home or office, thereby providing no eyewitnesses. 

Modern technology

Modern technology and ease of business are one of its expectations; i a sense, it also applies to white-collar crimes, which have allowed them to reach out to a larger number of people and commit large-scale crimes under the veil of respectability so that they are not being noticed by the law. People have lost a large amount of their money and savings through scams like the credit card scam. Moreover, the pandemic opened up a new market for them by exploiting the medical field. It has indirectly created a black market for COVID-19 medications such as “Remdesivir,” and over a hundred cases were lodged against the illegal sales and use of this medicine, and in most cases, the doctors and hospital staff were involved. 

Lack of awareness

The nature of white collar crimes is different from the conventional nature of crimes. Most people are not aware of it and fail to understand that they are the worst victims of crime. People who are victims of these crimes fail to comprehend the notion of the crime and understand the exact offence that has been committed and whom to approach or lodge a complaint against. Most of the time, it involves a large corporation, and there may be little or no evidence to essentially produce a criminal. In certain crimes, such as scams or fraud, people may not even realise that they have fallen victim to a crime, such as a bank fraud, where yearly there are over a thousand cases registered. 

In a scam, such as a double-dip scam, the victim may fall prey again because the information of the victim is stored and passed on to another scammer. Especially in metropolitan cities, these cases are rising, but due to a lack of awareness, people become victims of such crimes. Wider outreach and government awareness campaigns are needed to help people understand the severity of these crimes and the loopholes these criminals use an,d may help reduce the rate of white-collar crimes in the future. 

Survival and necessity

People also commit white collar crimes to meet their own needs and the needs of their family. However, most of the white collar criminals are already rich, but due to the factor of greed in their minds, they want to earn more, and this later becomes a necessity.

The reasons behind white collar criminals going unpunished are:

  • Legislators and the people implementing the laws belong to the same class to which these occupational criminals belong.
  • The police put less effort into the investigation as they find the process exhausting and hard, and often these baffling searches fail to promise favourable results. 
  • Due to the less strict nature of laws, most of the time, the perpetrators go unpunished.
  • The judiciary has always been criticised for its delayed judgjudgmentmetimes, it happens that by the time the court delivers the judgement, the accused has already expired. This makes criminals feel free to commit crimes. While white collar crimes are increasing at a faster rate, the judiciary must increase its pace of delivering judgements.

Chronological background

The case of Anonymous vs. The Sheriff of London YB. Pasch. 13 Edw. IV, f. 9., pl. 5 (1473). Popularly known as the Carrier’s Case, it was the first case of white collar crimes that was documented in the year 1473 in England. In this particular case, the agent was entrusted with the responsibility of the principal to transport wood from one place to another. The agent was found guilty of stealing some of this wood. The English Court, after this case, adopted the doctrine of ‘breaking the bulk,’ which means that the bailee who was given possession of goods tried to break it open and misappropriate the contents. 

However, the growth of industrial capitalism has taken criminality to the next level. The bourgeois institution commits such crimes out of greed and misery to attain more than they already have. In 1890 in America, the Sherman Antitrust Act was passed, which made monopolistic practices illegal. The penalties imposed on offenders of white collar crimes in Great Britain and the adoption of competition or antitrust laws by other countries were not as sweeping as the Sherman Antitrust Act, 1890.

In the late 18th and early 19th centuries, a group of journalists raised the sentiments into a mass movement seeking reforms. By 1914, Congress was seen making great efforts in strengthening the sentiments laid down by the Sherman Antitrust Act. This Act proved to be more stringent in comparison to the Sherman Act in dealing with the monopolistic illegal practices. 

In 1939, for the first time, Edwin Sutherland, an American sociologist, while addressing the American Sociological Society, defined white collar crimes. He described it as crimes committed by a person of high social status and respectability who commits such crimes during their occupation. While addressing the American Sociological Society, he tried to shatter the traditional image of criminals and highlighted that crimes can be committed by people of high social strata.

In his work, he vehemently challenged the traditional image of criminals. He described that the white collar criminals are affluent men and belong to a well-respected community. He also stated that the old approach towards criminals was biased and partly incorrect. However, before H. Sutherland, E.A. Ross, W.A. Bonger, and Steffens also highlighted the crimes committed by persons of high social status.

Differential association theory by Sutherland

The differential association theory was propounded by Edwin H. Sutherland, which he provided that an individual learns the values and attitudes of criminal behaviour by way of interaction. The main focus of this theory is on how an individual becomes a criminal. This theory focuses on the process of socialisation, how the people of certain criminal behaviours socialise with each other. In layman’s terms, he thought that a person learns the final behaviour from others by way of interaction and through the process of socialisation. The theory of differential association is a popular concept in the principles of criminology. Sutherland has also provided certain elements to understand the differential association theory. 

In his theory of differential association, Sutherland also pointed out that to be considered a criminal, only acts and the intention to commit such crimes are not enough, and there should be some necessary skills to commit such acts. Those skills could be technical, social and econeconomicr instance, hacking a computer to launder money.

Criticism of Sutherland’s theory

The views of Sutherland were heavily criticised by a few criminologists. They stated that his thoughts on the concept of white collar crimes create a lot of confusion and have various ambiguities. At one time, he stressed the crimes committed by persons of high social status, and on the other hand, he stated the crimes that are committed by persons in the course of their occupation.

Scholars like Paul Tappan, Sheldon Glueck, and JeffJeffreyrence heavily criticised the theory of differential association propounded by Edwin H. Sutherland. Paul Tappan opined that Sutherland did not take into consideration the psychological and biological factors of crime. On the other hand, Jeffrey pointed out that in the differential association theory, Sutherland did not talk about the origin of criminality, and before knowing its origin, crime cannot be learnt from anyone. Sheldon Glueck stated that the postulate given by Sutherland that all criminal behaviours are learnt is incorrect, so some of them are present naturally in the individual.

Coleman and Moynihan pointed out that Edwin Sutherland’s definition had certain ambiguous terms, like:

  • It has not laid down any criteria for who these persons of responsibility and status would be.
  • Also, “person of high social status” is not clear. It is perplexing, as the meaning of the phrase in law could be different from its general definition.
  • Sutherland’s definition did not consider the socio-economic condition of the person. It only showed the dependency of white collar crimes on their type and the circumstances in which they were committed.
  • Mens rea, i.e., guilty mind and actus reus, i.e., wrongful conduct, are two essential elements to constitute a crime. However, Sutherland’s definition implies that, according to him, white collar crimes do not necessarily require mens rea. 

Morris’s comments: In 1934, Albert Morris stated that the illegal activities in which people of high social status are involved during their occupation must be brought within the category of crime under which their illegal activity falls. He also asserted that it should be made punishable.

E.H. Sutherland’s demarcation

Sutherland again came up with his theory and clarified that the crimes that would be committed by people belonging to high socio-economic groups during the r occupation would be termed white collar crimes. And further said that the traditional crimes would be denoted as ‘blue collar crime’.

So he drewdistinguishedween white collar crimes, i.e., corruption, bribery, fraud, and blue-collar crimes, i.e., traditional crimes like robbery, theft, etc. After this, criminology in the year 1941 finally recognised the concept of ‘white collar crimes’.

Fraud triangle theory

The student of Edwin H. Sutherland, namely Donald R. Cressey, while pursuing his PhD in the subject of criminology, decided to write his dissertation on embezzlers. He interviewed 200 individuals, and during that time, his research was known as the “Fraud Triangle.” The fraud triangle represents the elements that lead to an increase in fraud. According to the fraud triangle, there is a triangle in which the first leg/edge of the triangle represents pressure or motive, the second leg represents opportunity, and the third leg represents rationalisation. 

Pressure or motive

It is one of the most important elements of the fraud triangle, which could motivate a person to commit fraud and likely increase the risk of committing fraud. The pressure can come from financial, personal or any other problems. 

Opportunity

For a crime to be committed without the fear of getting caught, there should be an opportunity to commit such a crime. 

Rationalisation

It means to justify an act after committing it and to think of yourself as a trusted and honest person. It can be said to be another part of the motivation for crime. It is giving a moral excuse after committing the fraud. 

Fraud diamond theory

The Fraud Diamond theory was propounded by David T. Wolfe and Dan R. Hermanson, wherein it was stated that pressure, opportunity and rationalisation can go with each other; ever, without the capability to commit such fraud, they are of no use. In the fraud diamond theory, the fourth element of fraud was added, which is popularly known as the fraud diamond theory. It was stated that without the necessary skill, the accused or the perpetrators can’t commit fraud. 

Nature of white collar crimes

White collar crimes, as defined by various scholars, are the crimes committed by persons of high social strata and respectability. They commit such crimes under the veil of reputation, which involves conspiracy to commit crimes. White collar crimes differ from traditional crimes in terms of the origin, procedure of trial and punishment. According to some scholars, the nature of white collar crimes is civil, while some say that it is criminal in statutes that deal with white collar crimes are administrative in d the discretion as to whether penal action is to be taken against the person vests in the competent authority.   

The difference between white collar crime and blue-collar crime

The term blue collar crime came into existence in the early 20th century. The term was then used to refer to Americans who performed manual labour. They often preferred clothes of a darker shade so that stains are less visible. Some used to wear clothes with a blue collar. These worked for a low wage on an hourly basis. Blue-collar crimes are the conventional form of crimes committed by an individual or a group of persons, such as robbery, murder, theft, drug trafficking, etc. These types of crimes are more violent and physical; they have been prevalent for centuries and are not new to businesses, professions and industries. 

The difference between ‘blue collar crimes’, which are crimes of a general nature, and ‘white collar crimes’, was laid down by the Supreme Court of India in the case of State of Gujarat vs. Mohanlal Jitamalji Porwal and Anr (1987). Justice Thakker elucidated that one person can murder another person in the heat of the moment, but causing financial loss or committing economic offences requires planning. It involves calculations and strategy-making in a personal capacity. The following are the characteristics of white collar crimes that differentiate them from other crimes:

Meaning

Blue-collar crimes refer to people who work physically, using their hands, whereas white-collar crimes refer to knowledgeable workers who use their knowledge to commit crimes. Blue-collar crimes are the traditional crimes that involve theft, murder, robbery, etc. They are serious in areas where white-collar crimes are considered to be a modern phenomenon. However, it has existed before, but it is less reported, and people are less aware of it. They are generally less serious in taking bribes or giving bribes, corruption; however, they can have a large impact on the economy of the country if committed on a large scale.

New vs. traditional 

Where blue-collar crimes refer to traditional crimes that have been committed for ages, the concept of white-collar crimes has recently developed. It represents a new category of crime. 

Mens rea

To constitute a crime, elements of mens rea and actus reus are a must. Where mens rea is an essential element of blue collar crimes, its involvement in white collar crimes is not necessary. 

Independent of social and personal conditions

White collar crimes have no relattowitoalthoughhe the social conditions, like poverty, or personal conditions of the offender, although it matters in the conventional nature of crimes.

Direct access to the targets

Since the offenders who commit white collar crimes are people in a higher position in a company, they have easy, direct and valid access to their targets. The case is different from collar crimes. For example, if ‘A’ decides to commit theft in the house of ‘B’, then ‘A’ will first have to break the door or make a passage of entrance to get inside B’s house and thereafter commit theft. So, before committing theft, ‘A’ will first have to get access to B’s house. Whereas in white collar crimes, it is being done in a secret manner and by using various tactics so that one can have direct access to their target by using one’s higher position and power.

Veiled offenders

In the case of white collar crimes, one does not have to come face-to-face with the victim, and so their identity remains veiled, for example, adulteration in food items or misbranding of food. Whereas in blue-collar crimes, one has to come face-to-face to inflict injury upon others, for example, robbery, theft, murder, etc. 

Involvement of politicians

In many instances of white-collar crimes, it has been found that the offenders have strong connections with politicians, and sometimes politicians are also involved in taking bribes while committing the crime, thus making it difficult for the victims to take action against such offenders.

Greater harm

The harm caused by white collar crimes is much more difficult to bear than that inflicted by blue-collar crimes. Also, the harm caused by white collar crimes could cause great harm, not only to the public but to other institutions and organisations as well.

Effects of white collar crime

Effect on the company

White collar crimes cause huge losses to companies. In order to recover the loss, these companies eventually raise the cost of their product, which decreases the number of customers for that product. This works according to the law of demand, which states that, other things being equal, when the price of a commodity rises, its demand would fall, and when the price lowers, its demand would increase.

In short, the price of the commodity is inversely proportional to its demand. Since the company is at a loss, the salaries of the employees are reduced. Sometimes the company cuts down the jobs of several employees. The investors of that company and its employees find it difficult to repay their loans, so it becomes hard for people to get their credits.

For instance, as per the report of Economic Times, in 2019, a US-based IT company, namely, Cognizant, ended up paying 178 crore rupees in total for the charges imposed on it under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The company had given bribes to an Indian government official from Tamil Nadu to permit the building of a 2.7 million square feet campus in Chennai. Apart from the loss in paying a 2 million dollar amount of bribe, the company also had to bear extra charges of 25 million dollars to get free from the charges. 

Effect on the employees

White collar crimes endanger employees. They become conscious of their working conditions, whether they are safe or not. They start doubting if they are safe and if they can still be given their trust by the company.

Effect on customers

The most important concern of the customers is whether the products that they are using are safe or not. This doubt arises to see the rate at which white collar crimes have been increasing.

Effect on society

White collar crimes are harmful to society, for those people who should be cited as moral examples and who must behave responsibly are the ones committing such crimes. The society thus becomes polluted.

As per the reports in Times of India, the former director of Andhra Bank and the directors of a Gujarat-based pharma company, Sterling Biotech, were arrested for their involvement in a Rs 5000 crore fraud case. They withdraw money from the bank accounts of several benami companies. This major scam caused widespread fear among the public.

As per the newspaper report published by Hindustan Times, in 2018, the Punjab National Bank (PNB) found that fraudulent transactions of the value 11,346 crore rupees had been taking place in its Mumbai branch. “The staff there used to fake a LoU (letter of understanding) for the buyer’s credit to the company of Nirav Modi and Gitanjali Group,” as published in the Business World. 

Loss of confidence

Stock fraud or trading scandals, such as those that occurred in the U.S. in the 1980s, make people lose faith in the stock market. As per the newspaper report of the Los Angeles Times, Barry Minkow, a young entrepreneur who owned a carpet cleaning business, built a million-dollar corporation in the 1980s. But he was able to achieve this only through forgery and theft.

He managed to create more than 10,000 counterfeiting documents and sales receipts without coming to someone’s noticing. His company, although created through fraud, was able to make a market capitalization of 200 million dollars and lease 4 million dollars of land. Later, he was sentenced to 25 years of imprisonment. 

The U.S. company Eron, the seventh largest energy trading company, which was based on revenue, went bust when the forgery caused them to write off hundreds of millions of debt from their book. The investors thought that the performance of the company was really good and stable. But later on, it was found that the incredible numbers on revenue records were fictitious. The famous Enron scandal changed American business as it was the biggest scam in the history of America, resulting in huge losses to the stock market and financial fraud.

Effect on offenders

The authorities have shown no consensus on the definition of white collar crimes. Accurate statistics on white-collar crimes are often not available, but this is not the sole reason preventing the government from taking preventive action. Also, though these crimes are on the rise, they are generally not reported.

Basically, these crimes are not discoverable easily as they are being committed by the individuals behind the veil of their reputation and respectability. It means that the offenders commit these crimes while sitting in a closed room or in their personal space using their computers, and nobody can know about what they are doing on their computers.

This makes it difficult to track the offenders. All these loopholes become an incentive for the offenders to fearlessly commit such crimes because the punishment is also short-term, unlike in blue-collar crimes. Offenders are mostly seen roaming freely, which poses a danger to society.

Effects on the temperament of the affected person

The target of the offenders is generally elderly people with little access to liquid assets, and their cognitive ability is less than that of younger people. So they become an easy target for the offenders. Victims of such crimes often undergo depression and are seen to have suicidal tendencies because sometimes the loss incurred is unbearable. 

As per the report of Business Today, the renowned startup founder Vijay Shekhar Sharma, who founded the widely used app for transactions, namely Paytm, became a victim of blackmail by his secretary, Sonia Dhawan. She, along with others, stole his personal data and sensitive business plans to extort money from him. Sharma received regular calls stating that his personal information would be revealed to the public if he didn’t give the required amount to them. The situation places Sharma under significant pressure.

Commission reports on white collar crime in India 

Various committees were formed to look into white collar crimes and set up rules and regulations to prevent them and ultimately eliminate them.

Report on the Commission on the Prevention of Corruption, 1964

In 1962, the then Minister of Home Affairs, Shri Lal Bahadur Shastri, appointed K. Santhanam to preside over the anti-corruption committee. The Santhanam committee was appointed to prevent and check upon the malicious acts of government officials in the system. The said committee, namely the Santhanam Committee, submitted its report in the year 1964. It is considered an important report in the anti-corruption movement. The Santhanam Committee was the first body to recognise the intensity of the crimes committed by the people of high social standards, which was acknowledged by the 29th report of the Law Commission released in 1972. The Santhanam Committee, in its report on the Prevention of Corruption, has talked about the reasons behind the prevalence of white collar crimes in India.

The technological advancement and development in scientific temperament have been assigned as the major reasons behind the growth of white collar crimes. These large numbers with advanced dispositions are being regulated by only a handful of elites who form the monopoly. The need of this technologically and scientifically advanced era is to make these masses adhere to the rules laid down by the elites to conduct them. Those who fail to do so end up becoming the offenders of white collar crimes. 

On the recommendations of the Committee on Prevention of Corruption, headed by Shri K. Santhanam, the Central Vigilance Commission was created in 1964. The Central Vigilance Commission is now the apex institution for vigilance, independent of any executive authority. The primary function of this commission is to address the issues of corruption in government offices and to monitor all vigilance under the Central Government. This organisation also seeks advice in planning, executing and reviewing its vigilance work. 

The role that the Central Vigilance Commission plays is:

  1. To supervise the work of the Delhi Special Police Establishment in corruption cases broadly, however, not limited to the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988.
  2. To direct the Delhi Special Police Establishment in discharging the responsibility given to them under Section 4(1) of the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act, 1946.

The committee showed its concern regarding the great damage that these crimes can cause to public morals. The case of white collar crimes is so complex, and since people are not much aware of it, it is only experts can recognise such crimes and protect themselves from becoming victims of them.  

Report on the commission of inquiry on the administration of Dalmia Jain Companies, 1963

In the 1930s, the Dalmia Group, run by brothers Ramkrishna Dalmia and Jaidayal Dalmia, merged with the Sahu Jain Family to form the Dalmia-Jain Group. This business was ultimately split between the two families and again between the two brothers in 1948. On the allegations of corruption against the group, the Vivian Bose Commission of Inquiry into the affairs of the Dalmia-Jain group of companies was set up in 1963.

The committee said that because of the group’s collection of black money, undisclosed assets and undetermined income tax liabilities, the dissolution or split had become so complicated that it could not be officially said that the group had split. The Commission, headed by Justice S.R. Tendulkar and, after his death, by Justice Vivian Bose, sentenced Ramkrishna Dalmia on charges of tax evasion, perjury and criminal misappropriation of funds in 1962.

Report on L.I.C. Mundhra affairs

It was in the 1950s when Haridas Mundhra, a stock speculator, was arrested and imprisoned in the case of the first big financial scandal of the newly independent India. At that time, Jawaharlal Nehru was the Prime Minister of India. His daughter Indira Nehru was married to Feroze Gandhi, who was also a Member of Parliament. Feroze Gandhi was the driving force behind the anti-corruption movement, which led to the imprisonment of Ramkrishna Dalmia; however, his imprisonment was mainly due to financial issues.

Feroz Gandhi was a Member of Parliament and investigated the scandal, but he did not have the executive power to directly question the Life Insurance Corporation. Ultimately, a committee was set up, which was headed by the retired judge of the Bombay High Court, Justice M.C. Chagla, and concluded that Mundhra be sent to jail on the grounds of as many as 124 prosecutions against him and 113 of them resulting in convictions.

The Das Commission Report, 1964

In the case of R.P. Kapoor vs. Pratap Singh Kairon (1965), Pratap Singh Kairon, who was the Chief Minister of Punjab, was accused of using wealth to boost his high status and also of using his family at public expense.  The Commission exempted him on the ground that a father could not be held liable for the actions of his grown-up children. The Commission clarified that a son cannot be stopped from carrying out a business of his choice, except that the son cannot use his father’s political position and power to exploit others. The petition was therefore dismissed by the court.

Report of an administrative commission

The Administrative Reforms Commission’s 4th report titled “Ethics in Governance” made amendments and included new provisions to reduce the number of white collar crimes in India. 

  1. The report introduced a new provision stating that partial funding by the state is allowed in elections; however not given specifically in the report. It was done to avoid illegitimate and unnecessary expenditures by political parties.
  2. It suggested an amendment to Section 8 of the Representation of the People Act, 1951, keeping people facing charges in cases of grave or heinous crimes and corruption out of participating in elections. 
  3. The report on the election of the Chief Election Commissioner and other Election Commissioners decided to form a collegium to select them. The collegium would consist of the Prime Minister of India, the Speaker of Lok Sabha, the Law Minister and the Deputy Chairman of the Rajya Sabha as its members. This would prevent the wrongful exercise of power and prevent manipulation by the authorities enjoying dominance.
  4. It was proposed that an office of “Ethics Commissioner” be formed by each House of Parliament. This office of the Ethics Commissioner would be regulated by the Speaker or the Chairman to follow the code of ethics, to advise the body whenever required, and to maintain records of the office. 
  5. Most importantly, the Commission asked the government to recognise “collusive bribery” as a special offence. The Commission advanced that Section 7 of the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988, needs an amendment for the inclusion of “collusive bribery” as an offence. This would prevent the public servants from performing such acts, which would lead to a loss to the public. 
  6. The Commission also recommended immediate measures for the implementation of the Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 1988.
  7. The Commission has also protected whistleblowers on the grounds of confidentiality. It has also made the acts of harassment and retaliation against them a punishable offence.
  8. The Commission said that the media should have a code of conduct and self-regulating mechanism to avert wrongful actions, and the government should be allowed to disclose the cases of corruption to the media to help them fight against corruption in the country. 
  9. The Commission made an important decision stating that the head of the office should be given the responsibility to take proactive vigilance on corruption. 

Other provisions were presented by the Commission before the government, thereby assisting the government in its fight against corruption and other malpractices by people in higher positions of authority. 

Law commission 47th report

In 1971, the Sixth Law Commission was set up under the chairmanship of Hon’ble Justice Prahlad B. Gajendragadkar. A total of six reports were submitted by the commission. On 28 February 1972, a report titled “The Trial and Punishment of Social and Economic Offences” was submitted, which was the 47th report of the Sixth Law Commission. In its 47th report, the Law Commission said that since a corporation does not have a physical body, no pain can be inflicted upon it as a punishment. A corporation does not have a mind that can be accused of guilty intent, and therefore, new penalties should be created to punish them for their illegal and wrongful acts.

The Commission found that the real penalty for the corporation would be to experience a curtailment in its reputation. And that they are called a disgrace. The commission said that not only the directors or managers should be punished, but the corporation as well. The people should be able to link the offence with the name of the corporation also. 

The Commission recommended the inclusion of the following provisions in the Indian Penal Code, 1860:

  1. In every one of those cases where the offence has been committed by the corporation and the punishment includes imprisonment or fine and imprisonment, the court will have the power to impose on these offenders a fine only.
  2. In every one of those cases where the offender is the corporation and the punishment for his offence can be either imprisonment or any other punishment other than fine, then in that case, the court shall have the power to impose on such offenders a fine only. 
  3. In this Section, “corporation” should mean an incorporated company or other body corporate. It would also include firms and other associations of individuals.

The Commission also recommended the establishment of special courts that can have expertise over the said matter to deal with the cases effectively. It was also suggested that simplified procedures while handling the cases should be adopted so that the cases are disposed of expeditiously. Further, the Court stated that the punishment for social and economic offences should be increased to create a deterrent effect upon the criminals. 

Like the above-mentioned provisions, the Commission in its report has mentioned the punishment the offender corporation or company would be subjected to.

Types of  white collar crime in India

The ambit of white collar crimes is varied. Some of the white collar crimes that have been reported in India are:

Blackmail

Section 503 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 351 BNS, 2023) defines blackmailing or criminal intimidation as making a demand for money or any other consideration by imposition of threat to cause physical injury, or to cause damage to one’s property, or to accuse one of a crime, or to expose somebody’s secret. The threat can be induced in the following ways:

  1. By revealing a detail of the person that may be related to their business or any other information that the offenders know, if revealed, will cause great embarrassment or financial loss to the victim. For example, if A, the Managing Director of the company XYZ, knows that B, a female employee of the same company, was bearing the child of somebody other than her husband. A asked B to commit forgery on the account papers so that he could embezzle 20 lakh rupees from the company without anybody knowing about it. If she does not commit to this, he will reveal her secret, which could cause great embarrassment to her as well as to her family. 
  2. By revealing personal details of the victim that are sensitive enough to cause financial loss to him. For example, if X knows that the property Y owns has been fraudulently taken over from Y’s parents by deceitfully taking their signatures on the will. X, who is a senior manager of a law firm, asks Y, a junior employee of the same company, to take out the file containing the personal details of the chief secretary of the company from the storehouse of the company. When Y refuses to do so, X threatens to reveal her secret of forgery to the police. X is said to be blackmailing Y. 
  3. By doing acts that could falsely accuse the other person of a crime, thereby affecting their life in many ways. For example, when X, an officer at the senior most post, asks her secretary to marry his son, else he would falsely accuse her of embezzlement of 10 lakh rupees from the company, which has been done by X. This is blackmail as a white collar crime.
  4. By revealing a report that shows that person’s involvement in a crime. For example, M, the lawyer of N, and an old enemy of his, which N has no idea about, in a murder case, asks him to pay him double the amount else he would give the court the recordings in which M has confessed that he had murdered the person and how he has committed the same. This is blackmailing. 

When does blackmailing become a white collar crime?

For blackmailing to be considered under the ambit of white collar crime, it should be committed by or show an involvement by someone enjoying a higher social status in an occupation. It becomes a white collar crime when the accused obtains or acquires money from the victim by using force or by threatening him. In blackmailing, there is an involvement of the element of threat and causing harm to that person or another person related to them.

Credit card fraud

These frauds are committed when one person commits fraud using the credit card of another person to obtain goods of value, he is said to have committed credit card fraud against the other person. For example, in 2003 in Mumbai, Amit Tiwari, a 21-year-old engineering student, was arrested for using different names. He had many bank accounts with different clients, all of whom falsely managed to defraud a Mumbai-based credit card company, CC Avenue, of around 9 lakh rupees.

This case brought to the notice of the authorities that credit card fraud has not been recognised by the Information Technology Act, 2000. The loophole in the law has caused a great loss to the company. 

As per the report released by the Economic Times, it was found that over 900 cases of credit/debit cards and internet banking have been registered during the period of April to September 2018. All these cases involved an amount of 1 lakh rupees or above. Minister of State for Electronics and IT (2018), S.S. Ahluwalia, informed that the Reserve Bank of India had registered a total of 921 cases of credit/debit card fraud by September 30, 2018. 

In 2017, a Metropolitan Magistrate became a victim of credit/debit card fraud where the victim received two messages for two transactions done from his debit card, not in India but abroad. The victim claimed that those transactions did not have his consent, and a complaint of cheating under Section 420 of the Indian Penal Code 1860 (Section 318(4) of BNS, 2023) was filed. 

In recent times, during COVID-19, there were a lot of attempts being made in order to increase credit card fraud. According to Fidelity National Information Services (FIS), there was a 35 per cent increase in credit card fraud in the month of April. As per the report of Federal Trade Commission data, a total of 5.8 billion dollars have been lost by consumers in the year 2021 due to such frauds.

Currency scams

These scams involve fake or deceptive schemes through which investment in foreign currencies takes place to take money from individuals. According to a report, “Trend and Progress of Banking in India” released by the Reserve Bank of India and published by the Financial Express in January 2019, it was reported that the banks lost 41,168 crore rupees in the financial year of 2018, reflecting a 72% increase from 2017. 

The reason behind the increase in such scams is the fraud against currency schemes. The report cited that fraud has turned out to be a major concern, with a 90% rise in such cases in the credit portfolio of banks, with the major chunk of fraud being concentrated in off-balance sheet operations, foreign exchange transactions, deposit accounts and cybersecurity. At the end of March 2024, a new Reserve Bank of India’s report showed that there is a steady increase in the digital payment fraud of Rs. 1,457 crores.

Common types of currency scams in India

Scams involving advance payment of fees 

In these cases, the victims are asked to make an advance payment of the sum. They would be promised to receive just double what they had invested. But once the money has been given, no trace of the offenders can be found. In these cases, the scammers target those people who have already lost a large amount somewhere. An appeal is made to their sentiment that the amount they are investing would be doubled, and they would be able to recover the loss caused by the last transaction done by them.

The commission of this type of fraud originated from Nigeria. The first case of “Nigeria 419” in India was registered in August 2003, when Piyush Kankaria, a Howrah-Kolkata-based businessman, filed a multi-million fraud case under Section 420 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 318(4) of BNS, 2023) read with Section 75(2) of the Information Technology Act, 2002. Section 75(2) of the said Act provides that it shall apply to the offences that have been committed outside India by any person that involves a computer network that is located in India. For instance, an individual, namely Piyush, out of financial crisis, had become a victim of this fraud where he had to claim 7.5 million dollars from an account in return for 3 million dollars, for which Piyush had already advanced a mobile handset as a gift.

Scams in the boiler room 

A boiler room refers to an office that is frequently changed, that is, a temporary office that is not stable and shifts regularly. In these cases, the scammer creates a website that contains false information. The address given on the website would be a temporary one, the toll-free number would be invalid, though all will appear legitimate on the screen. By the time one realises that they have been defrauded, the scammer moves on to another similar scam at some other place. 

In 2019 itself, a person by the name of Rohit Soni, from Rajasthan, who was a B.Com. graduate created a fake Amazon website similar to the original website. He made a profit out of it by providing the customers with a link that gave access to an app named “4Fun”, and for every download for which he received a sum of 6 rupees.

Recently, there have been various types of internet fraud in common variations, including a fake phone call from a tech support employee to tell you that there is an issue with your computer. These fake tech support employees hack one’s computer by saying that there is a virus in your computer and it needs to be solved as soon as possible. During this time, they hack the computer and steal all the personal data of the person. Thus, it implies that white collar crimes can do heavy damage to a company, to an individual, etc. and can take away the trust of people from public institutions.

Exempt securities scam

Exempt securities scam refers to the sale of securities by a company without filing a prospectus. This offence targets wealthy individuals who are persuaded to invest in fraudulent businesses. The offenders pitch a fraudulent investment as “exempt” securities. A fake promise is made to the victim that the business will go public. These scams involve a great risk and make you lose all your investments. 

Scams in the foreign exchange market

In the foreign exchange market, investors buy and sell currencies depending on the exchange rate. These markets are often dominated by large and developed banks that have plentiful resources at hand. The staff in such organisations are well-skilled and trained in using the advanced technology, and therefore it becomes difficult to beat these professionals.

In the foreign exchange market, it is not new to see people becoming prey to the illegal or fraudulent schemes known as forex schemes. Since these schemes are often carried out online from another country, the chance of losing your money is high, as one is likely to buy services from those firms that are not legitimately set up and can market their services ultra vires. It is easy to fake things online. Such scams result in different outcomes which the money one invests might get stolen, and one might lose everything that he had invested.

As per the report published by the Times of India in 2017, the Central Bureau of Investigation has held a total of 13 private companies responsible for sending unknown foreign remittances, which hold the value of 2,253 crore rupees under bogus imports of goods during 2015-2016. 

Similarly, in 2015, the Bank of Baroda was alleged to have been involved in a forex scam worth Rs 6,172 crore. This money was sent from India to Hong Kong for importing cashew nuts, pulses and rice. However, at a later stage, it was found that nothing was imported, and instead, all this money went into 59 different bank accounts of several companies. 

Similarly, in 2015-16, the directors of a Mumbai-based company called M/s Stelkon Infratel Pvt. Ltd., Manish Prakash Shyamdasani and Mungaram Hakmaram Dewasi, were held liable for their indulgence in large-scale illegal foreign remittances under fraudulent imports of goods in 2015-16. 

Offshore investing scams

These scams induce a person to send their money “offshore” to some other country so that they get more money in return than they have invested. These scams mostly aim to exempt a person from paying taxes. But the ultimate result of it is that people end up paying money in back taxes and penalties. The major risk involved in these scams is that the victims in cases of foreign investment are not able to seek remedy from the civil court, and thus, one is not able to recover the invested money.

To look into such a scam, a Joint Parliamentary Committee was set up, which found Parekh guilty of circular trading of money and rigging the prices of 10 companies from 1995 to 2001 on a false pretext. 

Scam against the pension of a retired person

When a person becomes old, they usually open their retirement accounts, where they can keep their savings for the period after retirement from services. Usually, money from these accounts can be withdrawn only after the attainment of a certain age, and only a certain sum of money can be withdrawn in a year, and also some tax is imposed on the money withdrawn. 

Some companies make fake accounts so that they can ask the person to invest in their bank, where they would be able to keep their savings safely. The makers of the company ask the person to buy the shares of the company from their savings, which would be repaid by granting a 60–70% loan from the invested money, and the rest would be kept by the bank as a fee. These promises turn out to be fake, and the investment made is worthless. There is a high possibility of losing one’s retirement savings in totality to such scams. 

In 2009, India Today published a report on pension scams in India. In a report, it was revealed that in Uttar Pradesh, the money that was supposed to be used for giving pensions to 60-year-old people who were below the poverty line (BPL) was being used for different purposes. The said amount of money was given to the younger people to earn 300 rupees per month.

The scheme was meant for the older people from the lower strata of society. Instead, the money was given to the young people by showing fake BPL cards and false age certificates. This helped each beneficiary of the scheme to earn 3,600 rupees annually, half of which was given as a commission to the official who helped the very person in forging the documents. 

Double dip scam

The person who has already been a victim of a scam is likely to become a victim again, and when it happens, it is called a double-dip scam. The offender in the first instance can store the information of the victims and pass it on to other such offenders, thereby assisting them in making money fraudulently.   

The case might also be that the first offender calls you again and you spill out your grudge from the first fraud that you have become a victim of. The scammer then offers to recover your money in return for a small fee. One would again lose one’s money in this way. 

Unveiling the double dip scam taking place within political parties, India Today published a report when politicians were found to have converted black money into white money for 40% commission. The political parties were found double-dipping as brokers for undeclared wealth. There, politicians used to do the business of converting black money into white money near their offices in Ghaziabad, Noida and Delhi. 

Such types of situations where politicians indulge in wrong practices have been very common. The politicians enjoy powerful positions that come with various powers, they tend to manipulate things and make illegal profits, which are the money supposed to be used for public welfare. And ultimately, it is the common people who suffer the most. 

Scam by building a relationship

In such cases, the offender targets a group of people, organisations or communities. The offender in these cases is somebody close to the victim. He builds a relationship of trust with the victim or becomes a member of the same religious community against whom he has committed fraud. After making a relationship of trust, he misuses the faith that people have placed in him, he gains profit by cheating those people. These scams are also called affinity scams.

Ponzi scam

A Ponzi scam is a type of affinity scam where the scammer would, through emails and advertisements, offer one to earn huge profits by sitting in the comfort of their living room, only by investing a certain amount of money. Ponzi scams are to be differentiated from the pyramid scams, however, Ponzi scams share the same characteristics as pyramid scams, as they both involve investors who take advantage of people by promising them extra returns in exchange for money. They also provide exciting and interesting offers; for instance, early birds would be able to make more profits. After investing their money in such schemes, people end up having nothing in their hands as the scammer runs away with the money, leaving behind no clue of their existence to track them.

Cases of the Ponzi scheme:

In November 2018, Gaylen Rust of Utah was accused by the government of running a Ponzi scheme and generating huge wealth. He accounts for 25–40% per year, which is about 47 to 200 million dollars. It was found that more than 200 people had become victims of this scheme.  

In the same year when Gaylen Rust was found guilty, in September, a person by the name of Claud R. Rick Koerber, from Utah itself, was found guilty of running a Ponzi scheme. Under this, the investors in the property had suffered a loss of $100 million. In 2017, Michael Scronic from New York was charged with civil and criminal charges, causing a loss of 22 million dollars to the investors.

Saradha group scam: It is one of the major scandals that happened in the history of India due to the collapse of a Ponzi scheme started by the Saradha group. According to the report of The Indian Express, the prime accused in the said scandal was Sudipto Sen, director and chairman of the Saradha group. The West Bengal-based Saradha group collected around 200-300 billion rupees from the investors, which later collapsed in the year 2013. The Central Government ordered the investigating agencies to start the investigation into this scam. Many state political leaders came into the limelight who were involved in this scam. Political leaders and Members of Parliament like Kunal Ghosh, Srinjoy Bose, the former DGP of West Bengal, and other leaders of the Trinamool Congress were arrested. 

Due to the huge losses to investors and social and political ramifications, the Mamta Banerjee-led government formed a committee under the chairmanship of Justice Shyamlal Sen to investigate the said scam. FIR was also filed against Sudipto Sen and Kunal Ghosh, and an investigation was also taken up into other Ponzi schemes as well. The Justice Shyamal Sen committee, in its recommendations, asked the State Government of West Bengal to sell the Saradha Group’s assets and distribute the money amongst investors who were being deceived. 

There were many public interest litigations filed before the Supreme Court, wherein it transferred all the investigations to the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI). Lastly, convictions were made in 2014 in which Sudipto Sen was convicted under various provisions of employment law. He was convicted of 3 years in jail by the trial court. 

Pump and dump scam

A company that owns a large amount of low-priced stock, which is an illegitimate business, will find potential investors and persuade them to invest in their stock. As more people would invest, the price of the stock would increase, and when it reached its peak, the scammers would sell all the shares, earn profit and run away, taking with them all your money.

It was in 2015 when Rakesh Jhunjhunwala was said to have raised his wealth by purchasing 2,50,000 odd shares, because of which his shares of the Surana Solar experienced an 18% rise, but after the pump and dump scam was discovered, the prices plummeted. That is how a loophole in the system was also discovered.

Such scams reveal that there is no proper system to check the authenticity of the information being supplied. By taking advantage of such a loophole, Surana Solar made name-making deals easily with the investors, causing them great losses. 

Scams by way of sending spam emails

Often, the scammer sends spam mail, making fake offers and promises. In the year 2017, a record of 7.5 million cases of spam mail was discovered. Once you reply to such emails, you get caught in the trap, as these emails are fraudulent. Most of these emails are regarding microcap stocks, which are highly risky investments compared to other stocks. 

The customers of the ICICI Bank became victims of such a scam where a certain group of people, represented themselves to be an official of the bank. They asked for sensitive information about the bank account and defrauded them. The fraud was discovered by the manager of the bank when a few of the customers who had received such spam mail filed a complaint. 

Act of embezzlement 

The term embezzlement refers to when a person who has been entrusted with money or property to use it for their use and benefit starts using it in any manner other than what it has been given for illegally. The act of embezzlement can be characterised as a criminal breach of trust, which has been defined in Section 405 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 316 of BNS, 2023).

It defines criminal breach of trust as an act where a person who has been entrusted with property misappropriates it or falsely converts it to his use or disposes of it without any law allowing him to do so. Embezzlement is a misappropriation of someone’s property where a person has the intent to cause loss to the other person, and criminal misappropriation is an offence under Section 403 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 314 of BNS, 2023).

The essential elements that constitute the crime of embezzlement are as follows:

  1. The two parties must share a fiduciary relationship, that is, a relationship based on trust.
  2. The defendant must receive a certain amount of money or assets by making wrongful use of this relationship.
  3. The defendant, while embezzling an asset or money, should act like he is the owner of that good or that he owns the money that he is giving to another person.
  4. There should be an intention to deceive on the part of the offender. 

Some examples of embezzlement and the respective sector in which they are committed as a white collar crime are:

  1. In the banking sector, the bank employees, who are people directly dealing with the customers, give them access to the funds of the bank for work.
  2. The clerks or the cashiers in stores give the customers or any person access to the money kept in the store. Money refers to the money that the bank keeps with it to meet everyday requirements for cash.
  3. It is often found that the company provides a car to its senior employees for official work. But these cars are often used for purposes other than official duties, which amount to embezzlement.
  4. The big companies, to make their employees technologically advanced, provide them with electronic gadgets, which are either sold in the market for a certain amount of money or used for a purpose other different from what the company has assigned.

Fraud with insurance companies

It happens that people use false documents to obtain insurance from the insurance company. For instance, an individual can fake the price of her property by raising its value on the forged documents and obtain insurance for that amount. They make the papers in such a way that it seems legitimate, and insurance companies get defrauded.

The case can also be that the consumer deliberately staged an accident, theft, injury or any other damage that comes under an insurance policy, and they sometimes exaggerate the damage caused. They usually provide false documents, applications or information to claim insurance. Insurance fraud can be committed by an insurance company, agent or consumer where they deliberately deceive the other person for illegitimate financial gain. 

Two officials of the Life Insurance Corporation of India were arrested for falsely extracting 3 crore rupees as death claims from the company. The scam was not detected until 2018. The officials forged documents; they manipulated around 190 insurance policies with the account numbers of their acquaintances in place of the real nominee. Though the original policyholders were alive, they could not realise the fraud that had been perpetrated against them. 

Relevant legal provisions under the Indian Penal Code, 1860

Kick-back fraud 

A kickback fraud is one in which one person bribes another with something of value to convince the other to take a favourable decision. For example, a contractor, to get approval for building a complex, bribes the government official with a promise to give a small part of the land to him. In another example, a biomedical company offers a doctor to advertise its products by advising them to their patients, and in return, the company would provide him with free travel for the next 5 years.

Abhishek Verma, the youngest billionaire at the age of 28 in 1997, known as the “Lord of War”, was the middleman and arrested for his involvement in the Scorpene submarine deal case, the AgustaWestland VVIP helicopter bribery scandal, and the Navy War Room leak case. An amount of 1,100 crore rupees was paid to the decision-makers of the government by Thales, a French-based aerospace company. He was accused of having received kickbacks for a total sum of 200 million dollars. 

Racketeering

It refers to a wrongful act or criminal act of a person where he indulges in illegal business with a profit motive. It is a fraudulent act by which people illegally earn profits by deceiving others through unlawful schemes. 

The number of cases of racketeering has experienced a rise in recent times. A kidney racket case was revealed in 2019, where a businessman from Gujarat, Brijkishore Jaiswal, was about to undergo an illegal kidney transplant, which happened in Hiranandani Hospital in Powai. When the wrongful practice was revealed, the CEO of the hospital, Sujit Chatterjee and five other people were arrested. Recently, the Madras High Court on May 9, 2024, rejected the anticipatory bail application of two individuals who were alleged to have received money from a lawyer in false contexts of providing a job in the judiciary. 

The advocate, namely, J. Vasanthi, filed a complaint against two individuals for taking money of 48.97 lakh rupees on false pretences that there is a vacancy for 16 persons in the courts. It was stated that this case is related to job racketeering, and a further probe into it has started. This crime has been committed in the name of the judicial system of the country. The Madras High Court ordered the police officials to submit a periodical report regarding the investigation. 

Fraud in the buying and purchasing of securities

When the broker of a company wrongfully shows the inflated price of stocks in order to make people invest in his stock, it is called securities fraud. In 2019, Anilesh Ahija, known to the public as Neil, CEO and Chief Investment Officer of Premium Point Investments LP (PPI), was arrested on charges of securities fraud. It is an investment firm that manages hedges, and Jeremy Shor is a former PPI trader.

They collectively participated in a scheme to inflate the net asset value for hedge funds by more than USD 100 million. They started manipulating the funds by raising the value of the securities and thereafter obtained inflated quotes for the PPI, which helped them raise USD 100 million. This real value was kept hidden and got the people into the trap by showing the inflated value of the securities of the PPI.

Fraud over calls

Commonly known as telemarketing fraud, these frauds are made over the phone. In these types of frauds, a person is approached to make an investment for building a charitable organisation, in which the bank account details are being asked to obtain a certain amount for charitable purposes. The amount received is then used for any other purpose other than the one it was taken for. 

Paul Witt, a supervisory data analyst at the Federal Trade Commission, provided information for its consumers, stating that, according to a report on the number of cases of fraud, it has been found that people have lost 1.48 billion in 2018, which shows a rise of 38% from what was in 2017.

In one instance, during the period of 2017-2020, an individual, namely, Zaheen Malvi, was living in Chicago and allegedly involved in a call centre scam. He assisted the Indian call centres to illegally extort money from the citizens of the United States. He used to visit the stores to extort money through depleting gift cards, which were transferred by the people through phone calls.

Bank fraud

Bank fraud is a criminal act where a person, by illegal means, withdraws either money or assets from the bank. Fraud can also occur when a person falsely represents himself to be a bank or financial institution and withdraws money or assets from the people. 

Therefore, we conclude that bank fraud can be committed in two ways:

  1. By using illegal means to withdraw money or assets from the bank or any financial institution.
  2. By falsely representing oneself to be a bank or any financial institution, the person extracts money or assets from people.

Bank frauds are punishable in India under the various provisions of the Indian Penal Code, 1860, including:

  1. i) Section 403 (Section 314 of BNS, 2023), which deals with criminal misappropriation of property, 
  2. ii) Section 405 (Section 315 of BNS, 2023), which deals with criminal breach of trust, 

iii) Section 415 (Section 318(1) of BNS, 2023), which deals with cheating, 

  1. iv) Section 463 (Section 336(1) of BNS, 2023) deals with forgery, and 
  2. v) Section 489A (Section 178 of BNS, 2023) deals with counterfeiting of currency and the crime of fraud in banks. 

Types of bank fraud

Imitating a financial institution

It happens when one person falsely represents himself to be a financial institution, either by establishing a fake bank or a company or by creating a fake website. This is being done for the purpose of attracting people and making them invest in that bank or company. This is said to be a bank fraud.

In 2020, three people were arrested by the Tamil Nadu police for setting up a fake State Bank of India branch at Panruti, Cuddalore district of Tamil Nadu. The main accused in this case was the son of a former employee of SBI who carried forged documents, computer systems and other things with himself to run a fake branch of SBI. The issue came to notice when a customer enquired about the SBI branch of Panruti. After that, the case was booked against the trio under Section 473 (Now Section 341 of BNS, 2023), Section 469 (Now Section 336 of BNS, 2023), Section 484 (Now Section 347 of BNS, 2023) and Section 109  (Now Section 49 of BNS, 2023) of the Indian Penal Code, 1860.

Defrauding using cheques

Offenders in this case obtain a job whereby they could have access to the company’s post offices, mailboxes, corporate payrolls, etc. Once they gain access, they steal the cheques and thereafter deposit them in a fake account created by them.

The timesnownews.com had published a news article asking people to beware of fake emails being sent to them in the name of the RBI (Reserve Bank of India) lottery. The email contained the logo of RBI along with the address of its head office in Delhi. Although the RBI had circulated a warning message against such information. The fake email ID took many innocent citizens into its grip.

Falsely getting loans approved. ed

Sometimes the person who is applying for a loan fakes information on the loan application and provides wrong documents to show himself as eligible for the loan. An individual can also wrongfully claim to be bankrupt after obtaining a loan from the bank. This would also amount to bank fraud. Anuj Pandey was arrested by the M.P. Nagar police for producing false documents and obtaining loans from the bank.

Online banking scams

People often become victims of online banking scams wherein a person may create a fake website representing itself as a financial institution or a bank and advertise in such a way that it lures people to invest in that bank. It includes fake contest schemes nowadays, overpayment messages, fake cheques, etc.

Three persons from West Bengal and Odisha were alleged to have created a fake website named “Rail Vikas Nigam Limited”. The website made a fake representation to people regarding job opportunities. The accused who were arrested were Narayan Patra and Govind Sinha. The victims complained that any information regarding the workings of the company, its achievements, and other advertisements was being reported on the official website, but no recruitments were taking place.  

There has been an unprecedented rise in the number of bank fraud cases, as reported by livemint.com. According to a report by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), a total of 5,916 cases of bank fraud have been reported in 2017-18 involving a sum of 41,167.03 crores. This included high-profile fraud cases like that of Nirav Modi and Vijay Mallya.

Bribery 

Bribery is a white collar crime where a person asks for money, a favour, or something of value to get the other person’s work done. For example, if an electoral officer asks a person to offer him wine, and only then will he be allowed to give a vote, it would amount to bribery.

The punishment for bribery has been provided under Section 171E (Section 173 of BNS, 2023) of the Indian Penal Code, 1860, which says that any person who commits such an offence would be imprisoned for a term which may extend to 1 year or with a fine or both. Also, Section 13 of the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988, has penalised acts constituting an offence under this head being engaged in by public officials. 

P.V. Narsimha Rao vs. State (1998)

In the case of P.V. Narsimha vs. State (1998), the issues that came up before the Supreme Court were concerning immunity given to the lawmakers under Article 105(2) and Article 194(2) of the Indian Constitution in the cases of bribery. It was to be ascertained whether the lawmakers can claim immunity based on these provisions. 

The Supreme Court, in its landmark judgment with a majority of 3:2, held that the members of Parliament are immune from any kind of proceedings against them in respect of their vote. The Court stated that the language of these provisions must be construed in a literal manner and widened the scope of Article 105(2) and Article 194(2) of the Indian Constitution. P.V. Narsimha Rao was acquitted of all the charges levelled against him in the bribery case, and due to the nonavailability of sufficient evidence, he was acquitted. 

Types of bribery

Where a public official offers or accepts a bribe

If any public official demands or exchanges something in return for performing his duty, which he is bound to perform within the power of his office, then he would be held liable for bribery under the Prevention of Corruption (Amendment) Act, 1988. If a person attempts to bribe a public officer for his advantage or benefit or to get his work done, then that person, along with the public official, will be held liable.

Where a witness bribes or is bribed

When any witness demands, exchanges, or receives bribery in any form to give false testimony or to bring in a fake witness in court, then they would be held liable under the crime of bribery.

Where a foreign official bribes or is bribed

It is illegal to bribe a foreign government official with money or a gift. Government officials often indulge in this type of white collar crime to maintain important business contacts. 

Bribing bank officials

It is illegal to bribe a bank official, director, manager, etc. with either meals, entertainment, or any other way, either for employment or a hike in salaries. 

Where a sporting official bribes or is bribed

A sporting official may ask for a bribe to fix a match. In this case, both the person offering the bribe and the one accepting it will be held liable for the crime. 

Bribing in an industry 

The act of bribing is often related to industries like the health industry, pension plans, etc. For instance, one pension provider bribes the broker of a company to convince that company to accept its pension offer and not offers made by other pension providers.

Cybercrime

As the use of computers and the internet is increasing, so is the crime related to them. The crimes that involve the use of computers coupled with the use of the internet are called cybercrime. It is where the computer is used as the object of the crime or as a tool to commit an offence. It is a form of white collar crime through which the perpetrators exploit the technology. The only legislation that deals with the offences related to cybercrime is the Information Technology Act, 2000. The exact definition of cybercrime hasn’t been provided in any of the acts or laws, as it is not possible to define such a nature of crime where computers and the internet are involved. Cybercrimes involve tampering with and accessing one’s data without his/her permission. The most common type of cybercrime prevalent these days is copyright piracy. In such kinds of fraud, people download or share the copyrighted data of an individual on the internet. 

Money laundering 

When a person, the launderer, converts his illegal money into legitimate money and thereby succeeds at hiding his illegally earned money, he is said to have committed the crime of money laundering. In India, “Hawala transaction” is the name given to the crime of money laundering. Money laundering has been defined under Section 3 of the Money Laundering Act, 2002. Hawala transactions are a traditional method of transferring money wherein an individual can transfer money from one place to another without moving it physically. The person who is transferring money uses the person, namely “hawaldar”, to the place where he needs to transfer his money to a particular person.

These money launderers do their job in such a manner that not even the investigating agencies can trace the real source of the money. This is how people who invest their black money in the capital market succeed at converting the black money into legitimate wealth. 

Enforcement Directorate vs. M. Gopal Reddy (2023)

Facts of the case: In the case of Enforcement Directorate vs. M. Gopal Reddy (2023), the ED approached the Supreme Court against the decision of the Telangana High Court for granting anticipatory bail to the respondent in a money laundering case under Section 3 read with Section 4 of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002. In the FIR, it was alleged that the respondent manipulated the bids of e-tenders from various companies. 

Held: The Supreme Court overturned the decision of the High Court and stated that the power given under Section 438 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (Section 397 of Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS), 2023) must be exercised cautiously. The Court stated that the provisions of Section 45 of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002, would apply to this case, and the bail granted to the respondent is not sustainable in the eyes of the law. 

Steps involved in money laundering are:

Investment

As the first step, the launderers invest their illegal money into the black market via agents or banks in the form of cash. This is done either through formal or informal agreements.

Manipulating the details

The second step is to hide the details of the real income of the launderer. In order to do so, the launderers often deposit their money in the form of bonds, stocks, etc., into  a foreign bank. They prefer to invest in those banks that do not reveal the identity or the details of the account holder. This helps in manipulating the information of the owner of the money and the details regarding the source of the money. 

Making what is illegal legal

In the final step, the black money introduced into the market is finally converted into legitimate money and introduced into the financial world.

Cases of money laundering in India

  1. BCCI (Board of Control for Cricket in India) was alleged to have laundered 23 billion dollars by introducing itself into the market of arms and drug smuggling. 
  2. In the case of Anosh Ekka vs. Central Bureau of Investigation (2011), Anosh Ekka was alleged to have been involved in money laundering as, after becoming the minister, he acquired a huge amount of movable and immovable assets in his name and the name of his family within a short span of 3 years. The Supreme Court held the accused liable for looting and laundering huge amounts of public wealth. He delayed the judgment and also manipulated the evidence against him. He was also accused of abusing the lawmaking process and contempt for the justice delivery system.
  3. In Arun Kumar Mishra vs. Directorate of Enforcement (2015), five people created a fake account in the Punjab National Bank (PNB) and thereby collected money as personal gains and caused a huge loss to PNB. The money laundering case was not held in this case, as the offence did not fall under any provision of the Prevention of Corruption Act.  And under Article 20(1) of the Constitution of India, it has been said that ex-post facto laws have no effect. Under the said Article, it is a fundamental right not to be prosecuted by a law that did not exist at the time of commission of the offence. However, the court said that once money laundering has been fully established against the petitioner, the Enforcement Directorate can initiate a fresh proceeding against him under the law that is in force thereafter.

Tax evasion

Tax evasion is when a person deliberately falsifies their state of affairs for the authorities to levy a smaller amount of tax. This can either be done by an individual, a corporation or a trust. It is a false means of escaping government taxes. In simple terms, tax evasion is an offence that is used to evade tax liability. The offence of tax evasion is punishable under Chapter XXII of the Income-tax Act, 1961, which can impose a heavy amount of fine or even send you to jail.

Tax evasion and tax avoidance

Tax avoidance is to be differentiated from tax evasion, as tax avoidance is done by using legal methods to lessen the amount of tax, whereas tax evasion is completely illegal. Tax avoidance is transparent, whereas an individual uses legal methods like claiming deductions or showing false records, which is considered an unethical practice. 

Tax havens

Tax havens are countries that allow the residents of other countries to not pay taxes, and they generally have a stable economic system. This concept was developed after World War II in order to support nations that were weak in terms of economy and also to attract foreign investment. Nowadays, tax havens have become an important tool for the elite and rich people who put their money in tax havens in order to escape themselves from paying tax. 

Tax evasion = (amount of income that has to be reported) – (the actual amount reported)

Penalisation for tax evasion

Failure to file income tax returns

If a person fails to fulfil the requirement of filing the income tax returns as laid down under Section 139(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, then a fine of Rs 5,000 or more could be imposed.

For instance, an individual, namely Parbodh Anand sold his flat, which was registered in his own name. The purchaser of the flat gave the amount of money in the names of both Anand and his wife. Since the flat was registered only in Anand’s name,  therefore, the capital gains that his wife had became taxable, which they did not pay and therefore landed up receiving a tax notice. 

Not providing a PAN card or giving a fake one. 

If a person does not provide a PAN (Permanent Account Number) to their employer at the time of employment or provides a fake PAN number, then they would be subject to a penalty of Rs 10,000.

The Economic Times had published a report stating that four men were arrested for running six fake firms that were in a racket of GST evasion amounting to a total of 60 crore rupees. They were alleged to have used various fake documents, including a fake PAN (Permanent Account Number) card. These fake firms generated Rs 615 crore, which led to a huge loss to the general public.

Giving false information under Form 26AS

Under Section 203AA of the Income Tax Act, 1961, one is required to fill in Form 26AS. It is very important to look into the information that has been provided because any wrong information would lead to severe punishment. Similarly, one would be punished even if he/she provided wrong information regarding income, expenses or investment.

According to a report published by the Economic Times, it was discovered that around 15,000 crore rupees were exempted from tax by the employers concerning the medical bills. If an employee desires tax-exempt reimbursements, he is given Leave Travel Allowance and HRA by his employer. Those who have the bills or receipts of the tax-exempt reimbursements can only pay the sum. But those who didn’t have the bills or receipts tend to use fake documents to get reimbursements. 

Punishment for not paying self-assessment tax

If a person fails to pay, either the entire sum or a partial amount, self-assessment tax, then under Section 140A (1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, they would be considered a defaulter. If not provided with a justified reason for the delay in payment, the assessing officer under Section 221(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, may impose a penalty.

In Galaxy Nirmaan Pvt. Ltd. vs. Acit, New Delhi (2017), the assessing officer had levied a penalty on the appellant in the case for non-payment of the self-assessment tax in the year 2010-11. A penalty of 1,09,71,691 rupees was imposed under Section 140A(3) of the Income Tax Act, 1961.  

Giving a wrong account of income to escape tax payment

Section 271(c) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 states that if a person fails to deduct the tax as required by Chapter XVII B or if he pays the whole or part of tax as required by Section 115O and proviso to Section 194B, then in that case the penalty shall levy upon him a sum equal to the amount of tax which he failed to deduct or pay. Section 271AAB lays down the different situations where the penalty would apply.

The article published on Livemint talks about a case where a resident of Haryana was arrested for running a racket where about 90 firms presented bogus invoices to evade taxes. The Directorate General of GST Intelligence (DGGSTI) found a total of 110 debit cards and blank cheque books linked to 173 bank accounts.

Keeping silent on the income tax notice

The assessing officer, under Section 142(1) or Section 143(2), can issue a notice, asking the person to either file the return of income or asking the person to give all the details in writing, in case the person has failed to comply with the notice given to him by the Income Tax Department. 

A Times of India report stated that “Mridula stood shivering outside the magistrate court in Mumbai, for he could have been given rigorous punishment for having defaulted on the notice given by the Income Tax Department for 30 days. The notice was for not having deposited TDS, which she had collected from the employee’s salary. Mridula has a content company wherein 6 full-time employees are dealing with freelancers. The notice of prosecution was sent to her on the ground that she failed to deduct the tax at source under Section 276B read with 278B of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

Cellular phone fraud

Cellular phone fraud refers to tampering, manipulating or making an unauthorised use of cellular phones or services. The offender in this case would make a fake account in your name and get access to your bank account details, credit card details, and make payments without your consent. The offender may even sell your cell phone to other criminals to use it in the commission of illegal acts. The perpetrators adopt various tactics to commit such fraud, which include autoclickers, wherein the person can use the automated methods and emulators, which are the software through which one can access the mobile apps on a desktop. 

The use of the IMEI number of a mobile phone without taking the permission of the person who owns it is punishable with imprisonment for a maximum term of three years as laid down in the Mobile Device Equipment Identification Number, Rules, 2017. This provision has been made in combination with Section 7 and Section 25 of the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885. Where Section 7 gives the DoT (Department of Telecom) the power to make rules for the conduct of telegraph and telecom services, Section 25 says that any person who causes damage to the telegraph lines, machines or any such equipment will be imprisoned for up to 3 years or fined or both. 

According to an article published in the Business Standard, social media frauds, where crooks use stolen identities and credit card details to obtain illegal gains, have increased by 43% in 2018. Using mobile applications, mostly WhatsApp, Facebook, and Instagram, to defraud people has seen a rise of 680% between 2015 and 2018.

This poses a threat to online social media users, and they need to be conscious and careful while using it. There is a need to take proper protection and caution of one’s account and credit card details while providing them online on a website.

Recently, the central government has started a 10-digit number series in order to help people distinguish between fake phone calls and legitimate phone calls. The Department of Telecom has also added the prefix 160 for these 10-digit numbers, wherein can be used by the government agencies for the purpose of communication with the customers. 

Computer fraud

When a computer is used to gain profits by defrauding people, it is called computer fraud. It is punishable under Section 43 of the Information Technology Act, 2000. It penalises the offender by asking him to pay compensation. It can be done via the internet, internet devices or internet services. The following activities amount to illegal use of computers: phishing, social engineering, DDoS, viruses, etc. According to the data provided by the Indian Cybercrime Coordination Centre, a total of 7,000 cyber complaints were being filed daily in May 2024. It was also revealed that people have lost around 1,750 crore rupees during the period of the first four months of 2024.

Various types of computer fraud are

  • When mail becomes widely circulated, i.e. hoax mail, and thereafter is used by the crooks for illegal activities via computer.
  • When a person tries to access or secure access to another’s computer, computer system or computer network without his/her permission.
  • Where the computer is used to download, copy or extract any data or computer database or information from a computer, its system or its network. The information or data under this head includes that data as well, which is stored in the recycle bin folder.
  • When a person tries to damage or cause disruption to a computer, the computer system or the computer network.
  • Where a person tries to stop a person who has legal or authorised access to a computer from using a computer, computer system or computer network.
  • Where a person assists another person in gaining access to another person to operate a computer, a computer system or a computer network.
  • Manipulation or tampering of any computer, computer system or computer network, or charging another person for the services availed.
  • Where a person diminishes the value of the data by tampering with or manipulating the computer, computer system or computer network.
  • Where a person steals, conceals, destroys, alters or causes any person to steal, conceal, destroy or alter any computer source code used for a computer resource to cause damage.
  • There can be computers in a company that can be accessed only by a few technical team members. If an employee who is not authorised to use it uses it for personal gain by illegal means, they would be said to have committed a crime.
  • When a person, having complete knowledge of how the system of a computer works, tries to set patterns in a data set without being authorised to do so by introducing into the system any spyware or malware, he is said to have committed a white collar crime.
  • The news of accounts getting hacked is very common. Hackers often hack accounts to gain access to personal information of the user and then use that information to commit an illegal act.
  • It is no big deal for computer experts to introduce into the system any virus that would disrupt its working and cause loss of data to the user.

Counterfeiting

Counterfeiting is a criminal act defined under Section 28 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 2(8) of BNS, 2023), where the imitation of something authentic takes place to steal, destroy or replace somebody’s original work. This facilitates gaining profits from illegal transactions and deceiving a person who believes that the representation made to him is true and the imitated work is of more value. 

The crime of counterfeiting is generally related to coins and currencies and is punishable under Section 489B of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 179 of BNS, 2023). In some cases, it also relates to imitating products like clothes, bags, shoes, watches, art, toys, etc. Counterfeit products carry fake logos and brand names, and in some products, harmful chemicals have also been found, leading to the death of the person using them. 

The cases of counterfeiting coins have experienced a serious rise in India. On 4th July 2019, three people were caught by the Special Task Force of Kolkata upon finding fake Indian rupees with them, whose total face value was rupees 6,50,000. As per the Times of India report, in Rajkot, two people were caught with 1,080 counterfeit currency notes having a face value of 21.60 lakh, as per the Times of India report.

Extortion 

Extortion is a crime under Section 383 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 308 of BNS, 2023). When one party coerces another party for payment of money, property or services, he is said to have committed the crime of extortion. It is called a white collar crime because an officer may use his official right and make use of his higher position in the company to threaten another person to give money, transfer property, or provide services. It is not only present in the corporate environment but also prevalent in other contexts as well.

The important elements that constitute the crime of extortion as laid down in the case of People v. Fort (2019) are:

  • There should be a communication of demands by one party to another.
  • For the fulfilment of the demands, the other party or their family should be threatened to cause some injury.
  • There should be an intent to extort money from the other party for some advantage. The other party should be threatened to do or not to do something.

In the case of Dhanajay Kumar Singh vs. State of Bihar (2007), the Supreme Court of India made a clear demarcation between the offences of theft and extortion. The Apex Court stated that in cases of theft, consent is not necessary, and the intention of a thief is always to steal the belongings of a person without the consent of the owner. On the other hand, in extortion, the consent is taken by fear and force, and the belongings or property of the person are taken away by force by putting him in fear of danger or hurt. 

For example, David Letterman, an American television host, was extorted for a sum of $2 million in case of involvement in sexual relationships with female employees. The suspect, Robert Halderman, was later caught and punished.

In another case, a famous actress and model, Cindy Crawford and her husband became victims of a $100,000 extortion case where their daughter’s picture, in which she was tied and gagged, was to be revealed in public if the couple did not adhere to the demands of the suspect.

Fake employment placement rackets

There have been many cases where a student or a person looking for a job has been deceived by offenders who claim to provide placement or jobs to them and later on run away with the money they have taken as an advance to provide them with employment. Section 66D of the Information Technology Act, 2000 states the penalties to be imposed on a person for cheating another person through personation using computer resources. 

For example, Ajay Kolla, the CEO of Wisdom Jobs, was arrested along with 13 other staff in January 2019 on the charge of false recruitment. Wisdom Jobs was an award-winning recruitment firm that was established in 2009. Since then, Ajay Kolla has duped around 1.04 million people, earning nearly 70 crore rupees out of fake placement promises, as reported by the Economic Times. 

Forgery 

According to Section 464 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 334 of BNS, 2023), it is provided that a person is said to be making a false document or a false record if he does the following:

Firstly, if he fraudulently or dishonestly 

  1. makes, signs, seals or executes a document or a part of that document,
  2. makes or transfers any electronic record or any part of it, affixes any electronic signature or
  3. makes any mark denoting the execution of the document.

If the said person does this to cause it to believe that such a document was made by the authority of a person by whom he knows that it was not made.

Secondly, if a person without any lawful authority fraudulently or dishonestly alters a document or any electronic record or a part of it and affixes it with his signature by himself or by any other person, irrespective of whether the person is living or dead at the time of alteration.

Thirdly, if any person fraudulently or dishonestly causes any other person who is of unsound mind or under intoxication and is not capable of understanding anything about the content of the document to affix their electronic signature or alter a document.

It is very common in the accounting section of the company where the clerks or the staff make false records and run away with the company’s money, thereby causing loss to the company.

For example, in 2019, Ravi Prakash, CEO of TV9 News Channel, was removed from his post on the charge of forgery. Based on the ABCPL press note, NDTV, in its report, said that Ravi Prakash, to misguide the registrar of companies, had forged the signature of the secretary of the company. It was also alleged that Ravi Prakash, moved by self-interest and bad intention, had filed false cases against the new directors. He convinced the third parties to file false cases against the company, thereby preventing the directors from carrying out their work.

White Collar Crime in other professions

White collar crime in the medical profession 

The problem of the relationship between the doctor and the patient had been recognised long back by the penologists. Manu said that the ones indulging in false practices, for example, where a doctor makes a false diagnosis report, a heavy fine would be levied on him. Removing an immature foetus was considered a heinous crime, and such a person was called to be subject to severe punishment. Nowadays, the practice of taking bribes from doctors for removing foetuses is very prevalent and has been strongly condemned in society. Various legislations deal with the medical termination of pregnancy, which is considered to be an illegal act, and a violation of this would cause penal consequences to the perpetrator.

There have been many cases where the medical practitioner has had no licence to practise the medical profession. The doctor treating the patient had turned out to be a fake doctor who had only deceived the patients by not treating them properly and running away with their money.

Examples of white collar crime in the medical profession could be issuing fake medical certificates, facilitating illegal abortions, or selling sample drugs and medicines directly to the patients or the pharmacists in India. Sometimes, the professionals in the medical field are seen advising criminals on how to escape the allegations using medical grounds.

In Karnataka, two doctors, K.H. Jnanendrappa and K.M. Channakeshava, were charged with making fake medical certifications for Abdul Karim Telgi, who was involved in a multi-crore stamp paper racket to help him get bail on the grounds of health issues in 2002 and 2004. They all have been charged under Section 7, Section 12, Section 13(1)(A) of the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988, read with Section 120(B) of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 61 of BNS, 2023).  Therefore, on June 19, 2007, they were both held liable with 7 years imprisonment and a fine of 14 lakh rupees each under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988.

Vyapam scam

In the Vyapam scam, the MP Professional Examination Board was asked to examine various courses for recruitment to government jobs. The case concerning this scam was registered in the 1990s, but the FIR was filed in 2000. However, the scam was busted in 2013 when it was revealed that the government officials took bribes from middlemen and applicants to provide them with jobs. It was also revealed that the previous year’s meritorious graduates had impersonated the applicants and given exams on their behalf. 

All of this happened with the help of the board members who were given the duty to conduct such exams. The scam involved big politicians, government officials, medical students, etc. In 2015, the Apex Court of India transferred this matter to the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI). Finally, in 2017, the Supreme Court in this case gave its judgment and cancelled the licence of 634 doctors by citing it to be immoral behaviour and unethical practices in the profession. 

The white collar crimes are highly prevalent in the medical profession, too, and the growth in such crimes is increasing day by day. The Parliament has introduced various legislation to prevent criminals from committing crimes like organ trafficking, drug trafficking, doctors taking bribes for practising prenatal techniques, etc.

Important legislation against medical scams

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

The Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, provides for the regulation of the sale, manufacture and production of drugs and cosmetics within India. The Act has a provision given under Section 10A wherein it gives power to the central government to take necessary measures to stop the import of illegal goods or cosmetic products that are unsafe. 

Transplantation of Human Organs and Tissues Act, 1994

The Transplantation of Human Organs and Tissues Act 1994 was enacted to prevent the act of organ trafficking that has been done illegally to earn money. 

White collar crime in the legal profession

Legal practitioners often, for money or other services provided by their clients, present false evidence or fake witnesses in court. Legal practitioners with ministerial support are involved in wrongful practices and violate all their ethical standards for financial gain. Generally, there is a manipulation of evidence and faking witnesses by bringing in professional witnesses who give the case another turn. Because of this, many times the real accused is left free and the innocent is sent to bars. The Advocates Act, 1961, is a significant piece of legislation that provides for the rules and regulations for advocates in the country. It consists of provisions for misconduct if there is a violation of the provisions of this Act. 

D.K. Gandhi vs. M. Mathias (2007) 

Facts

In the case of D.K. Gandhi vs. M. Mathias (2007), a resident of Delhi filed a case against the wrong practices of his lawyer. Gandhi had hired the lawyer for a certain amount of money. The case was settled in the first hearing itself, and Gandhi was to receive the compensation amount. However, the lawyer refrained from giving the amount to his client, Mr. Gandhi, unless an extra sum of 5,000 rupees was paid to him. The matter went to the Delhi Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission by way of an appeal. The Delhi Commission held that the services rendered by a lawyer would not fall within the purview of Section 2(1)(o) of the Consumer Protection Act, 1986. The Delhi Commission stated that this is a unilateral contract, and the authority given by the client to the lawyer was only to represent him in the said matter. 

Revision petition before the National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission

Later, the complainant, namely D.K. Gandhi, filed a revision petition before the National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission. The National Commission referred to the case of Jacob Mathew vs. State of Punjab (2005), wherein the Supreme Court had said that, in the law of negligence, the professionals from different professions like legal, medical, or architecture, or any other would be held liable for negligence in practising their profession if either of the two given conditions are satisfied: 

  • He did not have the required skill that was needed to be proficient in, and,
  •  Even if he has the required skills to be professed, he did not exercise them. 

The National Commission gave the order in favour of the complaint and held that lawyers do come under the ambit of services rendered under the Consumer Protection Act, 1986. The matter was sent back to the Delhi Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission to decide the matter on merits. 

Appeal before the Supreme Court

However, aggrieved by the said order of the National Commission, a group of lawyers filed an appeal before the Supreme Court. The matter was not decided till 2024 and left for further clarification by the Apex Court. 

White collar crime in the engineering profession

Engineers, like mining engineers, are often found to be involved in malpractices like providing substandard work and materials and also not maintaining the records or maintaining bogus records. These types of scandals are often reported on news channels and cause huge losses to the company.

In April 2019, India Today reported that an assistant engineer named S.F. Kakulte was arrested for negligence because of which a bridge had collapsed. Along with Kakulte, four other engineers and the chief engineer of the Bombay Municipal Corporation were involved in the project. The structural auditor, Neeraj Desai, was also arrested for negligence in the report. He claimed that beams, pillars, and metal fixtures were audited, but the concrete slabs were not mentioned in the inventory given to him for the audit. As a result of all this negligence, six people had died and thirty-five were seriously injured.

White collar crime in education

Many private educational institutions involve themselves in false practices like using fictitious documents and fake details in order to obtain grants from the government to run their institutions. The teachers and staff are often seen to be working at very low wages lower than the signed amount. These false practices help the institution raise a high sum of illegal money.

It was in 2019 when the New India Express reported that a senior railway ticket checking staff member was arrested by the Central Crime Branch for leaking the question papers of the exams for the posts of constables and sub-inspectors in return for money. 

It was in 2013 when the Times of India published an article stating that the Gujarat Technological College had been appointing engineers for lectureships who were not even qualified with a B.Tech degree. Yogesh Patel, who was a lecturer of civil engineering at S.R. Patel Engineering College, which is affiliated with Gujarat Technological University, had not even cleared his bachelor’s degree.

He had failed in some subjects like applied mechanical and earthquake engineering. And he even went to check papers and also received remuneration for his work. An inquiry was conducted into how a person who is ineligible for the post of ad hoc, that is, temporary, lecturer was appointed for teaching purposes. 

Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Act, 2024

On 21st June 2024, the Union government declared the implementation of the Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Act, 2024, to prevent the use of unfair means in the public examinations. The Act was passed to ensure credibility during the public examinations and to combat the menace of cheating in such examinations. 

Causes of white collar crime in India

India is a country faced with various problems on a serious level, like that of starvation, illiteracy and health issues on a large scale. Moreover, India is the most populated country in the world, and the administration of the masses becomes a problem. Despite having stringent laws, the administration often fails in implementing them, as keeping control of such a large number of people becomes difficult. In such circumstances, white collar crimes will likely flourish. The various causes for the growth of white collar crimes in India are as follows:

  1. The white collar crimes are committed by people who are financially secure and perform such illegal acts to satisfy their wants. These crimes are generally motivated by the greed of the people.
  2. Poverty is considered a major cause of underdevelopment in India. Poverty causes financial and physical duress among a large portion of the population. Since people are so much in need of money, they are easily attracted by the false representations made to them. They forget to look into the veracity of the representations being made to them.
  3. The gravity of white collar crimes is more intense than other traditional crimes. White collar crimes cause one great loss at all levels, i.e., financial, emotional, etc. Corporate mishaps, like false pharmaceutical tests, cost more lives than the crime of murder.
  4. Due to the increase in use of technology, the faster growth rate of industries, businesses, and political pressure, the offenders have been introduced to newer, easier and swifter methods of committing such crimes.
  5. With the rise of the internet and digital world, where big transactions take place within seconds and where reaching out to people from all over the world is a matter of a few minutes, criminals have an incentive to commit more crimes and hide anywhere in the world.
  6. Our law enforcement agencies are also reluctant to deal with such crimes, as these cases are very complicated and tracing a suspect is difficult. The investigation in cases of white collar crimes is much more time-consuming as compared to traditional crimes.
  7. Even when the offender of the white collar crime has been caught, the judiciary fails to punish them. The major reasons behind the failure to hold these criminals accountable for their wrongful acts are:
  • The legislators and the ones implementing the laws belong to the same group or class to which the offender belongs and therefore often assist these criminals instead of taking actions against them.
  • Due to the unwillingness of investigating officers to do their job, they are not able to connect the small evidence that they get. Despite making efforts, they don’t get major evidence in such cases, as everything is done online and tracing things or people becomes difficult.
  • Due to the lack of stringent and effective laws on such types of crimes, offenders are left free. In many cases, due to loopholes in the law, it becomes favourable to the offenders.
  • The existing laws do not provide stringent punishment that would prevent people from being involved in such crimes. The suspects do not have any incentive not to participate in these types of crimes.

It is disappointing to know that despite white collar crimes being prevalent in society and many people getting under its grip, no measures are being taken to prevent the commission of such crimes. The reason behind this is that white collar crimes are committed by influential people who enjoy higher social status.

White collar crime investigation

White collar crime investigation process

There has been a recent growth in the investigation process of white collar crimes in India. Due to the increase in anti-corruption marches, the companies are having an increase in periodic investigations. These internal investigations act as a watchdog against any unwanted activity. This further prevents the company from embarrassing raids. In India, there are no stringent rules or procedures that need to be followed while conducting these internal investigations relating to white collar crimes. 

According to the report published by NDTV, the CEO of ICICI Bank, Chanda Kochhar, was facing charges of fraud, and the bank resorted to an internal investigation by the Reserve Bank of India, the Securities and Exchange Board of India, and the Central Bureau of Investigation. To look into the matter, an independent committee was set up that was headed by a retired Supreme Court judge, Justice B.N. Srikrishna. As per another report of Hindustan Times, Chanda Kochhar was also alleged to be involved in a money laundering case of 1,875 crore rupees that she gave to the Videocon Group. The Enforcement Directorate filed a complaint against Chanda Kochhar and eight other corporates in 2020 for being involved in the money laundering case. In the First Information Report (FIR) of the Central Bureau of Investigation, it was alleged that ICICI Bank gave a loan of 1875 crore rupees to the Videocon group during 2009-2011. She and her husband Deepak were arrested by the Central Bureau of Investigation. However, in 2023, Chanda Kochhar was granted bail by the Bombay High Court in the said case.

White collar crime investigation techniques

There are a few basic techniques for the investigation of white collar crimes, and they are:

  1. There should be an informant in the team who would give first-hand information about a white collar crime taking place or having taken place in a company. It should be done to keep the investigating officers updated with all that was, is or will be going on in the company. Unless and until the information goes to the police about the crime, no investigation shall commence. Therefore, informants play a crucial role.
  2. Involvement of undercover agents is important as they help in tracing the evidence that is not prima facie evidence. They also help in giving information regarding people who go underground and then commit serious offences. Since tracking such people is not possible by the police officers, they appoint undercover agents who, without any hint to the accused, get all the details about him.
  3. Police officers are often seen conducting physical surveillance and electronic surveillance through CCTVs or tracking call records. These surveillances help in tracking down even the smallest of evidence against the suspect. 
  4. By way of interrogation, it becomes easy for the police officials to extract the information from the suspects that they would not have otherwise obtained.
  5. Wiretapping, where the law permits it, helps in proving guilt by way of producing call records in court. In some cases, call records are sufficient evidence to hold a person guilty of an offence. 

Legislation dealing with white collar crime in India 

Several provisions exist for identifying white collar crime. The government, to ensure that the criminal committing white collar crime is not unpunished, has brought in the following legislation:

  1. The Companies Act, 1960
  2. The Income Tax Act, 1961
  3. Indian Penal Code, 1860
  4. The Commodities Act, 1955
  5. The Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988
  6. The Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881
  7. The Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002
  8. The Information Technology Act, 2005
  9. The Imports and Exports (Control) Act, 1950
  10. The Special Court (Trial of Offences relating to Transactions in Securities) Act, 1992
  11. The Central Vigilance Commission Act, 2003

Some important legislation and its flaws 

Fugitive Economic Offenders Act, 2018

The Fugitive Economic Offenders Act, 2018, was passed to streamline the process of dealing with offenders who seek asylum in countries outside India. It came into being to account for the damage done; their properties and assets are confiscated, but the problem lies with the fact that this legislation only deals with accountable money of at least 100 million. What about crimes committed by people for an amount of less than 100 crores? Are they not liable? Or is the government not willing to be strict enough for them? This seems to be a grey area because it neglects crimes that include smaller amounts of money, which could also allow them to evade law and order.

Prevention of Money-Laundering Act, 2005

The Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2005, has helped curb money laundering domestically, and it has also been stretched further beyond borders to curb money laundering-related activities due to strict foreign exchange regulations. Similar to most white-collar crimes, this involves a large number of people. But with the rise of technology, it has simplified such tasks and turned out to be more complex and digital. Now, with the accessibility of the cryptocurrency platform, a new form of money laundering has emerged where criminals can move funds easily online across the entire world with just a click of a button. Due to the lack of relevant legislation, we cannot keep up with these technological advancements.

Prevention of Corruption (Amendment) Act 2018

The Prevention of Corruption Act was passed in 1988 to curb corruption in India, and with its recent changes in 2018, it has proven to be more effective. However, the cost has been making the trial a longer procedure and the requirement to procure a sanction to initiate a probe into a public servant. Furthermore, the burden of proof is now on the prosecution, and in some cases, where corruption is usually committed by higher officials, it acts as a shield for them.  The long procedure also would allow them to figure out loopholes, which makes it easier for such offenders to go unpunished in some cases.

Indian Penal Code, 1860

Although the Indian Penal Code, 1860, covers different aspects of crimes and offences, it does not fully cover white-collar crimes, which are vast. However, it covers crimes like forgery, corruption, bribery, counterfeiting, etc. For example, under Section 465 (Section 336(2) of BNS, 2023), punishment for forgery of documents shall be punished for a term of up to 2 years. This may be inadequate since in recent times, these can be said to be grievous, and our social and economic system has evolved to such an extent that the IPC is falling behind and may not be able to meet the current needs. Now, Bharatiya Nyay Sanhita 2023 has replaced the Indian Penal Code, 1860, which also provides for the same offences as have been provided under the IPC. 

Penalties for white collar crimes

Sentencing in white collar crime in India

Punishment for fraud

Section 447 of the Companies Act, 2013 provides punishment against the commission of fraud. It states that in case a person is found guilty of an offence of fraud, he would be imprisoned for a period not less than 6 months, which extends up to 10 years. And he will also be subject to a fine, which should not in any case be less than the amount involved in fraud and which may extend to three times the amount involved in the fraud. In case the fraud has been committed against the interest of the general public, then the term of imprisonment would not be less than 3 years.

Punishment for a false statement

Section 448 of the Companies Act, 2013 states that if a person deliberately makes a false statement, knowing it to be false, or deliberately omits any material fact, knowing it to be material, then he would be held liable for his wrongful act. This false statement can be made either through a return, report, certificate, financial statement, prospectus, statement or any other documents required for the purpose mentioned under this Act or any rules made under it. 

Punishment for furnishing false evidence

Section 449 of the Companies Act, 2013 provides for punishment for furnishing false evidence. It states that if any person gives false evidence in a court of law:

  • Either upon an examination on oath or solemn affirmation; or
  • When any company is about to dissolve or otherwise, in case of any matter arising under this Act, in any affidavit, deposition or solemn affirmation,
  • He shall be punished with imprisonment and a fine. The imprisonment will not be less than 3 years and may extend to 7 years. The fine may extend to 10 lakh rupees.

Punishment when no specific punishment or penalty has been provided

Section 450 of the Companies Act, 2013 states that in case a punishment or penalty for a crime has been committed either by an officer of a company or by any other person who contravenes any of the provisions of this act. In that case, the person shall be punished with a fine, which may extend to 10 thousand rupees. In case the contravention continues, the person would be asked to pay a fine, which may extend to 1,000 rupees every day till the contravention continues. 

Implications of white collar crime in India

The rate at which white collar crimes are increasing has become a matter of concern globally. It has been found that the detriment that white collar crimes cause to society is much more than other forms of crime. Moreover, India is a developing nation, and so an unprecedented increase in white collar crime hampers its image, along with being a hazard to the growth of its economy.

Moreover, white collar crimes cause emotional trauma, not only to the victims of the crime but to society at large. When the victim is not able to bear the expenses of the white collar crime that he had evidence of, society starts losing faith in the authorities. If the authorities in higher positions, who have enormous powers, start wrongfully using them, then who else will the citizens trust? 

Also, as these crimes are flourishing all over the country, people don’t find themselves secure anywhere, neither in the physical world nor in the virtual world. Where people were introduced to the digital world to avoid tiring jobs like standing in the queue to deposit or withdraw money from the bank, and reduce other sorts of physical labour, it has not become the biggest platform for the commission of white collar crimes. Nowhere do the people find themselves safe.

Above all, despite several movements against the white collar crimes and instituting several rules and regulations via enactments, the government has not been able to do much for the victims of the white collar crime. The complicated nature of the method of committing such crimes makes it difficult for the authorities to find evidence. That is why many criminals move freely, and this has become the main reason for crime to flourish. The criminals don’t find any incentive to commit such crimes, which helps them make easy money.

Moreover, people sitting in a higher position who commit such crimes buy the media persons or threaten them to close their channel to stop the media coverage of their wrongful or illegal acts that they commit or have committed during their occupation.

Judicial pronouncements

SEBI vs. Burman Plantation and Others (2013)

In this case, Sebi vs. Burman Plantation and others (2013), the learned counsel on behalf of SEBI before the High Court of Allahabad claimed that the company is being wrongly accused, as the company was not in a position to pay its debts, including payments to its investors. When the advertisement by the company was put to question, the council said that the advertisement was given in 2003 while the order was passed in 2004, when the company was not in a position to pay back its debts.

Moreover, the sum of money which the investors were claiming was nowhere cited. The main claim of the counsel was that the legislature raised the punishment from 1 year to 10 years and also increased the fine, which may now extend to 25 crores by amending the laws under Section 24(1) of the SEBI Act. At last, Ravi Arora, the accused, was held liable.

Abhay Singh Chautala vs. CB.I. (2011)

There were two appellants in the present case of  Abhay Singh Chautala vs. C.B.I. (2011) against whom a charge sheet was filed for committing an offence under Section 13(1)(e) and 13(2) of the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 read with Section 109 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Section 49 of BNS, 2023) in separate trials. It was alleged that both the accused had accumulated disproportionate wealth as per their income when they were members of the Legislative Assembly.

When the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) initiated its investigation, it was found that the father of the appellant had acquired huge properties, as was the case with the appellants. The High Court held that the appellant had provided a different office(s) of the accused than they were holding at that time. Thus, the sanction under Section 19 of the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988, was held to be without any merit. 

Binod Kumar vs. State of Jharkhand & Others (2011)

In this case, Binod Kumar vs. State of Jharkhand & Others (2011) was filed against several ministers of the State of Jharkhand, along with the Chief Minister, for having possession of unaccounted money. The High Court had requested the Central Government to transfer the case from the Enforcement Directorate to the CBI by way of power given to it under Section 45 (1A) of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002.

It was alleged that the ministers had hefty amounts of money, and though no evidence was found to charge them with money laundering, a strict investigation was proposed. The ministers were said to be the owners of property not only in India but abroad as well. Therefore, the court asked for an investigation to determine whether this wealth was acquired by making use of the official position. It was to be clarified if a white crime had been committed under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 and under the Indian Penal Code, 1860.

The CBI started its investigation under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 and the Indian Penal Code, 1860, as the power to carry on investigation under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act was only with the Enforcement Directorate, which is of course subjected to the power given to the Central Government under Section 45 (1-A) of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act.

Measures to curb white collar crimes

The measures that can be adopted to prevent the commission of white collar crimes are:

  1. The top investigating agencies of the country, like the Central Bureau of Investigation, the Enforcement Directorate, the Income-tax Department, the Directorate of Revenue Intelligence, and the Customs Department, need strengthening by way of implementing strong regulating policies. The Central Vigilance Commission should monitor the working of the officials sitting in top positions and also cross-check their work to ensure transparency in the system.
  2. As the method of commission of such white collar crimes is advancing, so should the training of the investigating officials. It often happens that ageing officers are well experienced to understand the nature and techniques, but are not able to utilise the technology for tracking the suspect. This happens due to a lack of training. So, every investigating officer must be trained in such a manner that, no matter how complicated the case is, they would be able to easily resolve it.
  3. To uproot the existence of such crimes, it is very important to include strict laws in the system. Less of a fine and a shorter period of imprisonment make it very casual for the offenders to commit such crimes. 
  4. Fast-track courts and tribunals should be set in all parts of the country for the early disposal of these cases. The tribunal should be provided with the power to fine or imprison someone who has been found guilty. Such measures would lower the rates of occurrence of white collar crimes.
  5. The electronic and print media should be utilised in the right way to spread awareness about white collar crimes. The general public needs to be aware of such crimes and that they are taking place everywhere, from small cafes to big multinational companies.  Also, they need to be aware of the remedies they could seek in case they become victims of such crimes.
  6. Stringent laws a hefty fine, and long term imprisonment should be given to the offenders for committing such crimes. And for this to happen, the Indian Penal Code, 1860, should be amended and include provisions for white collar crimes. For example, the IPC could have a separate chapter dealing with white collar crimes.
  7. The government may establish a separate body that would look into the matter of crimes and criminality prevailing in the country. The independent body could be named the National Crime Commission. Since their entire work would be related only to the crimes and would be an independent body, it could work more efficiently towards reducing criminality in the country.

Major Indian scandals on white collar crimes 

Bofors scandal (1986)

In 1986, the Indian Government, when Rajiv Gandhi was Prime Minister, decided to purchase a 155mm field Howitzer gun for the Army from a Swedish company, namely AB Bofors. The government led by Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi was heavily criticised for making such a deal. Ottavio Quattrochi, a close friend of the Gandhi family, was the middleman in this deal. The deal was signed for Rs. 1,437 crores. An FIR was registered against certain individuals from India and from abroad who were alleged to be involved in criminal conspiracy, cheating and forgery in the said deal with Bofors. 

The charge sheet was also filed against Ottavio Quattrochi, the Hinduja brothers and other persons. Quattrochi left India and fled to a foreign country; other persons died during the time of the investigation. The Bofors scandal was a huge scam but resulted in disaster for the Indian economy. The case went on for a long time, but due to the lack of evidence and proof, it ended with nothing in hand. 

Harshad Mehta scam (1992)

Harshad Mehta, a stockbroker in the Bombay Stock Exchange, lived a lavish lifestyle with a 15,000 sq. feet apartment with a golf court. He used to buy large shares in the stock market, due to which he was known as the “big bull” of the stock market. Sucheta Dalal, a Times of India editor, exposed the illegal methods Mr. Mehta used in the stock market. This scam is considered to be a massive loss for the stock market that resulted in a severe market crash and a huge loss to the Indian economy.  Mr. Mehta used to get issued bank receipts from the banks without holding the securities, and he obtained funds from banks by using such fake bank receipts. 

Instead of using such money for security purposes, he transferred it to buy shares in the stock market. One instance of such is the stock of Associated Cement Company, wherein in a few months he diverted the stock price of the said company from Rs. 200 to Rs. 9000. The former governor of the Reserve Bank of India, namely, Sri Venkitaramanan, faced severe criticism for not having control over the banks and due to the economic loss to the country. 

Major politicians were directly implicated in connection with the scam. After this huge scam of Rs. 4000 crores, the stock market crashed immediately, resulting in a fall of 43%. Vijaya Bank’s chairman committed suicide as he knew that he would get arrested if people came to know about his involvement in the said scam. Many cases were filed against Harshad Mehta, but in 2002, he died. After the death of Harshad Mehta, the cases pending against him did not get finalised. 

Hawala scam (1991)

It was a political scandal wherein some politicians received payment from Hawala brokers, namely, the Jain brothers. A total sum of 65.47 crores was involved, of which 53.5 crores were illegally transferred from foreign countries by way of hawala channels. In this scam, many politicians were also implicated. Lal Krishan Advani, the famous politician, was also the main accused in the scandal; however, he and others were acquitted in 1997. The Court found that the records of Hawala could not be considered as evidence as they are not adequate and reliable. The Central Bureau of Investigation was widely criticised for prosecuting the political leaders without sufficient proof.  

Satyam scandal (2009)

The Satyam scandal was also one of the biggest scandals in India and involved a large amount of money of 7,800 crores, which later turned out to be around 12,320 crores. The management of Satyam Computers deceived the market by influencing the financial wealth of the company. The people involved in this scam were the founder of Satyam, namely, Ramalinga Raju, his brothers Suryanarayana Raju and Rama Raju, and the internal and external auditors of Price Waterhouse (PWC). 

There were a total of  8 people involved in this scam. The facts with respect to the company’s books and accounts were misrepresented, and it was not discovered for 7-8 years.  The financial statements of the company were only known to Ramalinga Raju and his 8 other colleagues. Around 7,000 fake invoices were generated in the computer-generated system, which never existed. 

The scam was discovered when Satyam Computers merged its business with a company, namely Mytas, in 2009, which was operated by Ramalinga Raju’s family members. He accepted the fact before the stakeholders that the accounts were manipulated by him, involving 7000 crore rupees. The World Bank stopped the company from carrying on its business due to the serious charges of bribery and data theft.  

The Indian government took a lesson from this biggest corporate fraud and abolished the old Companies Act, 1956. The Indian government came up with new legislation, namely the  Companies Act, 2013. The term corporate fraud was made a criminal offence in the new Act. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue and listing of Municipal Debt Securities) Regulations, 2015 were also enacted to form criteria to report actual accounts and to detect fraud. An authority, namely, the Serious Fraud Investigation Office (SFIO), was also being constituted as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. 

Stamp paper scam (2003)

Abdul Karim Telgi was a fruit seller on the trains in India; later, he went to Saudi Arabia for some time. He returned to India during the 1990s after 7 years and started counterfeiting by making fake passports and forged documents. Abdul Karim Telgi was accused in the stamp paper case in India, where he appointed 350 fake agents to spread the scam around 12 states. This business included selling stamp papers to banks, insurance companies, and those firms that dealt in stock brokerage. He was able to club around 200 billion rupees. The scam was discovered in 2000 when two individuals were interrogated at Cottonpet, Bengaluru, as they were carrying fake stamp papers with them. 

Meanwhile, Telgi absconded from the sport after the scam was discovered. The Financial Times report revealed that in the years 1990, 2002 and 2003, 12 cases were already registered against Abdul Karim Telgi. The case was filed against Telgi, and the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) also framed charges against him in 2004. He went to prison, but it was revealed that in 2017, he was still committing his illegal acts from jail. Two prison officials were also convicted by the High Court for giving Telgi access to mobile phones. In 2017, due to various organ failures, Abdul Karim Telgi died at the Bangalore hospital. 

Punjab National Bank Scam (2018)

This is one of the biggest scams that happened in India, wherein Nirav Modi and his uncle Mehul Choksi fraudulently syphoned off 14,000 crores from the state-owned bank, Punjab National Bank. This scam not only triggered the political upheaval in the country but also caused a significant loss to the Indian economy. The Punjab National Bank filed a complaint against Nirav Modi and against the companies in whose connivance he had committed such a big fraud. 

Vijay Mallya scam (2017)

There were allegations of money laundering against Vijay Mallya, wherein it was speculated that Vijay Mallya had transferred the loan money that he had taken from the banks to the tax havens. He had taken the help of shell companies that were located in countries including the United Kingdom, the United States, Ireland and France to launder the said loan money. Mallya fled from India after the said scam. 

An anti-corruption court in Mumbai, at the request of the Enforcement Directorate (ED), declared Mallya a fugitive economic offender (FEO). He was the first businessman to be declared a fugitive economic offender. Presently, he is living in the United Kingdom, where he is defending himself against the extradition proceedings by the Indian authorities. He has also filed for asylum in the United Kingdom after using all legal defences.  

Conclusion

White collar crimes have two surprising features: first, that they are non-violent crimes, though the criminals tend to gain control or have a sense of entitlement, and second, that they are committed by people in higher professions. However, these crimes are also committed by poorly paid underlings, although the masterminds behind the commission of such crimes can also be rich people enjoying a higher social status in their occupation. White collar crimes are often committed because of peer pressure or are dependent on the culture of the company.

As our society is growing towards modernity and the world is experiencing new technological advancements, the rate of crime is also increasing at a faster rate. Particularly, the growth in white collar crimes has been enormous. From the medical profession to educational institutions, these crimes are being committed everywhere. The cases of online fraud are also increasing at an alarming rate. India, as a developing nation, has faced difficulties in leading its economy towards growth because of these crimes in general and corruption in particular. 

The investigating officials are in need of training where they could acquire the skill to trace these criminals; otherwise, tracking them is a difficult, complicated and tiresome job. The investigating officials’ work should be scrutinised to ensure transparency in the work, as white collar crimes are committed by people enjoying higher social status in their occupation.

The government must make laws that are strict enough to reduce the commission of such crimes. And the system should be such that not only do there exist laws giving strict punishment to the accused, but also dispose of maximum cases in a short while. If not done so, then people will soon lose complete faith in the system, as these crimes are committed by people who should act as role models for society. 

The media has a key role to play in reducing the rate of white collar crimes. It has been noted that most of the white collar crimes go unreported. So, if the media becomes more active towards publishing frauds and scams at higher levels and revealing how the people in higher positions in a company use their powers arbitrarily and also make efforts in making people aware of the white collar crimes and avoiding corrupt practices, then this would help in reducing the rate at which the white collar crimes are being committed.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

What is the 10-80-10 rule under the Fraud Triangle theory?

According to the 10-80-10 rule of the Fraud Triangle theory, it shows that 10% of people would never commit fraud, 80% of people might do that if they get all the necessary elements, which are pressure/motive, opportunity and rationalisation. Whereas, 10% of the population would commit fraud if they got an active opportunity. 

References

  • Para 4; A.I.R. 1987 SC 1321
  • 1964 A.I.R. 295 SCR (4) 224
Download Now

Dower in Muslim law (Mahr)

0
Dower in Muslim law (Mahr)
Image Source - https://shorturl.at/m1OwY

This article was written by Smaranika Sen and updated by Meenakshi Kalra. This article discusses the concept of Mahr (dower) in Muslim Law. We have covered the types of dower and the rights of the wife if dower is not given to her. You will also find a comparative analysis of dower and other dowry systems and several landmark cases to show the evolution of the concept of dower.

Table of Contents

Introduction

Under Muslim law, Mahr or dower is a very important part of a marriage. Without Mahr, a marriage is not deemed valid, just like a contract is not considered valid without consideration.

The concept of mahr can vary across regions and various schools of thought in the Muslim community, but the basic idea remains the same. Mahr is a token of respect given by the husband to his wife. The husband does this to show and acknowledge her dignity as a wife. The concept of Mahr is dynamic, and with changing socio-legal situations arising out of family and gender issues, it has also evolved in the present times.

Meaning of Mahr

In the Quran and other hadiths, Mahr is also known as sadaq, nahlah, ajr, and Farida. It refers to the gift that the husband gives to his wife when they get married.

The amount of mahr to be given to the wife can be decided either by the parties through an agreement or by operation of law. Many jurists have tried to define mahr to make it more understandable.

Such as Wilson, according to whom Mahr refers to a type of consideration for the surrender of the person by the wife.

Another such person is Mulla, according to whom Mahr can be described as “a sum of money or other property which the wife is entitled to receive from the husband in consideration of the marriage.

According to Ameer Ali, the dower is “the kind of consideration that belongs to the wife.

Origin of Mahr

The concept of dower is not a recent idea; it has existed since the pre-Islamic era before the advent of Islamic law. However, Islamic law is responsible for bringing this concept to the forefront and regulating it. Through Islamic law, it has now become a right of every Muslim woman at the time of marriage.

During the pre-Islamic era, women were treated like property, and they had no rights. They could be sold and bought without their consent. The guardians of the women would make deals and marry them to the highest bidder and pocket all the dower from such a marriage.

After Islam’s development and evolution in Arab countries, new ideas and practices emerged. These ideas stated that Islamic values and concepts should benefit the individual and the community. One of these concepts was the dower, which Islam rethought and reinvented.

In the present form, dower is governed by the new law of Sharῑa, which states that dower is the sole right of the woman, and no one else can decide the terms of the same for the woman.

Nature of dower in Muslim law

Prophet Mohammad himself suggested the dower, which is considered obligatory in every marriage. It is comparable to the concept of donation propter nuptias, which means a gift given before marriage. The only difference between the dower and donation propter nuptias is that the former is mandatorily given to the wife, while the latter is given voluntarily. The dower is an inalienable right given to the wife and acts as an unsecured debt for the husband.

The following points can better understand the nature of dower:

Parallel between dower and contract of sale

The Allahabad High Court, in Abdul Kadir vs. Salima (1886), stated that dower and a contract of sale share similarities. In this case, the court tried to compare giving a dower to a contract of sale. They believed that the wife was a property, and the dower given to her was the price for acquiring the property. 

The wife can stop living with the husband if the dower is not given to her. This is similar to a vendor not delivering the goods without payment. After the dower is given to the wife, she cannot refuse to live with the husband. This is similar to the delivery of goods after payment.

Consideration for conjugal intercourse

According to some experts, dower can also be considered a consideration for conjugal rights. The Allahabad High Court, in the case of Smt. Nasra Begum vs. Rizwan Ali (1980) pointed out that the wife’s right of dower has to be given priority over the husband’s right to cohabit with his wife. For the husband’s right to succeed, the wife’s claim for prompt dower must be satisfied first; only then can he ask her to cohabit with him.

Essential feature of marriage 

Dower is considered an indispensable feature of marriage under Muslim law and is treated as consideration for marriage. Dower cannot be refused to the wife even if the amount payable as dower has not been mentioned in the marriage contract. The validity of marriage cannot be questioned merely because the amount of dower payable was not specified; a marriage shall still be considered valid even if the amount for dower has not been specified. In the case of Hassina Bibi vs. Zubaida Bibi (1916), the Allahabad High Court ruled that if the amount of dower is not specified, then the same shall be determined by using existing principles. 

Usually, the dower is payable before the consummation of marriage. Still, it can be divided into two types: prompt dower, which is payable on demand, and deferred dower, which is payable upon the dissolution of the marriage by death or divorce.

Like all the other creditors, the wife has also been given a right to claim her dower from her deceased husband’s estate. She is entitled to keep possession of the properties until her dower is paid. However, her dower shall be treated as an unsecured debt, which means that there is no collateral tied to it, and it shall be recovered from her husband’s estate.

In the case of Zobair Ahmad vs. Jainandan Prasad (1960), the Patna High Court ruled that the widow cannot transfer her late husband’s property, which she is holding to recover her dower. This is because she only has a right to enjoy the property under Section 6(d) of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. The widow has been given a property enjoyment right, which is only personal. Hence, she cannot make a transaction to transfer the property of her deceased husband. The right given to her is limited to helping her recover her dower.

In another case of Smt. Nasra Begum vs. Rizwan Ali (1980), the Allahabad High Court clarified that the term ‘consideration’ for marriage is not to be treated in the same way as the term consideration given in the Indian Contract Act, 1872. Muslim law requires the husband to give his wife a dower upon marrying her. This dower he gives shall also act as consideration for marriage and a symbol of his respect towards her.

Object of Dower (Mahr)

Dower is one of the most important rights given to women under Muslim law. It helps provide them with financial and economic stability, and the concept of dower has existed in Muslim law for a long time. It has gained legitimacy from the Holy Quran and Sunna of the Holy Prophet itself; thus, no one can get married without providing the same to the wife.

Dower not only helps the wife feel secure and respected, but under Muslim law, Mahr has to be paid to the wife for a marriage to be considered valid. Without a dower, it would be easy for the husband to end the marriage and divorce the wife without any consequences. The dower helps the wife feel more confident as she has something to rely on in her demanding days.

The husband pays the dower to make it clear to the wife that she is not merely an object for enjoyment and sexual intercourse but also someone that the husband respects and honours. It clarifies that she is not simply the husband’s property; instead, the purpose of the dower is to place her on an equal footing and treat her as a partner in a marriage.

Importance of Dower

Dower is given such importance under Muslim law because, according to Shariah, it fulfils many aspects responsible for a healthy and long marriage. According to Fatwai-i-Quazi Khan, if a woman agrees to marry without dower or agrees to give away her right to dower before marriage, then such a marriage contract shall be considered invalid under Muslim law.

The husband has been given a lot of power under Muslim law. It creates a balance between the husband’s power and the wife’s rights by ensuring the husband does not misuse his power. The concept of dower makes the wife feel more respected and protects her from the husband’s power to divorce her arbitrarily. It places a check on the arbitrary power of the husband by restraining his ability to marry multiple wives as he will have to pay a dower to every additional wife he marries.

In the case of Abdul Kadir vs. Salima (1886), Hon’ble Justice Mahmood noted that dower places a strict obligation on the husband because, without it, the husband would have too much power, which he could use to divorce his wife randomly or engage in polygamy. Thus, giving a dower in marriage is essential because it makes the wife’s rights a central and fundamental part of the marriage contract.

Dower does not apply to marriages registered under the Special Marriage Act, 1954. Still, if the marriage was first done under Muslim law and then later registered under the Special Marriage Act, 1956, the wife shall retain her right to dower.

Quantum of Mahr

Legal consequence of dower

The amount of Mahr to be paid in a Muslim marriage may be fixed by an agreement between the parties to the marriage or determined by the provisions made by law. Usually, no minimum or maximum amount is laid down for Mahr except in the cases of Hanafi Muslims and Maliki Muslims, who have provisions for a minimum amount of Mahr but not a maximum amount that needs to be paid.

Both Hanafi and Maliki schools of the Sunni sect have set a minimal value that needs to be paid as dower. For Hanafi Muslims, the minimum amount of dower has been set as 10 dirhams. For Maliki Muslims, the minimum amount of dower has been set to 3 dirhams. The husband can give as much dower as he is capable of providing. He is obligated to meet only the minimum amount of dower that has been stated because there is no upper limit that has been set for dower. In Shia law, on the other hand, the dower shall not exceed 500 dirhams. This amount was fixed based on the dower set for the marriage of the Prophet’s daughter, Fatima.

Under Muslim law, the remedies available to the husband regarding the payment of the dower are pretty limited. If the husband promises more dower than he can afford to give, he will still be obligated to make efforts to pay the stated amount. 

A seminar held by the Indian Ulema suggested that the Mahr should be given in gold and silver. This idea was suggested because it protects women from the fluctuations that occur in various currencies. If the dower is given in gold and silver, then the dower received by them would be stable, further enhancing their sense of security.

Who can change dower/Mahr?

At any given time, the husband may increase or decrease the amount of dower payable by him after the marriage. Similarly, the wife has also been given the right to give back her dower, fully or partially, but she must do this with her free consent. A Muslim girl can give up her Mahr if she has reached the age of puberty irrespective of the fact whether she has turned eighteen years old under the Indian Majority Act, 1875 or not. This act of remitting the Mahr is known as Hibe-e-Mahr.

In the case of Hasnumiya Dada Mia vs. Halimunnissa Hafiullah (1942), the Bombay High Court held that if the wife gives up her Mahr because of the anguish caused by her husband’s death, then it cannot be said that such remittance was done voluntarily. Such remittance shall not be binding upon her.

In another case of Shah Bano vs. Iftekar Mohammad (1956) it was laid down by the Karachi High Court that if the wife returns her dower because she thinks that it is the only way to make her husband love her, then by doing so, such a decision cannot be said to be made with her free consent. Thus, ruling that the dower needs to be returned in such a scenario would be unjust and unfair to the wife.

Types of dower in Muslim law

As the foregoing paragraphs have established, the concept of dower plays a vital role in marriages governed by Muslim law. The main types of dower include Muta dower, specified dower, and proper or customary dower.

Different types of dower discuss different factors in a marriage and the conditions under which the dower shall be paid. Every kind of dower comes with rules and conditions that must be followed to be valid and enforceable.

The types of dower can be classified in the following manner:

Muta dower

The literal meaning of the word “Muta” is enjoyment. Thus, Muta marriage means a marriage that has been done for enjoyment. In this type of marriage, the Muta dower is payable to the wife. Sunni law does not recognise this type of marriage as a valid marriage, as this marriage is temporary and is only done for some time.

Muta marriage was mainly practised in Arabia, and it was not recognised by any school of Muslim law in India except the Asar Shia School. Even though cohabitation between the parties to this marriage has been recognised legally, it still does not give them any right of inheritance. The wife is not given any maintenance under the personal law after the Muta marriage is dissolved. Still, she can claim it under Section 125 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (Section 144 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023). The concept of divorce is also not recognised under a Muta marriage.

Muta dower is decided based on whether the marriage was consummated. If the muta marriage is consummated, the entire muta dower shall be paid to her. If the marriage was not consummated, then only half of the muta dower shall be given to her. No dower shall be given to her if she leaves before the time period specified for the muta marriage ends.

This is because the muta marriage is treated as a contract, and the payment depends on completing the conditions stated under the contract. 

Specified dower

The wife is given the dower according to what was agreed in the marriage contract. This is referred to as the specified dower, as defined in the agreement. The parties to the marriage decide the dower to be given. This is done either before, after, or at the time of the marriage.

If the person to whom the woman is getting married is a lunatic or a minor, then it is the guardian’s responsibility to decide the dower. The guardian is also responsible for ensuring the wife gets her dower if the person remains minor or lunatic after marriage. After the boy attains the age of majority, he cannot claim that since he was not a party to the marriage contract, he would not be liable to pay the dower. The boy shall be liable to pay the dower his guardian set after he attains the age of majority.

A provision has also been made for husbands who are very poor and cannot afford to pay 10 dirhams as dower. According to the teachings of the Prophet, if the husband cannot give even the lowest amount of dower to the wife, he shall teach her the Quran instead.

Further, specified dower can be divided into:

Prompt dower

Prompt dower is also known as ‘muajjal mahr’, which can be translated to “hasten”. It is payable immediately after marriage on demand. In most circumstances, it is paid before or anytime after marriage. According to the teachings of Ameer Ali, the wife shall not be required to live with the husband if he has not paid her the prompt dower that she is entitled to. Similarly, if the prompt dower of a minor girl is not paid to her, then her guardian can refuse to let her go to her husband’s house till the dower is paid to her. Even if they live separately, the husband must maintain the wife.

In the case of Rehana Khatun vs. Iqtidar-uddin (1942), the Hon’ble Allahabad High Court stated that the dower is to be decided according to the customs being followed in the present times. If no customs are followed, the dower shall be chosen according to the financial and social status of the parties.

Prompt dower can be claimed even after the consummation of marriage. The wife cannot refuse conjugal rights to the husband even if the prompt dower has not been given to her, but the consummation of marriage has occurred once before such payment. The husband can ask the court for the restitution of conjugal rights. The court’s decision shall depend on whether the husband has paid the dower. The court shall side with the husband for restitution of conjugal rights only if he has paid the dower or in cases where the marriage has already been consummated without payment of dower. Consequently, it can be said that the dower is a crucial element that plays a vital role in establishing a conjugal relationship between the husband and the wife.

Under Muslim law, even though the prompt dower must be paid immediately on the wife’s demand, it is usually neither demanded nor paid. The husband usually does not fulfil his responsibility of paying the dower until a domestic disagreement or some financial issues arise in the marriage. The limitation period for demanding prompt dower is three years from the date of demand and refusal. The time limit for filing a suit for the payment of prompt dower shall be calculated from the date of dissolution of marriage unless a demand for payment of prompt dower had already been made during the time of the marriage.

Deferred dower

Deferred dower is also known as ‘muvajjal mahr’, which can be translated to “delayed.” It is paid after the dissolution of marriage, i.e., either by death or divorce. The teachings of Ameer Ali state that dower is a consideration that belongs entirely to the wife. He believed that the dower has a punitive nature, which means that the husband is obligated to honor the dower’s payment, as stated in the marriage contract. This type of dower is usually paid when the marriage ends, but if there has been an agreement that it has to be paid earlier, that agreement is also valid. 

It is upon the husband, and if he wishes, he can treat the deferred dower as a prompt dower and pay his wife early. The wife has no right to demand the deferred dower unless it has been stated otherwise. The husband can pay the wife or transfer property in her favor as a dower. Such a transfer is valid and does not fall under fraud unless the husband is insolvent at the time of such transfer.

Further, the widow can voluntarily relinquish her right to the deferred dower after her husband’s death. She can do so by recital of a formula, and such relinquishment of her dower must be with her free consent.

A deferred dower is not dependent on a condition and is guaranteed to the wife. This means that the wife has a vested interest in the dower and not a contingent interest because it cannot be taken away on the happening of an event, and in case of her death, her heirs can claim the dower in her place.

Presumption regarding prompt and deferred dower

The dower can be divided into two parts:

  • Prompt dower 

This type of dower shall be paid on the demand of the wife. The wife can claim this type of dower any time she wants, before or after marriage consummation.

  • Deferred dower 

This dower becomes payable to the wife or her heirs when the marriage is dissolved. The dissolution of marriage can be either due to death or divorce.

The dower shall be considered a prompt dower even if it is postponed till the time the wife demands it. Just because the wife demands the payment of a deferred dower does not automatically convert the deferred dower into a prompt one. The deferred dower is mainly paid to the wife on the dissolution of marriage unless the contract of marriage specifies some other condition for the payment of the deferred dower.

If the marriage contract or Kabin-nama specifies the amount that has been fixed as the dower but does not tell how much of it has to be paid as a prompt dower or deferred dower, then it shall be decided by the courts. The Bombay and Allahabad High Courts have set various percents related to this issue wherein they have stated that the division shall be made based on:

  • Position of the wife;
  • Customs of the locality;
  • Total amount of dower; and
  • Status of husband.

As per Shia Law, if no clarification has been made under the marriage contract regarding which portion shall be treated as prompt and which as deferred dower, then the entire dower shall be regarded as prompt dower. Further, in the Madras Presidency, irrespective of whether the parties are Shia or Sunni, dower as the whole amount is treated as prompt dower.

As per Sunni Law, if no statement and family usage is stated in the marriage contract, half of the dower amount will be treated as a prompt dower and the other half as a deferred dower.

Proper or customary dower

If no dower has been set under the marriage contract or the marriage took place on the condition that she shall not claim any dower after her marriage, then the wife shall get a proper dower. The appropriate dower is decided by considering the amount of dower settled upon other female members of the father’s family. The proper dower is regulated concerning the following factors:

  • Personal qualifications of the wife, i.e., her age, beauty, virtue, fortune, etc.;
  • Social position of her father’s family;
  • Dower given to her female paternal relations;
  • Economic conditions of husband; and
  • Circumstances of time.

Under Sunni law, there is no maximum limit for a proper dower, but it should not exceed 500 dirhams under Shia law.

Remedies for wife in case of non-payment of dower

All women have been given a right to claim dower during their marriage under Muslim law. Like any other law, the woman has some remedies if such a right is violated. These remedies can be used by women governed by Muslim law to claim their payment of dower in cases where no dower is given to them: 

Refusal to cohabit

The wife can only refuse to cohabit with her husband if the prompt dower has not been paid to her and the marriage consummation has not occurred. The guardian of a minor or an insane girl has the right to bring her back from her husband’s house and further refuse to send her back till her dower is paid. The wife is entitled to receive maintenance from the husband even if she lives at her guardian’s house and not with the husband.

The wife cannot force the husband to pay her prompt dower if the marriage has been consummated before the payment was made to her. The wife shall only be entitled to demand a prompt dower if the marriage remains unconsummated. If the parties have consummated the marriage without receiving her dower, then she cannot make such a demand. This is because the husband can file a suit for restitution of conjugal rights. If the wife still refuses to cohabit with her husband, she is only entitled to a decree for conditional payment of dower. 

In the case of Rabia Khatoon vs. Mukhtar Ahmed (1966), it was held by the Hon’ble Guwahati High Court that if consummation of marriage has taken place with the free consent of the wife, then the decree being passed in a suit shall be for restitution and not for dismissal. The court’s decision shall depend on whether or not the husband has paid the prompt dower to his wife.

In deferred dower, the payment of dower is not a contingent event. Therefore, the question arises as to whether the wife can refuse the husband’s conjugal rights. There has been a difference of opinion regarding this. Famous jurist Abu Yusuf thinks she can refuse to cohabit if a prompt dower is not paid but cannot refuse conjugal rights if the deferred dower is unpaid. 

Further, according to a renowned jurist for Shia Law, Imam Mahmood, the wife does not have the right to refuse to cohabit with her husband if the type of dower payable to her is a deferred dower. The reason for this is that a deferred dower is payable at the time of dissolution of marriage (unless otherwise specified in the marriage contract), unlike a prompt dower. Hence, it cannot be used as grounds for refusing conjugal rights.

The wife does not have the right to refuse a conjugal relationship with her husband; she only has the right to recover her dower. She cannot withhold a conjugal relationship with her husband to pressure him into giving her dower if the consummation has already taken place without the payment of the dower. The wife can sue the heirs of her deceased husband if dower is not given to her. The heirs will then be required to provide the dower to the wife from the estate of the deceased that was given to them.

The wife can approach the court to practice her right to recover her dower. Still, she cannot refuse the husband’s right to a conjugal relationship to pressure him into paying the dower if the parties have already consummated the marriage. If the dower remains unpaid even after the death of her husband, then the wife has the right to sue his heirs for the same. The heirs are then responsible for paying the dower to the widow out of the deceased husband’s estate that they inherited. They shall treat the unpaid dower as a debt owed to her.

In another case Nasra Begam vs. Rizwan Ali (1980), the Hon’ble Allahabad High Court held that the dower may be claimed before cohabitation. In case of a prompt dower, the same can be claimed before cohabitation with the husband. The guardian of a minor or mentally incapacitated girl has the right to withhold sending her back to the husband until he pays the prompt dower owed to her. He can also return her from the husband’s house if the prompt dower remains unpaid. 

The court further noted that if the consummation has already occurred without paying the prompt dower, then the restitution of conjugal rights cannot be denied. It is only before the consummation of the marriage that a claim for prompt dower and refusal for restitution of conjugal rights can be made before the court. The court has the right to pass a decree for the payment of prompt dower as it is a vital component for the restitution of conjugal rights in favour of the husband.

In the case of Anis Begum vs. Muhammad Istafa Wali Khan (1933), the parties involved in this suit had married each other. The parties fixed a prompt dower of Rs. 15000. They also used to live together and had a daughter together, but the prompt dower promised Anis Begum remained unpaid, so she left the husband. The husband filed a suit for restitution of conjugal rights, but the court decided he did not have an absolute right to demand his wife’s return. The Allahabad High Court noted that for the restitution of conjugal rights to have effect, the prompt dower must be paid even if the marriage has already been consummated. The court stated that for the decree of restitution to be passed in favour of the husband, he shall first pay the prompt dower to Anis Begum.

Right to retain possession in lieu of unpaid dower

The widow has the right to keep possession of her husband’s properties upon his death until her dower is fully paid. By retaining her deceased husband’s properties, she can pressure the husband’s heirs to pay her dower. This right of retention regarding the properties does not require a prior agreement between the parties, and it is automatically given to the widow in case her dower is unpaid.

She shall have this right against the creditors of the husband and his legal heirs. This means the legal heirs will not be entitled to take possession of the properties until her dower is paid. The rights given to the widow are limited; she cannot transfer the properties but can only hold on to them until her dower is given to her.

In Maina Bibi vs. Vakil Ahmad (1924), the widow gifted the properties she was holding to recover her dower. This led to a possession suit being filed against her. The Bombay High Court ruled that the widow had no right to make such a transfer as the right given to her was limited and for the recovery of her dower only.

Effects of right of retention 

  • The widow is required to provide a complete account of properties acquired by her;
  • She cannot alienate the property acquired by her; and
  • There is no bar for filling a suit of recovery for the unpaid dower

The right of retention is lost when

  • The dower has been paid successfully and in whole;
  • The widow, after recovering the said dower, returns the property out of her own free will; and
  • The widow alienates the property and transfers it to another party. In this case, the right to possession of the property shall be given to the heirs of the deceased husband.

Dower as debt

Since dower is considered an unsecured debt because no collateral is attached, it must be paid by the husband to his wife. After the husband passes away, it must be paid to the widow from his properties. This does not make his legal heirs liable to pay the dower to the widow personally. The legal heir’s liability only extends to the share of properties that they have inherited. Where the wife passes away before the husband, her legal heirs can file a suit to recover her dower. According to Section 3 of the Muslim Women (Protection on Divorce) Act, 1986, a suit for recovery of dower is maintainable and shall be brought before a Magistrate for adjudication.

In the case of Syed Sabir Hussain vs. Farzand Hussain (1937), it was held that a Shia Muslim stood surety for his minor son’s payment of the dower. After his death, his estate was held liable for the payment of his son’s Mahr, and each heir was made responsible for a portion of the wife’s claim in proportion to his share in the deceased’s estate.

Difference between the Shia and Sunni concepts of dower

S No.  Basis  Sunni Law Shia Law
Minimum amount payable  The minimum amount of dower payable is 10 dirhams, but there is no maximum limit fixed for a proper or specified dower. There is no minimum amount set for a specified dower. However, the maximum amount for the specified and prompt dower set is 500 dirhams. 
Consummation of marriage  If no dower has been specified and the marriage dissolves due to the husband’s death, then the dower payable shall depend on whether the marriage has been consummated. No dower needs to be paid if marriage consummation has not occurred.
Agreement relating to non-payment of dower  An agreement that no dower shall be payable to the wife after her marriage is void in Sunni Laws. If such a clause has been inserted in the agreement, the marriage shall be treated as void. An agreement relating to the payment of no dower shall be considered valid if the parties involved in the marriage are sane and have attained the age of majority.
Prompt dower  If there is no specific agreement between the parties regarding the amount of dower, then a reasonable portion shall be payable as a prompt dower. If no agreement has been made to pay the debt, the entire debt is considered to be a prompt debt.

Effect of apostasy on dower

Apostasy means the abandonment or renunciation of one’s religious beliefs or principles. Apostasy has a significant impact on Muslim personal law. It is believed that the apostasy of man from Islam denotes the immediate dissolution of marriage. On the other hand, apostasy by the wife from Islam does not denote immediate dissolution of marriage. As per Section 5  of the Dissolution of Muslim Marriage Act, 1939, a married Muslim woman retains her right to dower even after the dissolution of her marriage under this Act.

Suits for dower and limitation

The time limit for filing a suit for recovery of prompt dower is given under Article 133 of the Limitation Act, 1963. Such a suit shall be filed within 3 years from the date when the dower was demanded, refused or when the marriage was dissolved. The wife can also approach the court in cases where no prompt dower amount has been fixed. The wife can exercise her right to approach the court in this situation without making a prior demand or facing a refusal. The suit for recovery of dower may be filed directly.

In case of deferred dower, the suit must be instituted within three years from the date the marriage was dissolved by death or divorce.

Comparative analysis of Mahr with other dowry systems

Under Muslim law

The payment of a dower is required for the marriage contract and the sexual relationship between the parties to be legitimised. By paying a dower, certain rights and duties come into existence, which also makes the union between them legal and sacred. Dower and dowry are two distinct concepts under Islam. Dowry is prohibited by law in India, but dower remains a legal and recognised practice under Muslim law.

Under Hinduism

The practice of dowry did not exist in early Hindu societies. Gifts were exchanged by rich families and given to the bridegroom at the time of marriage, but this does not fall under the current and modern definition of dowry.

According to the Atharvaveda, there were 8 forms of marriage that existed in ancient Hindu society. The approved forms included Brahma, Daiva, Arsha, and Prajapatya, and the unapproved forms included Asura, Gandharva, Rakshasa, and Paisacha.

In Brahma’s marriage, the daughter is given as a gift to the groom, along with other precious items and jewellery. The groom was expected to be of good character and knowledgeable in the Vedas. These qualities would lead the bride’s father to send him an invitation for marriage to his daughter. Since these gifts were given voluntarily and out of love, they cannot be called dowry in the modern sense. Unlike dowry, these gifts were neither mandatory nor burdensome and were merely to attract the groom.

Some scholars argue that the dowry system did not originally exist in Hinduism. Instead, it was spread during the colonial era under British rule as no word in Sanskrit is equivalent to the word “dowry”. Under Hinduism, several concepts, such as the practice of “stridhan” and “kanyadan,” were present and later converted into the present-day dowry system.

Under Christianity 

The practice of dowry has grown at an alarming rate among Christian communities in India. Many of the traditions followed by Christian communities resemble those in Hindu and Latin cultures, where giving large dowries to the groom and his family is considered customary. The bride is not only expected to bring jewellery and money but also furniture, a car, and other items to the household she marries.

Earlier, Christians used to practise paying a bride price. If a man paid the bride price and the bride married someone else instead, then he would not receive any refund unless it was the bride’s father who refused the marriage. Also, if the wife passed away without giving birth to a son, her father would be entitled to reclaim the dowry, but the bride would be deducted. This practice has been mentioned in both the Bible and the Old Testament. 

Aspect Mahr (Muslim Law) Dowry in Hinduism Dowry in Christianity
Definition The dower (Mahr) is a mandatory payment or gift from the groom to the bride as part of the marriage contract. It legitimises marriage and the sexual relationship between spouses. Traditionally, gifts were given voluntarily to the groom. The modern dowry system in Hinduism evolved later, likely during the colonial period. In Christian communities in India, dowry involves the bride bringing valuables (jewelry, money, etc.) to the marriage. It has roots in the bride price system found in biblical times.
Purpose Secures the wife’s financial independence and safeguards her rights during marriage. Initially to express goodwill towards the groom, not to impose a financial burden. However, modern dowry can create significant economic pressure on the bride’s family. Often seen as a financial agreement or gift to the groom’s family to secure the marriage.
Nature Mandatory under Islamic law for a valid marriage. Historically optional, but modern dowry practices are often seen as obligatory and burdensome. Expected in many Christian communities in India but was traditionally more about the bride price.

Criticisms and drawbacks of Mahr

Negligible value of Mahr

There may be instances where the Mahr amount is set at a very low value even though the minimum value for dower has been set under Muslim law. This might lead to the Mahr being treated merely as a formality or symbol, which undermines the purpose of giving Mahr to the wife in the first place, i.e., for her financial security.

Non-payment of Mahr

There may be situations wherein a deferred dower is promised to the wife but it is not paid on the dissolution of marriage by death or divorce. If the husband passes away without leaving enough money or property to cover the dower it would create financial instability for the wife. The wife shall not have any other choice than to approach the court in such a situation and ask for her right to dower that was promised to her be protected.

Barrier to marriage

Dower also faces criticism regarding whether or not it acts as a barrier to marriage. It may act as a tool for manipulation and dominance in marriage. If the dower amount that has been set does not match the expectations of either of the parties, then it might lead to a strained and turbulent relationship. If the amount set is too high, the husband might struggle to fulfil his payment obligation. Whereas, if the amount is too low, the wife might find it hard to sustain herself. The wife may even use the dower to extract money from her husband, which would be against the nature of the practice. All this goes against the purpose of mahr, which is to provide financial stability and respect to the wife.

Dower, dowry, and Kharcha-i-pandan

The literal meaning of the term ‘mahr’ is dower. In Muslim law, the concept of Mahr is to ensure women’s financial security. Mahr is to be given by the husband to her wife based on the conditions agreed upon by both parties and outlined in the marriage contract.

However, dowry is a social evil and has its roots in the concept of ‘Stridhana. ’ Dowry is generally asked by the kin of the bridegroom from the bride’s family as a gift to the marriage which might include various things such as jewellery, money, furniture, electronics, etc. Under Indian law, dowry has been defined in Section 2 of the Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961. The Act also prohibits the practice of dowry, but despite the implementation of this Act since 1961, the practice of dowry is still prevalent in India. It can thus be noted that Mahr and dowry are two different concepts. One ensures security, and the other is a social evil.

Under Muslim law, “Mewakhori” or Kharcha-i-pandan are the expenses the husband pays his wife. When translated into English, the word pan means betel leaf, and Pandan means a box wherein the betel leaves are kept. Mulla describes Kharcha-i-pandan as akin to the “betel box expense,” payable to the wife. The money given to her acts as her personal allowance to meet her daily needs. This allowance given to the wife is customary and can be fixed before or after the marriage. 

She can also approach the court to claim her Kharcha-i-pandan in case of non-payment. Kharcha-i-pandan is often compared to the concept of “pin money,” which is given under English common law. These allowances are given to the wife for expenses, but they differ in origin and history.

Comparative analysis of rights of wife in the husband’s property

The wife’s right to property depends on different elements such as customs and practices, religion, mode of acquisition, and personal laws of the parties.

Under the Hindu Marriage Act

Under the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, the wife has a right to live in her husband’s house, also known as the matrimonial home, after marriage. She has been given a right to maintenance and a right to receive a share of the husband’s ancestral and self-acquired property. The wife also has certain rights relating to the properties of her deceased husband under the Hindu Succession Act, 1956, along with his other legal heirs.

Under Muslim personal law

Under Muslim personal law, the wife has limited rights on the husband’s property. While Muslim law does not directly provide for the wife to obtain a share in the husband’s property, she still has a right to receive dower from her husband. She has the right to stay in the husband’s house during the marriage and is entitled to claim maintenance.

Under Christian personal law

The wife cannot claim the right to a share in the husband’s property, but she does have a right to claim maintenance from the husband. The Christian personal law does not directly give her a right to the property of her husband; she can still claim a share for the same under the Indian Succession Act, 1925, if her husband dies without leaving a will.

Aspect Hindu Law Muslim Law Christian Law
Right to Matrimonial Home Under the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, the wife has the right to live in the matrimonial home (the husband’s house). The wife can stay in the husband’s house during marriage. No explicit right to the matrimonial home, but can claim maintenance during the marriage.
Right to Maintenance

Section 125 of CRPC, 1973– Order for wives, children, and parents’ maintenance.
Under the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, and Section 125 Crpc, the wife has a right to maintenance from her husband. The wife is entitled to claim maintenance during marriage under Muslim law and Section 125 Crpc. The wife can claim maintenance from her husband under Christian personal law and Section 125 Crpc.
Right to Husband’s Property During Marriage Unless a divorce occurs, the wife does not automatically share in the husband’s property during his lifetime, but she is entitled to maintenance and may have rights over jointly acquired property. No direct right to a share in the husband’s property, but she is entitled to Mahr (dower), which can act as financial protection. No direct right to claim a share of her husband’s property during his lifetime, but she can claim maintenance. Under the Indian Succession Act, 1925, the wife can claim a share in the husband’s property if he dies without leaving a will (intestate succession).

Conclusion

The concept of Mahr in Islamic law is beneficial for the woman. It ensures financial security so that she is not left helpless after the death of her husband or after the termination of the marriage. It also places a check on the capricious use of divorce by the husband. It is also believed that the Mahr is a pivotal custom in the marriages of Muslims. 

Dower is important because it signifies respect from the husband to his wife, and it is essential for the validity of a marriage under Muslim law. It is considered a duty or ‘farz’ of the husband to provide dower to his wives as part of the pleasure he gets from them in a marital relationship. These teachings have also been reiterated in the Holy Quran; thus, husbands are obligated to follow them.

Dower has remained a relevant practice even in today’s time and is still followed by Muslims all over the world, even after the rapid development of society. Dower ensures an equilibrium between the rights and duties arising out of a Muslim marriage. The dower allows the parties to view the marriage as a personal bond and a legally enforceable contract. A Muslim marriage is not just a financial transaction, but it also acts as a means to promote the autonomy and respect of women within the marriage.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

What to do if the amount of dower is intentionally given low and the wife cannot maintain herself?

At times, it has been observed that few husbands intentionally give a low amount of dower, even when their economic condition is well. The amount of the dower is observed to be so low that the woman becomes unable to maintain herself. This problem was eventually making the object of dower futile. As a solution, Section 5 of the Oudh Laws Act, 1976, was enacted so that a reasonable dower is given. Therefore, the legislature was given full power to maintain the amount of dower, providing that the court would not be bound to award the amount of dower according to the marriage deed.

Can the wife waive her right to dower?

Mahr is crucial for the sustenance and well-being of a woman in a Muslim marriage and is required for the marriage to be valid under Muslim law. It ensures that the husband is obligated to provide dower to his wife at the time of marriage. While the wife cannot legally waive her right to dower under Muslim law, she can choose to remit it out of her own goodwill after receiving it from her husband.

Many scholars also hold the contrary view, believing that a Muslim marriage will still be considered valid if the wife rejects her dower during the marriage. Maliki scholars oppose this view, believing that no matter what, the wife is always required to accept a minimum amount of dower that has been set under Muslim law for a valid marriage.

Discuss the applicability of the Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Application Act, 1937.

The Muslim population is a significant part of India, which makes the Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Application Act, 1937, an essential piece of legislation for them. It was enacted during British colonial rule and aimed to provide a consistent framework for personal laws that applied to Muslims. It is also known as the Muslim Personal Law because it governs how Muslims’ personal matters are handled according to their religious laws.

The Muslim personal law (Shariat) Application Act, 1937, enacted on October 7, 1937, applies to the whole of India except the State of Jammu and Kashmir. Section 4 of the Act gives the State Governments the power to make laws for their respective states.

The Act covers various personal matters related to the Muslim community, such as marriage, succession, inheritance, wakf, dower, and gifts. It also promotes transparency in applying Islamic principles uniformly to all Muslims in India. 

What are the essentials of a valid marriage under Muslim law?

The essentials of a valid marriage under Muslim law are:

  • Proposal and acceptance

For a valid Muslim marriage, both the proposal (hijab) and acceptance (qubul) should be made by one party to another in the same meeting.

  • Competency of parties

The contracting parties must be of sound mind, following Islam, and attaining the age of majority. The age of majority under Muslim law is considered to be 15 years unless something else has been specified. Further, a person of unsound mind is not supposed to be a competent party to enter into a contract. A person of the unsound mind includes a lunatic or an idiot. For marriage, sects and subsects of the Muslim community shall not be considered, and the marriages between them shall be regarded as valid.

  • Free Consent

The parties’ consent must be given freely and voluntarily without any coercion, fraud, or mistake of fact. If this is not followed, the marriage shall be considered void.

  • Dower

Dower, also known as Mahr, refers to the consideration given by the husband to his wife in a marriage. The dower is usually money or property, but it can also be jewelry or any other valuable gift. In certain instances, an iron ring can also be considered mahr. 

  • Free from legal disability

It has to be made sure that the marriage does not fall within the category legally prohibited by the provisions laid down in Muslim law. Such restrictions can be divided into absolute prohibition and relative prohibition. A marriage under the category of absolute prohibition shall be void under the Muslim law. A marriage that falls under the category of relative prohibition shall be considered an ‘irregular marriage. ’ Once the irregularity is removed, it shall be considered a valid marriage.

How is Mahr impacted in cases of divorce?

The dissolution of marriage by law is known as a ‘divorce. ’ The divorce process varies depending on the religion and community of the married couple. The process followed by Muslim communities is different from that of other communities.

If the husband gives the divorce, he will pay the deferred dower to the wife the moment he gives the divorce. The full dower shall be given to the wife even if the marriage is dissolved.

If the wife gives divorce, as in the case of Khula, then she shall give back a part or the full amount of the dower given to her as part of the divorce settlement.

In cases where both mutually give divorce, no compensation shall be given to any of the parties. No one is liable to provide Mahr with.

References

  • Mohammedan Law, Aqil Ahmed.
  • Principles of Mohammedan Law, Mulla D.F.
Download Now

Contract of Bailment

1
Contract of Bailment
Image Source - https://shorturl.at/gq4SA

Rishabh Soni has written this article and has been updated by Dilpreet Kaur Kharbanda. It is an effort to delve into the concept of contract of bailment under the Indian Contract Act, 1872. The rights, duties and liabilities of bailor and bailee have been discussed at length in the article. The concept of the finder of goods also considered a bailee under the Act, has also been touched upon. Along with that, the difference has been drawn between bailment and deposit, sale, pledge and mortgage.

Table of Contents

Introduction 

Bailment is one such concept that enters in a very subtle manner in our day-to-day lives, though we may not practically feel it. In most simplest terms, the contract of bailment involves the temporary transfer of possession of goods or property from one person to another for a certain purpose, with an express understanding that when the purpose is fulfilled, the property is to be returned or otherwise dealt with as instructed by the owner. 

In the case of sending our clothes to the dry cleaners, we deposit our clothes with the expectation that they will be washed and returned to us in the desired condition. Another example of bailment that we see in our daily lives is when we leave our cars with the valet or put them in a paid parking lot. In this case, the valet or parking service has the responsibility of ensuring that our car is returned in the same condition as when it was picked up. 

The legal aspects of bailment under the Indian Contract Act, 1872, are discussed further in the article. Let us start by understanding what bailment is before jumping into the concept of the contract of bailment, its essentials, parties, as well as their rights and duties, along with case laws.

Meaning of bailment

Bailment is defined under Section 148 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872. It is defined as the delivery of goods by one person to another for some specific purpose, upon a contract that these goods are to be returned when the specific purpose is completed. The person delivering the goods is known as a ‘bailor’ and the person to whom the goods are delivered is known as a ‘bailee’. However, if the owner continues to maintain control over the goods, there is no bailment.

For example, ‘A’ gives his car to ‘B’, his neighbour, for 10 days, but at the same time he keeps one key with himself. During this period of 10 days, he used the car himself. Now, this will not be a case of bailment as ‘A’ is keeping control over the property bailed.

Essentials of a contract of bailment

Existence of a valid contract

The existence of a valid contract is the first condition in bailment, which implies that goods are to be returned when the purpose is fulfilled. A contract of bailment arises from the agreement between the bailor and the bailee. This agreement can be expressed or implied and can be written or oral. A finder of lost goods is also known as a bailee, although there may not be any existing contract between him and the actual owner.

Temporary delivery of goods

The whole concept of bailment revolves around the fact that the goods are delivered for a temporary period and the bailee cannot have permanent possession. Delivery of goods can be done through actual delivery (physical transfer) or through constructive delivery (symbolic transfer), which means doing something that has the effect of putting the goods in possession of the bailee or any other person authorised by him.

There must be a change of possession for a transfer to be considered a bailment, and that too transfer of the exclusive right of possession. In the case of Kavita Trehan & Ors. vs. Balsara Hygiene Products Ltd. (1992), the main focus was on the requirement of delivery of goods to the bailee. Delivery of possession to the bailee is a sine qua non of bailment. To constitute a bailment, a change of possession is necessary.

Return of particular goods

The bailee is bound to return the goods to the bailor after the purpose for which it was taken is over or is achieved. If the person is not returning the goods, then it will not be a bailment.

If the bailee fails to return the goods or uses them in a way that was not agreed upon, the bailee could be held responsible for the breach of the contract, leading to potential claims for damages. So, returning the goods is not just a formality, rather, it is the foundation of the entire bailment arrangement. It ensures that the bailor retains his rightful ownership, and it emphasises that the bailee’s possession is only temporary and limited to the extent of the agreed purpose. In the case of Re, Gangaram AIR 1943 Nag 168, the court held that a contract of bailment could not exist if there was no requirement to return the subject matter or the particular commodities in question. The same position was adopted by the court in the case of Anamalai Timber Trust Ltd. vs. Trippunitura Devaswom (1954).

Parties to bailment 

In a contract of bailment, there are primarily two parties involved, one the ‘bailor’ and the other the ‘bailee’.

Bailor

The bailor means the owner of the good or property who transfers the possession of that good to another person but for a temporary duration. It means that in the contract of bailment, the ownership of the goods or the property remains with the bailor, but its physical custody is transferred to the bailee for a particular period or till the accomplishment of a particular purpose.

Let’s understand with an illustration, Abha, before moving to Bangalore, asks her friend Ashi to store her laptop at her place for the time she is away. Here, Abha is the bailor because she hands over the possession of her laptop to Ashi, and she expects Ashi to return it when she comes back.

Bailee

The bailee is the person or entity to whom the goods or property are delivered by the bailor temporarily. The bailee holds the goods or the property for a certain period and is responsible for its care for that period. Also, the bailee has to follow the directions, if any, issued by the bailor.

Let’s understand with an illustration, that ‘X’ gives her jewellery to a jeweller for polishing and minor repairs. The jeweller agreed to do the needful and asked ‘X’ to collect the jewellery after 2 days. Here, the jeweller is the bailee as he received the jewellery from ‘X’ for a particular purpose and is responsible for returning the same to the bailee after two days as decided.

Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of Lallimal Biharilal and Ors. vs. Rambaboo Vaishya and Ors. (1990) observed that a bailee must follow the instructions of the bailor, on whose account the commodities are transferred to the bailee and held by him for that specific amount of time.

Types of bailments

Bailment under the Indian Contract Act, 1872, can be categorised based on purpose, reward, and the receiver of the benefits.

Based on purpose

Deposit

Deposit:- It is the simple bailment of goods by one man to another for a particular use.

For example, ‘A’ gives his computer to ‘B’ for 7 days, which will be a case of a deposit.

Hire

It includes goods delivered to the bailee for hire.

For example, ‘A’ gives his car to ‘B’ for 7 days on rent of Rs. 700 per day, it will be a case of hire.

Pawn/ Pledge

When goods are delivered to another person by way of security for money borrowed.

For example, ‘A’ takes a loan from the Bank and keeps his papers of the house with the bank as security, which will be a case of pledge.

There are a lot of differences between the concepts of bailment and pledge and the same have been discussed further in the article.

Based on benefit

Exclusive benefit of the bailor

This type of bailment occurs when the bailment is primarily for the benefit of the bailor, and the bailee does not derive any benefit from it.

For example,A’ asks his neighbour ‘B’ to keep their jewellery for a few days, for the time being when they are away on vacation. Since there is no payment made from the bailor to the bailee for the same, this is a bailment made just for the benefit of the bailor.

Exclusive benefit of bailee

In this type of bailment, the bailment is primarily for the benefit of the bailee, and the bailor does not derive any benefit from it.

For example, A’ borrows the bike from his friend ‘B’. While the lender ‘B’ receives no profit from this, the borrower (bailee) benefits from using the bike. 

Mutual benefit of both bailor and bailee

When the bailment benefits both the bailor and the bailee, it is referred to as a mutual benefit bailment.

For example, ‘A’ gives his unstitched suit to a tailor for stitching. The cloth owner benefits from the stitching service of the bailee (tailor), and the tailor benefits from the payment for the service of stitching that he rendered.

Based on reward

Gratuitous bailment 

There is no transfer of money or consideration in this type of bailment. It is done gratuitously by either the bailor or the bailee, wherein no one has a financial gain. Either party can revoke the bailment at any time according to his/her will. The bailee must take a reasonable amount of care of the goods; however, he might not be made liable for any damages unless negligence is proved on his part.

For example, ‘A’ gives the keys to her farmhouse to her friend ‘B’ for her son’s wedding. There is no expectation of any payment. This is a gratuitous bailment.

Non-Gratuitous bailment 

In this type of Bailment, both parties benefit and derive some consideration from one another. Both the parties, the bailor and the bailee, have certain specific rights and duties that they abide by. Usually, some consideration or money is involved in such a type of transaction.

For example, when a car owner brings his vehicle to a mechanic for regular maintenance, the car owner gets the benefit of getting the car fixed, and the mechanic benefits by receiving payment for the maintenance done.

Duties and liabilities of a bailor

Disclose faults in the goods bailed.

This finds statutory expression in Section 150 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872. This Section stipulates that the bailor is required to disclose to the bailee any defects in the goods bailed that he is aware of. If the bailor fails to do so, he will be held directly liable for any damages that the bailee suffers as a result of those defects.

Section 150 can be divided into two cases: one where the bailment is gratuitous and the other bailment for hire. 

When it comes to gratuitous bailments, the bailor has responsibility for any harm that may come to the bailee as a result of the bailor’s failure to disclose to him any flaws in the goods they are bailing.

For example: ‘A’ delivers a car to ‘B’ knowing that the brakes of the car are not proper. Now, if any accident happens, ‘A’ will be liable for the same.

When a bailor offers a fee or price for the commodities in a non-gratuitous bailment, they are under a stronger duty than when they provide a gratuitous bailment. Under Section 150 (2), the bailor is liable for any damages that the bailee may claim if the goods are bailed for hire, regardless of whether the bailor was aware of the fault or not. 

In the case of Hyman and wife vs. Nyl and Sons (1881), the plaintiff rented a cart from the defendant for a certain trip. The plaintiff was hurt when the cart’s foundation collapsed while it was being moved. The court determined that the plaintiff is entitled to damages from the defendant for the harm he endured.

Duty to pay necessary expenses

According to Section 158, there are situations in which the bailor is required to reimburse the bailee for all necessary costs that he would have incurred to complete the bailment. These situations include situations where the bailee is required to perform labour or carry goods and is not paid remuneration for doing so, then the bailor must pay the necessary expenses to the bailee.

Duty to indemnify the bailee

Under Section 159, if the bailee is forced to return the goods before the bailment time decided between the parties, then it becomes the duty of the bailor to compensate the bailee for any loss that the bailee may suffer. Thus, if the bailor ends the contract before the agreed period or before the purpose of bailment has been fulfilled, the bailor is bound to pay the bailee compensation for the losses incurred by the bailee, if the losses are higher than the profit/ benefit received by the bailee.

Bailor’s responsibility to the bailee 

Under Section 164, the bailor has a responsibility towards the bailee, wherein the bailor would be responsible for any loss sustained by the bailee because of any of the reasons mentioned hereunder: 

  • To make the bailment
  • To receive the goods
  • To give directions concerning Section 164
  • Obligation to indemnify the bailee

Duty to claim back the goods

By the terms of the agreement, the bailor is required to accept the goods when they are returned by the bailee. If he declines to receive it at the appropriate time without giving a valid cause/ground, he will be held accountable for any potential damage to the goods.

Duties and liabilities of a bailee

Duty to take care of the goods bailed.

Under Section 151, in every instance of bailment, the bailee must exercise the same degree of care over the goods entrusted to them as a prudent man would use for their goods of comparable type, quality, and worth. Therefore, he will not be liable for any loss, destruction or deterioration of the thing bailed if he has taken due care. In the case of Calcutta Credit Corporation Ltd vs. His Royal Highness Prince Peter of Greece (1963), the court defined the phrase “as a man of ordinary prudence would take of his goods.” It was also clarified that the standard does not imply that the bailee has taken the reasonable care required of him by law simply because his goods are lost along with the items bailed at the same location. The bailor may put forth that the bailee did not exercise the reasonable level of caution necessary under the law, irrespective of the fact that the bailor was aware of how the bailee handled his goods. It was held by the Hon’ble Calcutta High Court that the defendant had not taken reasonable care to prevent the plaintiff’s car from burning. 

In the case of Union of India vs. Amar Singh (1959), goods were shipped from Pakistan to New Delhi. Pakistan Railways sent the goods to Indian Railways for additional transit. During this journey, the products were lost. According to Section 151 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, the Supreme Court ruled that the Indian Railways had engaged in negligence by failing to take the reasonable care that a man of ordinary prudence would take with his belongings. 

Thus, it can be concluded that the bailor must treat the bailed goods with the same amount of care that a man of reasonable prudence would take of his goods of similar nature and value.

Further, Section 152 elucidates that, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties to the contract, the bailee shall not be held accountable for any loss, damage, or deterioration of the bailed goods, but the underlining proviso is that the provided that the bailee used the degree of care provided under Section 151 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872.

Duty not to make unauthorised use of goods 

According to Section 153, a contract of bailment is voidable at the bailor’s discretion. If the bailee does any act after the parties have entered into the contract, and the bailee does not comply with the terms of the bailment, the bailor may end the bailment at that point.

As per Section 154, the bailee is responsible for compensating the bailor for any loss or damage to the bailed goods that is caused due to the bailee’s unauthorised use of the goods.

Let’s understand this with an example:

Aman hires a car from Bobby in Chandigarh to travel to Mussoorie. However, Aman rode the car to Ladakh instead. Despite exercising due care, the car accidentally skids and bangs into a tree. In this case, Aman would be responsible for compensating Bobby for the damage caused to the car.

Applying the principle set out under Section 154, the bailee must use the commodities bailed for the exact purpose for which the bailor had entrusted them. Any unauthorised use of the goods renders the bailee fully liable for any resulting loss or damage. This liability remains even if the damage is caused by an act of God or an unforeseen accident. 

Not to mix goods

The Indian Contract Act, 1872 addresses three distinct scenarios where the goods bailed are mixed by the bailee with his own goods (Sections 155, 156 and 157). 

Under Section 155, in a case where the bailor consents and the bailed goods are mixed with the bailee’s goods, the parties will have a proportionate interest in such mixed goods.

Under Section 156, if the bailee mixes the bailed goods with his own without the bailor’s permission and the bailed products are separable, then in such a scenario:

  • The bailee is made responsible for covering the costs of separation and 
  • The bailee is responsible for compensating the bailor for any damages incurred.

Under Section 157, if the goods bailed are mixed by the bailee with his goods without the bailor’s consent and are of a kind that makes them inseparable, the bailee shall reimburse the bailor for any damages/loss incurred.

Return the goods bailed

As per Section 160, if the contract’s time limit has passed (expired), the bailee is required to return the goods without waiting for the request to come from the bailor’s end. Even in the absence of the bailor’s request, the bailee is required to return the goods if the original intent behind the bailment has been fulfilled.

If the bailee does not return the goods in accordance with Section 160, then in such an instance, as per Section 161, the bailee would be responsible for the goods and the goods would be at their own risk. The bailee would nonetheless be responsible for any loss that happens, even if it was caused by an irresistible force or an act of God and not his negligence.

Return accretion to goods

As per Section 163, accretions with respect to the goods bailed must be returned when the goods themselves bailed are returned. In the case of Standard Chartered Bank and Anr. vs. Custodian and Anr. (2000), the Hon’ble Supreme Court ruled that bonus shares and dividends are also a part of the pledged shares and debentures.

Not to set up an adverse title

The bailee has no right to allege that the bailor had no authority to bail the goods. In addition to the Contract Act, a bailee cannot dispute the bailor’s ownership or claim that he was not authorised to deliver the goods at the time of delivery under Section 117 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872. In case the goods are transferred by the bailee to a third party, the bailee may put forth that he has a legitimate claim over the goods against the bailor. (Explanation (2) to Section 117).

As provided under Section 166, the bailee shall not be accountable to the true owner for the delivery of pathetic goods, if the bailor does not have legal title to the goods and the bailee returns the goods to the bailor in good faith or as per the instructions of the bailor, disposes of them off.

Rights of the bailor

Termination of bailment

If the bailee violates any of the terms and conditions of the bailment contract, the bailor is entitled to terminate the bailment under Section 153.

In the case Municipal Board vs. Abdul Razzak AIR 1931 Oudh 15, it was held that, regardless of whether a bailment is gratuitous or not, a bailee is liable if he does anything about the goods bailed that causes loss to the bailor. This conclusion can be drawn from a combined reading of Section 153 and general principles of law.

Restoration of goods

As per Section 159, in the event of a gratuitous bailment and for a specific purpose, the bailor may demand the return of the goods bailed. If the goods are returned before the agreed time under the contract, the bailor will be responsible for compensating the bailee for any losses incurred. The bailor has a right in the case of a gratuitous bailment to enforce the return of the goods from the bailee before the period designated for the duration of the bailment has expired.

File suit against the wrongdoer

As per Section 180, the bailor is entitled to take legal action against any third party that either destroys the goods or prevents the bailee from using them.

Rights of bailee

Right to compensation

As per Section 164, if the bailor lacked the authority to establish the bailment or to offer instructions regarding the goods, the bailee may be entitled to reimbursement from the bailor for any losses incurred. This means that the bailee may be entitled to compensation for losses resulting from the title defect or lack.

Right to apply to the court.

Under Section 167, if someone other than the bailor claims ownership of the bailed goods, the bailee can apply to the court and seek the intervention of the court so that:

  • The delivery of the goods to the bailor can be stopped and
  • The dispute over the title of the goods can be resolved.

As a result, it gives the bailee the legal ability to stop the goods from being forcibly returned to the bailor and allows the ownership dispute to be settled through court proceedings.

File suit against the wrongdoer

Similar to the right of the bailor, as per Section 180, the bailee has a right to bring a lawsuit against anybody who damages the goods or prevents him from using the goods that were bailed.

Right of lien

A lien is essentially the right of one person to hold onto property that belongs to another while it is in their possession, up until specific conditions are met. It consists of anything the bailee did for the benefit of the bailment that required labour or expertise about the bailed commodities. For example, ‘A’ gives a piece of cloth to tailor ‘B’ for stitching a suit. Then, ‘B’ is entitled to keep the suit with him until ‘A’ pays him for the cost of stitching.

In the case of Syndicate Bank vs. Vijay Kumar and Others (1992) Hon’ble Supreme Court held that lien means the right to retain a property or goods until some charges due upon it or services rendered for its improvement are paid. The court noted that a lien only grants the right to keep the goods and does not grant the bailee any ownership or property rights. If the bailee has used his labour or expertise to provide any kind of service related to those goods, then in that case he is entitled to keep the items until he is paid for his services. 

 

Particular lien 

Section 170 deals with the Particular Lien. For exercising this particular lien following factors are to be considered:

  1. The bailee must have rendered some service involving labour or skill,
  2. The service must be for the purpose of the bailment,
  3. This service must be about the thing bailed,
  4. There must be no contract to the contrary.

General lien

Section 171 deals with the general lien. The right to keep another person’s property for a general balance of accounts is known as a general lien. It grants the person in possession of the commodities the right to keep them until all of their claims or accounts against the owner of the items are fulfilled. One example of a general lien is a banker’s right to keep the items until the obligation owed to the bank is settled.

The right of general lien is enunciated by Section 171 only on certain categories of bailees, and these are:

Bankers

A banker possesses a general lien over all assets, including goods, cash, cheques, and securities deposited with the bank by a customer. This lien creates the banker’s right to keep the goods in exchange for the timely payment of the debt that the client owes the banker.

This suggests that if there are outstanding debts in another account, the bank may prevent the client from using or accessing the account with the positive balance until those debts are paid in full. The general lien acts as a kind of security for the bank, guaranteeing that any amount owed will be recouped by taking control of the customer’s assets. The right to a general lien is an important aspect of the relationship between a bank and its customers since it gives the bank some protection against potential losses resulting from unpaid obligations from the latter.

The Hon’ble Court ruled in the case of Syndicate Bank vs. Devendra Karkera (1993) that a loan obtained by a client from any other branch of the bank is not protected under the concept of general lien. In the present case, when the bank guarantee expired, the guarantor was entitled to retrieve his securities from the bank. The guarantor was a director of another company, and the bank was not permitted to keep the assets after the expiration of the guarantee for that particular loan.

Factors

A factor is an agent who is entrusted with the possession of goods by their principal to sell them. A factor holds a general lien over the goods of the principal, which gives the factor power to retain possession of the goods in a case where the principal owes him money, whether about advances or remuneration. 

Wharfingers

When goods are stored at a wharf, a wharfinger is entitled to a general lien on them, which allows him to keep the commodities there until the owner of the goods pays all fees associated with using the wharf. A wharfinger is a person who oversees a wharf, which is any designated section of the shore and along a port used to store cargo while it is being loaded and unloaded from a ship. With the use of this lien, the wharfinger can keep custody of the goods until the specific charges associated with them are settled.

However, a manufacturer that owns a wharf exclusively for the purpose of receiving products from its customers is not eligible for any of the general lien rights that are granted to wharfinger businesses. 

Attorneys or solicitors 

A High Court attorney or solicitor has a general lien on all papers and documents belonging to their client that are in their custody in a professional role. He is free to withhold such records from the client until he has covered both his fees for the services provided and any associated additional charges. The right to enforce the lien against the solicitor expires if he declines to continue acting on behalf of the client under the terms of his retainer. 

Policy-brokers

Policy-brokers have the right of general lien, which is exercised by holding on to the fire or marine insurance policy as collateral for their brokerage fees. Their lien includes any amount that is pending to be paid against any insurance account of that particular person who hired them to arrange the said insurance policy.

Finder of goods

Section 71 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, lays down the responsibility of the finder of the goods. The provision puts forth that the person who finds the goods is obligated to act as a bailee.

There is an implied agreement between the finder and the owner of the goods. Finder of the lost goods has the same duties as those of a bailee, and they are:

  • To take the initiative to find the real owner of the goods
  • To take reasonable care of the goods found
  • To not use the goods found for his personal use
  • Not to mix the goods found with his goods.

Rights of finder of goods

Sections 168 and 169 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, elucidate the rights of finders of goods.

Under Section 168, the finder of the goods is not entitled to sue the owner of the goods to compensate for any trouble or expenses voluntarily incurred by the bailee, like as preserving the goods or finding the true owner.

However, the finder of the goods is entitled to the right to file a suit and the right of lien. The finder of the goods has the right to sue the owner of the goods for payment of any reward offered by the owner for the return of goods lost and can exercise the right of lien (retain the goods) till the payment is made.

Under Section 169, if a thing that is commonly the subject of sale is lost, and the owner cannot be located despite reasonable efforts, or if the owner is located but does not pay the finder’s lawful charges, the finder of the item is entitled to sell it.

Then, the finder of the goods is entitled to sell the goods found. But, there is a further rider attached to it under the Act, that is:

  • The thing must be in danger of perishing or
  • The thing is in danger of losing the greater part of its value or
  • The lawful charges of the finder amount to 2/3rd of the value of the thing lost and found.

Termination of bailment 

There are certain situations in which the bailment gets terminated, they are discussed one by one.

Expiry of agreed/ specified period

When the contract of bailment is for a specific period, it terminates on the expiry of that specified period.

For example, ‘ A’ lends his car to ‘B’ for six months, starting from January to July. The contract of bailment will terminate by the end of July.

Accomplishment/ fulfilment of the specified purpose

Where the contract of bailment is for a specified purpose, the contract terminates when such purpose is accomplished.

For example, ‘A’, a contractor, hires the JCB from ‘B’, his contractor friend, to finish the work at a site in Kolkata. Since the contract of bailment ends when ‘A’ completes his job at the site, ‘A’ is required to return the JCB to ‘B’ as soon as the work is finished.

Bailee acts inconsistently with the terms of the contract

Section 153 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 states that the bailor may exercise his right to terminate the contract of bailment if the bailee acts inconsistently with the agreed terms and conditions of the contract of bailment. 

For example, Arjun gives his car for repairs to his friend Happy, who owns a garage. After the completion of repairs, Happy further gave the car to his son for a trip. Arjun can terminate the contract.

Destruction of subject matter

The goods bailed shall terminate at the time of their destruction for whatever reason, and the contract of bailment shall expire if the nature of the goods is so altered as to render them useless for the contract.

For example, ‘P’ hires a truck to carry raw materials from his manufacturing unit from one place to another. However, the truck met with an accident and was beyond repair to be used any further. Bailment comes to an end.

Gratuitous bailment 

As discussed above, gratuitous bailment can be terminated at any point in time by the bailor even though it was for a longer fixed period. In addition to this, as per Section 162 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, a gratuitous bailment comes to an end upon the death of either the bailor or the bailee.

Difference between bailment and deposit

Sr. No. Basis Bailment Deposit
Purpose In the case of bailment, the goods are delivered by the bailor to the bailee for a specific purpose, that could be for repairs, transportation or safekeeping, with a precondition that the goods will be returned after the purpose of the said contract is fulfilled. In the case of a deposit, the primary objective is safekeeping or custody of the goods or money. The goods or money are to be returned to the depositor upon his request or under the pre-agreed terms and conditions.
Parties involved  There are two parties involved in a contract of bailment. One is the bailor, who delivers the goods, and the other is the bailee, who receives those goods. In the case of a deposit as well, there are two parties involved. One is the depositor who deposits the goods or money, and the other is a deposit receiver, who can be an individual or an institution, like a bank, that receives the goods or money.
Consideration Bailment may or may not involve consideration. Gratuitous bailment is also a valid form of bailment under the Indian Contract, 1872. Deposits generally involve consideration, especially in the case of a deposit for safekeeping. For example, a bank charges a nominal amount of fee for opening a locker in the bank for depositing valuables. 

Difference between bailment and sale

Sr. No. Basis Bailment Sale
Meaning Bailment is defined under Section 148 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, as the delivery of goods by one person to another for some specific purpose. When the purpose is accomplished, the goods are to be returned or otherwise disposed of as per the direction of the person delivering those goods. Sale is defined under Section 4 of the Sale of Goods Act, 1930 as a contract, whereby the seller transfers or agrees to transfer the property in goods to the buyer for a price.
Transfer of ownership In the case of bailment, there is no transfer of ownership. The bailor retains the ownership of the goods bailed, while the bailee gets possession. In the case of a sale, ownership of goods is transferred from the seller to the buyer upon the completion of the sale.
Consideration In the case of bailment, consideration may or may not be present. Gratuitous bailment is an example of the same. Sales always involve consideration or price. Where there is no consideration involved, there is no sale.
Return of goods The bailee is obligated to return the goods after the purpose of the bailment is achieved. In the case of a sale, there is no obligation to return the goods once bought. The goods belong to the buyer from the moment the sale is completed.
Risk In the case of bailment, normally the risk remains with the bailor unless it is otherwise agreed upon between the parties to the contract. The exception to the same is provided under Section 152 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872. In the case of a sale, along with the ownership of the goods, the risk attached to the goods is also transferred to the buyer once the sale is complete. 
6. Right to lien In the case of bailment, the bailee has a right to retain the goods (right to lien) until the payment is made for the services rendered or the goods transferred by the bailor.  There is no such right of lien in the case of a sale. The goods belong to the buyer after the sale is complete unless a lien is contractually agreed upon between the parties to the contract of sale.

Difference between bailment and pledge

Sr. No. Basis Bailment Pledge
Meaning Bailment is defined under Section 148 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, as the delivery of goods by one person to another for some specific purpose. When the purpose is accomplished, the goods are to be returned or otherwise deposited as per the direction of the person delivering those goods. Pledge is defined under Section 172 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872. The bailment of goods as security for payment of a debt or performance of a promise is called a pledge. 
Parties involved  There are two parties involved in a contract of bailment. One is the bailor, who delivers the goods, and the other is the bailee who receives those goods. There are two parties involved in the case of a pledge. One is a Pawnor, who pledges the goods, and the other is a pawnee, the person to whom the goods are pledged.
Right to sell goods In the case of bailment, the bailee does not have the right to sell the goods. Under Section 176 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, the pawnee has the right to sell the pledged goods if the pawnor defaults on the payment or performance as decided between the parties.
Termination of contract The contract of bailment terminates when the purpose for which the goods are bailed is accomplished or the time agreed upon between the parties expires. A pledge gets terminated when the debt is repaid by the pawnee or the promise is performed as decided by the parties to the contract. 
Risk In the case of bailment, the risk generally remains with the bailor unless it is otherwise agreed upon by the parties to the bailment. The exception to the general rule is enunciated under Section 152 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872. In case of a pledge, the risk about the goods remains with the pawnor himself, unless it is otherwise agreed upon by the parties.

Difference between bailment and mortgage

Sr. No. Basis Bailment Mortgage
Meaning  Bailment is defined under Section 148 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 as the delivery of goods by one person to another for some specific purpose. When the purpose is accomplished, the goods are to be returned or otherwise deposited as per the direction of the person delivering those goods. A mortgage is defined under Section 58 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. A mortgage is defined as the transfer of an interest in a specific immovable property for the purpose of securing the payment of money advanced or to be advanced by way of a loan or the performance of an engagement which may give rise to a pecuniary liability. The debt involved can be present or future debt. 
Subject matter The subject matter of a contract of bailment is only movable property. The subject matter of a mortgage is only immovable property such as land, buildings, etc.
3. Possession Under the contract of bailment, the possession of goods involved is transferred to the bailee only for a temporary period. In the case of a mortgage, possession is not always transferred to the mortgagee. It all depends on the type of mortgage.
4. Consideration  Bailment may or may not involve a monetary consideration, like in the case of a gratuitous bailment. A mortgage always involves a monetary consideration, which is generally in the form of a loan or a debt.

Important cases under contract of bailment

Ram Gulam vs. Government of Uttar Pradesh (1950)

Facts of the case

In this case, the plaintiffs’ ornaments were stolen from their house and later recovered by the police from another location. The police seized these ornaments as stolen property under the Code of Criminal Procedure. 

The ornaments were produced as evidence in the trial of those prosecuted for the theft. The ornaments were stored in the Collectorate Malkhana. However, the ornaments were stolen again from the Malkhana and were now untraceable. The plaintiffs sued the government for the value of the ornaments, alleging negligence.

Issues involved in the case

Was the government obligated to compensate the plaintiffs for the stolen ornaments under a contract of bailment?

Judgment 

The court found that the government was not liable as a bailee. The reasoning put forth by the court was that, for a contract of bailment to exist, there needs to be a valid contract in place or existence. In the case at hand,  since the plaintiffs did not intentionally hand over the ornaments to the government under any contractual agreement, there was no contract of bailment and thus, the government was held to be not liable to compensate the plaintiff for the loss caused due to the loss of ornaments.

Lasalgaon Merchants Co-operative vs. Prabhudas Hathibhai and Ors. (1966)

Facts of the case

  1. In this case, the Lasalgaon Merchants Co-operative Bank Ltd. granted loans to Prabhudas Hathibhai and another party, secured by agricultural produce, specifically tobacco.
  2. When the borrowers defaulted on their income tax payments, the Income-tax Officer initiated recovery proceedings and involved the Collector of Nasik.
  3. Acting on the Income-tax Officer’s certificate, subordinates of the Collector, including the Circle Officer, seized the pledged tobacco from the bank’s godown, despite the bank’s protests and its claim of being a secured creditor.
  4. While the government had seized the tobacco, it sustained damage due to heavy rains while stored in the godown.
  5. The bank filed a lawsuit against the borrowers, the State of Bombay, and the officials involved, alleging that the seizure was illegal and seeking the repayment of the loan amount.

Issues involved 

Did the government’s actions create a bailment relationship, and if so, what duty of care did the government owe to the bank regarding the pledged goods? 

Judgment 

The Hon’ble Bombay High Court ruled in the favour of the plaintiff, the bank and put forth that the government was in the position of the bailee and it was for the bank to prove that they had taken reasonable care as much as they could and the damage caused was due to the reasons beyond their control. Thus, the court put forth that the government, by taking into its possession the tobacco, assumed the responsibility of a bailee irrespective of the fact that the seizure was deemed to be illegal.

State of Bombay (Now Gujarat) vs. Memon Mahomed Haji Hasan (1967)

This case illustrates how the concept of bailment can arise even without a formal contract and how it can apply to government entities. 

Facts of the case

  1. Memon Mahomed Haji Hasam’s vehicles were seized by customs authorities under the Junagadh State Sea Customs Act.
  2. After Junagadh became part of Gujarat, the respondent won an appeal ordering the return of the vehicles.
  3. The vehicles, however, had deteriorated after being left unattended for years, and most parts were stolen.
  4. A Magistrate sold the vehicles as unclaimed property, and the respondent sued for their value.

Issues involved 

Whether a relationship of bailment existed between the state and the respondents, and if so, can the state be made liable for not preserving the vehicles in their custody? 

Judgment

The Hon’ble Supreme Court ruled in favour of the respondent, holding that the State did act as a bailee. By seizing the vehicles, the government assumed the role of a bailee with a duty to take care of the property. The State breached its duty by leaving the vehicles unattended, which further led to their deterioration, and thus, violated the duty of care owed to the respondent. Thus, the court highlighted that government entities, like any bailee, are obligated to take reasonable care of property in their possession, even without a formal contract.

Kavita Trehan vs. Balsara Hygiene Products Ltd. (1992) 

Facts of the case

The appellants, M/s. Subhagya Agencies worked as clearing and forwarding agents for M/s. Balsara Hygiene Products Ltd. They were responsible for handling the respondent’s goods, storing them and delivering them to the buyers. At some point, the appellants filed a lawsuit against the respondent, claiming the unpaid commissions. As part of this legal battle, they asked the court to prevent the respondent from accessing their goods. The court initially granted an injunction in the appellants’ favour and allowed them to sell the respondent’s goods. While the case was still ongoing, the appellants sold a large portion of these goods. At the end, their lawsuit was dismissed. But, the court then had to decide whether the respondent should be compensated, as the goods were sold based on a court order that was later found to be improper.

Issues involved 

Whether the arrangement between the appellants and the respondent constituted a relationship analogous to a contract of bailment or not.

Judgment

While the court did not directly mention the concept of bailment, it treated the appellants’ role as similar to that of a bailee. Since the appellants were entrusted with the respondent’s goods, they had a responsibility to act in the respondent’s best interests as the rightful owner. The court pointed out that the appellants overstepped by selling the goods, implying that they had a duty to safeguard them instead.

Further, by ordering restitution, the court recognized that the respondent was entitled to either the goods or their value, even though there was no formal bailment agreement in place.

Thus, the case at hand shows that even without a formal contract of bailment, similar legal principles can be applied when one party is entrusted with another person’s property. The court’s decision to order restitution reflects its duty to correct any harm caused by its orders, especially when one side unfairly benefits from a judicial mistake.

Atul Mehra And Anr. vs. Bank of Maharashtra (2002)

Facts of the case

  1. In this case, the appellants rented a locker from the respondent bank on January 15, 1986. The appellants claimed to have deposited jewellery worth Rs. 4,26,160 in the locker.
  2. On January 9, 1989, a robbery occurred at the bank, and all 44 lockers in the bank, including the appellants’, were broken into and their contents were stolen.
  3. The appellants sued the bank for the value of the stolen jewellery, alleging that there was negligence and misconduct on the part of the bank’s security measures.
  4. The bank admitted to the robbery and the locker being rented but denied knowledge of the contents or value of the jewellery inside.

Issues involved 

Did the agreement between the appellants and the bank constitute a contract of bailment, and if it did, was there sufficient evidence of entrustment, quantity, quality, and value of the jewellery to make the bank liable for the loss?

Judgment

The court ruled that the appellants failed to prove the existence of a bailment contract. It emphasised that renting a locker does not, by itself, create a bailment relationship. For bailment to exist, there must be clear evidence of “entrustment,” meaning the appellants (bailors) must have given exclusive possession of specific goods, in this case, jewellery, to the bank (bailee). The court found no proof that the bank was aware of the jewellery or its value, apart from the appellants’ assertions. The appellants did not provide any receipts, valuations, or other evidence showing that the jewellery was stored in the locker. The court also rejected the principle of res ipsa loquitur (where the occurrence of an event implies negligence), stating that the robbery alone did not automatically prove the bank’s negligence.

In essence, the court determined that, without solid evidence showing that specific items were entrusted to the bank and known to be in its possession, the relationship remained that of a locker renter and service provider, not a bailor and bailee with related legal duties.

Conclusion

The Indian Contract Act, 1872, develops a comprehensive legal framework for various types of bailments. The dynamics between the bailor and bailee, the intended purpose of the bailment, and the respective rights and obligations of the parties vary considerably based on the type of bailment. The Act regulates these relationships with principles that bring out the concern for fairness, accountability, and mutual benefit. It contains special provisions that elaborate on the duties and rights of the parties concerned about the bailment to make it just and fair. Further, the differences drawn between bailment and deposit, sale, pledge and mortgage conclude that bailment is a wider concept than the rest.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

What is the difference between a general lien and a particular lien?

A particular lien gives a bailee the right to retain possession of goods on which they have performed labour or skill as part of the bailment, provided there is no agreement stating otherwise. A particular lien is tied specifically to the goods that were worked upon by the bailee. 

On the other hand, a general lien is a broader right available only to certain professionals like bankers, factors, wharfingers, attorneys of the High Court, and policy brokers. 

They are entitled to not just keep the goods until the services associated with them are paid for, but they can also keep the goods for any other charge or debt owed, even if goods haven’t been improved or worked on.

A general lien simply grants the right to keep commodities in situations where a general balance is due, as opposed to a particular lien, which only functions in situations where the bailee’s labour or expertise has enriched the goods.

Can a hotel be held liable for the theft of a guest’s car from their valet parking service?

The answer to the above question is a yes. It is possible to hold the hotel accountable for the theft of a guest’s car from their valet parking service because at the moment the guest gives the valet parking service providers his car keys, he has entered into an implied contract of bailment with them. 

The reference can be made to the judgment of Taj Mahal Hotel vs. United India Insurance Company Ltd (2018). In this case, the National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission (NCDRC) held that, even though the parking tag attached to the car stated “owner’s risk,” the hotel would still be liable for the theft of the car that was turned over to it for valet parking service. This is because, when a customer hands over their car to the hotelier for safekeeping, a bailment relationship is established regarding the car and the key, and the hotel is required to take care of the vehicle. The plaintiff also claimed that the hotel owed them a duty of care regarding the vehicle for its safekeeping.

The NCDRC emphasised the concept of infra hospitium, a Latin term which means ‘within the hotel’. Concerning the case at hand, the term means that a hotel that accepts a car has a responsibility to take care of it that goes beyond simply parking it there. The hotel is also liable for any damage that may be done to the car while it is in their care.

References

  • Dutt, A. C., & Saharay, H. K., Dutt on Contract: The Indian Contract Act, 1872, Eastern Law House, (2013).
  • Markanda, P C, The Law of Contract, Volume 2, 2nd Edition, Wadhwa, Nagpur, (2008).
  • Pollock & Mulla, The Indian Contract and Specific Relief Acts, LexisNexis, 15th edition, (2017).
  • Avatar Singh, Law of Contract and Specific Relief, EBC, 13th Edition, (2022).

Download Now

Pseudo feminism

0
Feminism

This article, written by Nehal Misra and updated by Jaanvi Jolly, discusses insights related to feminism and pseudo-feminism. It deals with the various ways in which a few have modified feminism to make it anti-men. The changing Indian and global discourse is also discussed in this article.

Introduction

I do not wish women to have power over men; but over themselves.”

– Mary Shelley

‘Feminism,’ in simple terms, means that no individual of a particular sex should be treated with any injustice, and indubitably, they should receive equal treatment. However, lately, we can witness the emergence of a new version of feminism that is termed pseudo feminism. A pseudo feminist is a person who claims to be a feminist yet ignores the primary purpose of feminism, which is equality. The principle of pseudo-feminism supports the advancement of females ahead of other genders and the active targeting of males to right the wrongs of the past.

Pseudo-feminists have a deep desire to remedy all the injustices inflicted on women, often by lashing out and demeaning men. What they usually forget is that the fundamental essence of the movement towards feminism was equality. We frequently don’t realise it, but pseudo feminism is all around us, clandestinely hidden in the garb of feminism. While women are raising slogans demanding fair rights, they don’t waste a minute asking a man sitting on a lady’s reserved seat to vacate it.

Although they are in the minority, it is an apparent reality that some men are also victims of sexual crimes. The statistics of cases reported to the police are low as most people do not report such crimes for fear of being mocked, not believed, or facing counter charges instead. While minor boys are often kidnapped for illicit sexual activity and prostitution, grown-up men are abducted for forceful marriage or what is usually called ‘pakadwa vivah’. Therefore, the mere low frequency of such victims should not be a ground to dismiss the plight of men.

Before understanding how feminism was misunderstood and misused, we must pursue the development of the concept of feminism.

Evolution of feminism to pseudo feminism

At the end of the day, don’t forget that you are a person, don’t forget you are a mother, don’t forget you are a wife, don’t forget you are a daughter.”

  • Indra Nooyi, Former CEO, PepsiCo

Feminism is a range of sociopolitical movements and ideologies created to define and establish political, economic, personal, and social equality among men and women. The word feminism dates back to 1895. Back then, women fought for equal rights, equal pay, and equal shares in property, among other topics.

This highlights the notion that societies often prioritise the male perspective, resulting in the unfair treatment of women. To address this, efforts are focused on challenging gender stereotypes and promoting equal educational and professional opportunities for women. Feminist movements persist in advocating for various rights, such as the right to vote, hold public office, and receive equal pay for equal work. Additionally, feminists strive to protect women’s autonomy over their bodies and reproductive choices, including the right to access legal abortion.

Often, the historical changes in society are seen as, partly, a result of the feminist movements. The Western world, with the universal adult franchise, use of gender-neutral language, and introduction of women’s reproductive rights, has seen the most development on the count of feminist ideology. However, the recent striking down of the constitutional right to abortion, which was granted in the case of Jane Roe eal. Earl, Appellants vs. Henry Wade (1973), reflects the need for the continuance and relevance of the feminist movements. 

Over the years, various feminist movements and ideologies have emerged, each representing different perspectives and goals. Some branches of feminism have faced criticism for primarily reflecting the experiences of white, middle-class, and college-educated individuals. This critique prompted the rise of ethnically specific and multicultural forms of feminism, such as black and intersectional feminism. These are discussed below in brief.

The first wave of feminism (late 19th to early 20th century) focused on various social and legal problems faced by women. It advocated for a change in traditional gender division and sought gender equality. Some of its demands included the right to vote for women and educational and professional opportunities. 

The second wave of feminism (1960s to 1980s) sought to expand social, cultural, and economic rights. Some of their demands included equal pay for equal work, equal employment opportunities, and reproductive rights, which included access to conception and the right to abortion.

The third wave of feminism (1990s to early 2000s) focused on the diversity within feminist voices. Women belonging to various identities and facing multiple kinds of oppression were demanded. There was an observable rise in the use of media and social media for organizing grassroots feminism.

The fourth wave of feminism began in the year 2010 and continues at present. It is focused on capturing the digital space for feminist activism. With the change in the social makeup where women have started to come out and work, there is an increased focus on a safe environment and equitable economic rights, for instance, equal pay for equal work etc. One of the significant movements of this wave of feminism has been the “#Me Too” movement, which highlighted the prevalence of sexual violence and empowered the movement to raise its voice against such injustice. 

However, in the present era, we have also seen the emergence of fake feminism, which describes the actions of people who seek to present themselves as feminist only in a superficial way. Nowadays, due to the feminist cause being highlighted a lot on social media, individuals attempt to show solidarity with the cause only to gain social media attention. For instance, following a # (hashtag) or changing the profile picture to support the cause with no real intention actually to adopt the feminist perspective. This is also seen in the corporate culture, where some companies adopt policies to showcase themselves as pro-feminist organisations for marketing purposes to seek support from the public. However, these are bereft of any meaningful changes or any contribution to the cause of gender equality. 

Understanding the idea of pseudo feminists

The very basis of the foundational idea of the feminist movement is the demand for equality of treatment between genders. However, pseudo feminists believe that women deserve more respect than people of any other gender or orientation. Living in a culture and society where women often face a lot of challenges in daily life, the goal of equality of rights is hindered by the act and interpretation accorded to the term by the pseudo feminists. Anyone who only propagates or supports the rights of women above others and engages in male bashing whenever women face an atrocity or hardship is tagged as pseudo feminist or pseudo feminists. They do so without recognising the true meaning of being a feminist, which often hurts the cause of the feminist movement. On the social media scene, hardly any person knows what being a true feminist is about, and thereby the end of being a pseudo feminist by promoting a superior position for women.

Do pseudo-feminists want equal treatment? No, they want to create a world governed only by women. Will a woman be getting away with any wrongdoing? A specific set of women identifying as feminists want preference and superiority over equality. 

Pseudofeminism is sometimes assigned to a branch of feminism with which some disagree. Many feminists incorrectly interpret the definition of feminism, taking the goal as not the upliftment of women but rather of pulling men down.

As they claim, a few rotten eggs ruin the pot, and people will sometimes use pseudo-feminist reasons to point out non-existent inconsistencies in the very idea of feminism. Supporting an idea and propagating it is one thing, but spreading hatred and discord meaninglessly in its name would only destroy all the good that was done before in the name of that idea.

Pseudo-feminists are also labelled on the Internet as “pseudo feminists” by keyboard warriors. They are individuals who do not entirely grasp the definition of feminism and who try to find signs of injustice and violence even though there are none. Pseudo-feminists have managed to mutilate the definition of feminism from what it is to a brand of man-hate, seeking any opportunity to seek vengeance rather than equality. While they are biased in promoting their cause, community, or sex, true feminists seek equality rather than superiority. 

The major challenge faced by feminism in the present era is not the backlash or opposition faced or the existing difference of opinion within the stream; instead, it is the emergence of a group of pseudo or fake feminists. The basic ideology behind pseudo feminists is that they support the advancement of females ahead of the other genders, which, in other words, ends up actively targeting the males to correct the wrongs committed by them upon the females in the past. This idea often leads to the act of male bashing and moves away from the original feminist concept of gender equality. These pseudo feminists do not believe in the idea of gender equality. Instead, they wish to put the concerns and the rights of the females above the males and all the other genders. 

Test of distinguishing between a feminist and a pseudo feminist 

Some test has to be articulated to differentiate between a feminist and pseudo feminist

  • The pseudo feminist sees everything through a gendered lens; they see sexism prevalent in every sphere in our country. They refuse to see the complexities in the culture and human diversity. They suspect a conspiracy to put women in their place is ever working. They refuse to appreciate or celebrate the achievements attained in various fields by women but rather point out minute, irrelevant issues.
  • They refuse to accept that any inherent differences exist between males and females. The biological, psychological, and sociological differences are all ignored. Differentiation and individuality are not accepted by pseudo feminism. Their idea of equality is guided by the principle of sameness only, which means absolute disregard for any difference between the sexes.
  • They detest any help from the opposite gender. Their idea of asserting independence lies in individuality and fulfilling their self-serving narratives. They need to realise that independence lies in showing gratitude and humility, not in being stubborn. They also try to impose their standards or expectations on others.
  • They have a sense of superiority and a biased and prejudiced view. They believe that women are superior to men. They refuse to recognise and respect the rights of men and instead demean their rights. 
  • They are hypocritical in their approach and use sexism as a weapon when beneficial to them. They do not believe in the principles of feminism but only use sexism as a weapon. They twist the principles to manipulate them as per their own needs. They refuse to be held accountable for their choices rather than blame society instead for all their issues.

Difference between misandry, feminism, and pseudo feminism

Feminism advocates women’s rights on the grounds of equality of the sexes. Misandry is the dislike of, contempt for, or ingrained prejudice against men (i.e., the male sex). The word misandry means hatred for men. The underlying principle is violence. Misandry is the hatred or disdain for men, which is distinct from feminism. Misandry can sometimes be mistaken for feminist critiques, primarily when those critiques are directed at patriarchal structures that benefit men as a group. 

Genuine feminism does not advocate for the belittling or discrimination against men. Instead, it aims to challenge how gender norms and stereotypes limit the potential and well-being of all individuals, including men. Pseudo feminism propagates that women deserve more respect or that people of other genders deserve no respect. So, pseudo-feminism can sometimes inadvertently promote misandry if it involves adopting extreme or exclusionary views under the guise of feminism. For example, a pseudo-feminist group that targets men with hostility rather than addressing systemic issues could contribute to misunderstandings about feminism.

Feminism vs. Pseudo feminism

A feminist might be a man, woman, or anyone who believes that sex should not determine the scope of a person’s rights. It is a concept that strives for gender equality, it seeks to ensure that women are given the same education and the same employment opportunities. It aims at eliminating the stereotyping of the gender role division, which is disadvantageous to females. Women should not be forced to leave school early and marry, do housework, or fit in more traditional roles. I think a lot of us are feminists without even realising that. The various types of feminism prominent in today’s world are:

Egalitarian feminism vs. Pseudo feminism

Egalitarian feminism 

Emphasises equal rights and opportunities for all genders. It advocates for dismantling societal structures perpetuating inequality, focusing on women’s and men’s issues. This approach seeks to create a fair society where everyone, regardless of gender, has the same opportunities and rights.

Pseudo feminism

On the other hand, may appear to support women’s rights but often prioritises the interests of a specific group typically white, middle-class women while ignoring broader issues of inequality that affect marginalised women. It can involve adopting feminist rhetoric without a genuine commitment to addressing systemic oppression or advocating for true equality.

Therefore, we can see that while egalitarian feminism aims for comprehensive equality for all, pseudo-feminism often fails to address the complexities of gender inequality, focusing instead on limited or self-serving goals.

Quasi feminism vs. Pseudo feminism

Quasi feminism

Another string of feminist ideology is quasi-feminism. This group consists of individuals who believe in the equal treatment of men and women in most spheres, except a few. So, this group adopts feminist ideas in a few spheres but refuses to advocate for them in others. This is also called partial or superficial feminism.

Pseudo feminism

A pseudo feminist woman will consider men inferior to her, however. However, feminists will not. A quasi-feminist will agree that men are physiologically built to be more assertive than women, that women and men both are superior in their respective spheres and that, notwithstanding their differences, they are still humans. While it is the duty of every man and woman, feminist or not, to advocate for the rights of women, it is also necessary to ensure that men do not become the receiving end of the immense backlash faced due to the erroneous actions of their ancestors. 

Feminism is simply about freedom and is not about judgment. People who recognise feminism don’t wear the feminist badge. These people want a good education for their daughter and support from their companion if she decides to work. True feminism acknowledges the rights of individuals to make their own choices. So if some women wish to follow the path of homemakers and take more care of their house and children than work, that choice is equally accepted and appreciated. 

Rise of pseudo feminist culture in India

Misuse of protective legislation by women

Srimati Basu, in her article titled ‘Looking through misogyny: Indian men’s rights activist, law, and challenges for feminism, ’ discovered that the protectionist laws dealing with domestic violence, cruelty, etc., are serving as tools to harass males. Further, it has been increasingly acknowledged by the media and the courts that the laws that were brought in to protect females are often being used to harass their male counterparts. Provisions for maintenance and alimony are usually seen as biased toward women. Further, in most of the divorce and allied cases, one is likely to find domestic violence petitions being filed; in a majority of the cases, the latter are employed as tools to negotiate alimony and residence arrangements. Men’s rights groups argue that feminists have unduly influenced legal reforms, resulting in the unfair targeting of men and exploitation through divorce and domestic violence laws. They advocate for fair treatment in legal proceedings and gender neutrality in custody and maintenance decisions. If true feminism were upheld, all victims would be treated equally, regardless of gender. They would be recognised simply as victims of abuse, not categorised as male or female. Unfortunately, this is not the reality. Indian Family Courts and Indian Criminal Courts show an unethical and immoral bias towards women while delivering justice. Laws are abused to favour women.

Misuse of Sections 85 and 86 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (Section 498A Indian Penal Code, 1860)

In the 1980s, we saw laws that addressed domestic violence, including Section 498A of the IPC, which targets cruelty in marital homes and allows for police arrest with a punishment of up to 3 years. Cruelty covered under the sections is not merely mental or physical harm but also includes economic and emotional abuse. Further, the Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961, was amended to place a reverse burden of proof on the accused of dowry offences. However, there are no penalties for those who file false or exaggerated complaints.

Currently, cruelty cases often involve dowry demands with some lawyers and police officers, encouraging such claims to harass the husband. This misuse of the 498A can lead to extortion by the bride’s family. While some claims may be genuine, women sometimes overstate demands for maintenance as a negotiation tactic in divorce, leading to blackmail.

A Delhi-based organisation named Shakti Shalini had examined various cases where the protective provisions were misused. In one instance, a woman threatened her wealthy marital family to fund her business or face legal complaints, another sought divorce claiming cruelty from her husband while secretly being pregnant by another man, in a separate case, a woman and her father falsely accused her husband under section 498A of the IPC and demanded 10 lakhs for a mutual consent divorce.

The case of Arnesh Kumar vs. State of Bihar (2014) is frequently referenced in discussions about the misuse of Sections 85 and 86 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023 (498A of the Indian Penal Code 1860). The section addresses cruelty against married women and highlights concerns about arrest without adequate investigation or evidence. The Supreme Court ruled that arrest should only occur after a thorough investigation and proper justification. The court established guidelines to differentiate genuine cases from falls or exaggerated claims, aiming to prevent misuse of the provision.

  • If an FIR under Section 498A of the IPC is registered, the police officers have to satisfy themselves about the necessity of arrest as per the parameters laid down under Section 35 of the Bhartiya Nagrik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 (Section 41 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973).
  • All police officers must be provided with a checklist containing specific sub-clauses given under Section 35 of the Bhartiya Nagrik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 (Section 41(1)(b) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973).
  • The police officer shall forward the checklist duly filled and furnished with reasons and material he had to justify the arrest to the magistrate.
  • The notice of appearance, in terms of Section 35 of the Bhartiya Nagrik Suraksha Sanhita 2023 (Section 41A Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973), must be served on the accused within two weeks from the date the case was instituted.
  • Failure to comply with the directions would make the police officer liable not only for departmental election but also for contempt of court.

Demands for an unnecessary amount of maintenance

Under Section 144 of the Bharatiya Nagrik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 (Section 125 of the Criminal Procedure Code, 1973), the maintenance provision was directed toward the husband, who provided maintenance to his wife, not the other way around. In the present times, whenever a divorce is filed, the question of the quantum of alimony or maintenance for the wife becomes the central question. 

The main provisions provided a socially beneficial objective of not letting the female into a life of restitution or vagrancy. This objective will lose its foundation wherein females have fabricated false records to present themselves as unemployed or earning less than they are to get the maximum alimony possible. Often, the threat of domestic violence cases is used as a sword by the wise to improve their bargaining position in the discussion on alimony. 

This selfish and greedy behaviour by the females goes against the very principles of feminism, which claim equality. This amounts to misuse of the socially beneficial legislation, which was enacted to protect females. This is not something that the true leaders of the feminist ideology would ever support. This is a prime example of what pseudo feminist would support. 

Anomaly in the Prohibition of Child Marriage Act (2005)

The Prohibition of Child Marriage Act, 2005, was introduced to fight the menace of child marriage. It was made to protect the interests of children, both males up to the age of 21 and females up to the age of 18. One anomaly that can be found is if a boy aged 18 marries a girl aged 17, even though the boy himself falls under the definition of ‘child’,  he would be held guilty of the act. On the other hand, the female cannot be held liable under the Act if the girl is aged 19 and marries a 15-year-old boy. This is evident in the following provisions. While Section 2(a) of the Prohibition of Child Marriage Act defines a male as a child if he has not completed twenty-one years of age, Section 9 provides punishment to a male above 18 years for contracting a child marriage. 

False sexual assault cases

Women have been disadvantaged since time immemorial. Various discriminatory acts have been committed against them, which led to the parliament legislating numerous protective and reformative legislation to protect their interests. However, in recent times, it has been observed that females have misused these protective measures to blackmail or harass their spouses and in-laws. Some of the instances where the courts acknowledged this reality are mentioned below.

In the case of Neena Shad vs. Municipal Corporation of Delhi (2010), the Delhi High Court stated that the petitioner, Neena Shad, was a nuisance at her workplace and was in the habit of accusing people of false charges of sexual harassment against her colleagues as well as her seniors. As many as three complaints regarding sexual harassment allegations were filed by Neena Shad, but not even an iota of truth was found in any of the said complaints by the Committee. Due to her reputation, no male employee was ready to work under her lest she would level sexual harassment allegations against him. 

Misuse of the Prevention of Sexual Harassment of Workplace Act (2013)

In the case of the Union of India vs. Rema Srinivasan Iyengar (2019), the respondent, an Assistant Registrar of Trademarks in Chennai, filed complaints against the Deputy Registrar for alleged high-handedness and arrogant behaviour. Initially, her complaint was general, focusing on the petitioner’s authoritative conduct. However, her subsequent complaint included repeated mentions of “sexual harassment” and described physical advances and lewd remarks, which were not mentioned in her original complaint.

The Hon’ble High Court of Madras observed that every office has decorum and order to maintain. Therefore, women employees cannot be granted any laxity based on gender. The manager has a right to get work done by them, and if a woman employee is discriminated against due to her inefficiency or for any other official reasons, the recourse for her is not the one taken by this complainant. Though the Prevention of Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace Act (POSH), 2013, was created to provide women equal standing in the workplace and to create a welcoming environment where their dignity and self-esteem are protected, it cannot be allowed to be abused by women to harass someone with exaggerated or non-existent allegations. Here, the court concluded that the complainant, it appears, made a futile attempt to settle her score with the petitioner.

The Act has been misused in the following ways: 

Filing of false accusations

In the corporate sector, the trend of filing malicious complaints has emerged. False complaints can be filed for different reasons, including settling personal scores, achieving a better bargaining position at work, or damaging the reputation.

To seek revenge

Employees often file false complaints against their seniors for any action taken against them at the workplace. 

To extort money

 These false complaints are also filed to extort money from employers.

To manipulate the process or decisions at work

This protective Act is often used as a weapon against their male colleagues or seniors in order to seek promotions or better opportunities. 

The rise of false or malicious complaints is a very worrying situation, as it will destroy the actual objective of the POSH Act and also create a more unsafe environment for the male employees of a firm. This Act has been criticised for being a gender-biased Act that is destroying the lives of innocent male employees. 

In the case of the Union of India vs. Rema Srinivasan Iyengar (2019), the Assistant Registrar of the Trademarks in Chennai filed a complaint against the Deputy Registrar. The complaint initially cited his authoritative behaviour as a threat to her self-respect. However, in a subsequent complaint, she repeatedly used the terms sexual harassment, physical advance, and lewd remarks, although her original complete did not mention these terms. The Madras High Court noted that workplace decorum must be maintained and that management can direct the employees. The manager has a right to get work done by the employees. If a woman employee is discriminated against due to inefficiency or other official reasons, the recourse for her is not the one taken by the complainant. The court emphasised that the Prevention of Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace Act (POSH), 2013, while aimed at protecting women’s dignity, should not be misused for personal grievances. The Court concluded that the complainant was attempting to settle a personal score rather than addressing genuine harassment.

The Act has been misused in the following ways:

Filing of false accusations

In the corporate sector, the trend of filing malicious complaints has emerged. False complaints can be filed for different causes, including to settle personal scores, achieve a better bargaining position at work, or damage the reputation.

To seek revenge

Employees often file false complaints against their seniors for any action taken against them at the workplace. 

To extort money

These false complaints are also filed to extort money from employers.

To manipulate the process or decisions at work

This protective Act is often used as a weapon against their male colleagues or seniors in order to seek promotions or better opportunities. 

The rise of false or malicious complaints is a very worrying situation, as it will destroy the actual objective of the POSH Act and also create a more unsafe environment for the male employees of a firm. This Act has been criticised for being gender-biased Act that is destroying the lives of innocent male employees. 

False domestic violence cases

In the case of Hiralal P. Harsora and others vs. Kusum Narottamdas Harsora and others (2016), the Apex Court observed that “violence knows no gender”. The court discussed that the object of the Act was to protect women from domestic violence. The definition of respondent under Section 2(s) of the Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005 mentioned only ‘adult male member’ against whom a complaint can be filed under the Act, is a ‘classification not based on any intelligible differentia’, and does not have any rational relationship with the object sought to be achieved by the Act. The said expression goes contrary to the object of the Act, which is to afford the most significant possible protection to women from domestic violence by any person, male or female, who happens to share either a domestic relationship or shared household with the said woman. 

In another case of Social Action Forum for Manav Adhikar vs. Union of India Ministry of Law and Justice and others (2018) the Supreme Court acknowledged the misuse of Section 498A and observed that it was being used as a weapon for harassment in many instances. The court directed the police to follow the guidelines issued in the aforementioned Bhajan Lal case to prevent arbitrary arrests in cruelty cases. 

Independent Thought vs. Union of India (2017) This case focused on the misuse of the Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act (2012). The Supreme Court held that consensual sexual relationships between minors, where both parties were close in age, should not be treated as criminal offences under the Act. However, this was a mere opinion of the court and was not a part of the ratio of the judgment. 

Achin Gupta vs. State of Haryana (2024), the Apex Court quashed the FIR, alleging cruelty by observing that the police machinery should be used as the last resort and in very genuine cases of cruelty and harassment. The police machinery should not be used to harass the husband by presenting the threat of arrest. 

In this case, the husband stated that he had filed a divorce petition along with a domestic violence case against his wife. After the service of the summons to the wife in the domestic violence case filed by the husband, as a retaliation, an FIR was filed by the wife alleging cruelty. Thereby, the FIR was filed with malice and vengeance towards him. 

The court concluded that the wife’s allegations were vague and general. They did not specify instances of criminal conduct or disclose any specific date or time of the alleged offence. Therefore, the court considered that the FIR was an abuse of the court’s process and thereby had to be quashed.

Criticism of Pseudo feminism

When pro-women becomes anti-men

In 2019, “A Cross-Sectional Study of Gender-Based Violence against Men in the Rural Area of Haryana, India” was conducted by Jagbir Singh Malik and Anuradha Nadda. Their objective was to find the prevalence, characteristics, and sociodemographic correlates of gender-based violence against men. For the study, 1000 married men in the age group of 21–49 years were interviewed. The study showed that about 52.4% of men experienced gender-based violence. Out of 1000, 51.5% experienced violence at the hands of their wives/intimate partner at least once in their lifetime, and 10.5% in the last 12 months. The most common spousal violence was emotional (51.6%), followed by physical violence (6%). Only in one-tenth of cases, physical assaults are severe. Unemployment of the husband at the time of violence was the primary reason (60.1%) for violence. 

In another research paper by Dr. Navpreet Kaur and Dr. Shobha Gulati, titled ‘Domestic violence against men in India: A Critical analysis with special reference to Indian laws’. They discuss a list of reasons for domestic violence against men. These included the following: Lack of reporting, lack of legal protection, prevalent stereotypes and gender biases, lack of support mechanisms, and lack of awareness and sensitisation.

Failure to acknowledge the harm done to men 

Pseudo feminists often ignore or downplay critical issues like violence against men, mental health, and other forms of discrimination, thus failing to create a genuinely inclusive dialogue about gender equality.

When discussing the increasing violence against women, it’s essential not to overlook the fact that men also experience brutality in society. The cases are often registered under Sections 137, 139, 140, and 143 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (Sections 363 to 369, 371 to 373 Indian Penal Code, 1860 [IPC) ). Such cases are not addressed with the same attention as abuses against women, even under existing regulations. There has yet to be a comprehensive study on this issue. Typically, society rallies to support female victims, but this level of support is often absent when the victim is male. True feminism should advocate for equal treatment of all victims, regardless of gender; victims should be recognized simply as individuals who have experienced abuse.

Due to these concerns, many societies have emerged, like the Society for Prevention of Cruelty to Men in Delhi, the Child Rights Initiative for Shared Parenting in Bengaluru, and Purush Hakka Sanrakshan Samiti Organisation to Conserve Men’s Rights in Nasik. These voice the concerns of persecuted victim husbands and children without custodial fathers demanding the right to gender equity. 

Diluting the meaning of feminism and promoting misogyny 

Feminism was intended to be a revolutionary and reformative ideology that advocated gender parity. However, pseudo-feminists often forget the ideology’s true aim and engage in activities that harm the actual cause of promoting equality. Pseudo-feminism usually creates a divisive narrative that pits genders against each other, fostering animosity rather than encouraging collaboration for equality. Further, focusing exclusively on the struggles of confident women can perpetuate negative stereotypes about men, portraying them as oppressors rather than individuals capable of allyship.

Creating fear due to false accusations 

Feminism advocates equality of rights and freedom for both men and women, it does not seek to place women above men. It entails a collaborative environment where the advancement of a person has no relation to a person’s gender. However, the pseudo feminist ideology puts the concerns of women before those of men. The misuse of protectionist laws to fulfil their narrow motives irrespective of what harm those cause to the males creates an antagonistic environment rather than one of collaboration. A feminist could be a male or a female; if a person believes in equal rights and freedoms for both genders, he or she is a feminist. However, a pseudo feminist idea of superiority pits the interest of men against females, which may result in discouraging men from speaking out against genuine issues or advocating for women’s rights due to the fear of being falsely accused or misunderstood, which can hinder constructive dialogue. This would also affect the cause of genuine victims, who would be seen with the gaze of suspicion.

The focus of Indian men’s rights movement focuses on the issue of a legal burden on the males being maliciously charged in criminal cases for domestic violence, cruelty, etc, wherever civil cases for divorce and maintenance are filed. Allegations of harassment and extortion by the police, lawyers, and the wives. This is often coupled with the loss of reputation and job. 

Change in international discourse

We are now living in a time of post-feminism. It is a period in which women have successfully reaped the benefits of achieving the goals of first and second-wave feminism. This phrase is critical of the goals sought to be achieved by the fourth wave, which is accused of threatening human society and becoming an existential threat to the world.

Celebrities and writers such as Camille Paglia, Christina Hoff Sommers, Jean Bethke Elshtain, Elizabeth Fox-Genovese, Lisa Lucile Owens, and Daphne Patai oppose some forms of feminism, though they identify as feminists. They argue, for example, that feminism often promotes misandry and the elevation of women’s interests above men’s and criticises radical feminist positions as harmful to both men and women.

The emergence of fake feminism started in 1996. The various actors behind the emergence are politicians, anti-national elements, left ideologists, etc. Often, the freebie culture offered to women by the state is criticised for promoting gender disparity that disadvantages males. Free bus travel, separate metro coaches, and similar measures have been criticised as undermining the core principles of feminism.

In May 2014, a workshop was organized at British Columbia University in Vancouver titled ‘Men’s Groups: Challenging feminism. It aimed to address the resistance to various men’s rights. They claimed that males are being discriminated against in laws dealing with family and violence against women, education, etc. The workshop sought to address the lessons which the feminist discourse about the legitimacy of men’s groups.

In the case of John C. Depp vs. Amber Laura Heard (2019), Amber Heard was convicted of defamation by putting forward the allegation that Depp was an abuser. The defamation trial was sensationalised worldwide. This case started the discussion on the topic of domestic violence where men are victims. Feminism was under attack during the trial as it was pointed out that Amber Heard blindly believed in her op-ed about the alleged domestic violence she faced from Johnny Depp. 

As a result, Depp lost a $22.5 million deal for his role in Pirates of the Caribbean, suffering a severe blow to his reputation. Amber Heard was also recorded taunting Johnny Depp by saying, ‘See how many people believe or side with you when you are a hunk claiming to be abused by a woman. The fact that no one even cared to hear the other side of the story before believing the accusations was criticised as a misuse of the feminist discourse.

Jessa Crispin in the article titled ‘Amber Heard’s toxic femininity- For men’s rights activists, she’s the embodiment of women who lie’ discussed how the trial in the case between Amber Heard and Johnny Depp was a conflict between the feminists and male rights activists, rather than about the truth of what happened. We need to acknowledge that what the men oppose is not the right of the females. Instead, it is the aspect of females resorting to pseudo feminist tactics like playing the victim card and the act of manipulation of public opinion. 

These acts are not only depreciated by the male rights group but also by the actual feminist voices. There must be an acknowledgement that wrongdoing can be from either gender and the wrongful acts of a person, whether it’s a male or a female, must be called out by both the male rights groups as well as the feminists. There is a need to dismantle the view that the male is always the perpetrator and the female is always the victim. We need to judge the acts of the people in terms of right and wrong and not in terms of the gender dichotomy. 

Christine Odone, Head of the Family Policy Unit at the Centre for Social Justice and a journalist editor at The Telegraph, The Statesman, etc. In her article for “The Spectator”, she discusses the reality of male domestic abuse victims and how they are often mocked and not believed.

Even in India, in a lot of households, the males are victims of violence and abuse by their partners, and what is worse is that their ordeal is not treated with the same seriousness or empathy by the justice machinery or the medical professionals. This is primarily due to the gender notion of the perpetrator-victim dichotomy that exists in the psyche of the people. Men bear the unequal burden of always being seen as the abusers, and the possibility of them being the victims is dismissed without discussion. This is, in a way, reflective of the fact of how the male patriarchy is often detrimental even to the males.

The stigma attached to being a male victim of domestic violence causes only a fraction of men to come forward and admit to being abused by the woman. This changing discourse is being recognised in the international sphere.

Need for feminism in 2024

In the case of In re: Alleged rape and murder incident of a trainee doctor in R.G. KAR medical college and hospital, Kolkata and related issues, the Badlapur sexual assault wherein two girls aged about four years were sexually assaulted in the washroom of the school by a male attendant and the astonishing report of the Hema Committee about the harassment at the workplace faced by females in the Malayalam film industry, all these point towards the finding that the dream of equal rights and a safe environment for women in the world remain unfulfilled. Yes, there have been developments, increased participation in the workforce, females occupying positions of power in big businesses, and increased educational opportunities for females. Despite these achievements, the feminist ideology has a very important place even in 2024.

Conclusion

That’s what twenty-first-century feminism is about, the idea that when everybody is equal, we are all more free.

Barack Obama, former US President

Women, in the name of feminism, have started to use it to their advantage to pull down other genders (men primarily, and also other women who prefer equality for all). There has been an increased discussion on how the laws that were intended to protect females are now being used to attack males. The increased discussion on the aspect of false rape cases being filed only to seek her revenge for framing the males. We need to understand that the rise of pseudo feminism is hurting not only male rights but also the rights of females. In light of the constitutional ideal of equality, the collective goal of the male rights groups or the feminists must be to have an equal society without discrimination and preference based on a person’s gender.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ’s)

What does ‘pinkwashing’ mean?

Pinkwashing refers to a variety of marketing and political strategies aimed at promoting products, countries, people, or entities to LGBTQ people or using LGBTQ-related labels to be perceived as progressive, modern, or tolerant.  It is derived from the word ‘whitewashing,’ defined as an attempt to conceal or dilute unpleasant facts, such as crimes and vices. In the 1980s, the pink ribbon logo became the face of marketing campaigns by companies to show their support for breast cancer survivors, victims, and charities. 

In the year 2002, the term ‘pinkwashing’ was used to call out and condemn the foundations and corporations that were using the awareness campaign as a way to increase their profits by using pink coloured products.

References

Download Now
logo
FREE & ONLINE 3-Day Bootcamp (LIVE only) on

How Can Experienced Professionals Become Independent Directors

calender
28th, 29th Mar, 2026, 2 - 5pm (IST) &
30th Mar, 2026, 7 - 10pm (IST).
Bootcamp starting in
Days
HRS
MIN
SEC
Abhyuday AgarwalCOO & CO-Founder, LawSikho

Register now

Abhyuday AgarwalCOO & CO-Founder, LawSikho